Class Schedule

Use the navigation menu below to see the classes offered for the selected quarter. If you do not want classes from a certain campus, unselect that campus under "location."

The number of seats available is refreshed every thirty minutes.

Hybrid classes meet both in person and online. If a hybrid class meets daily, it does not necessarily meet in-person every day.

Quarter

Program

Instructor


Keywords


Starting After

Ending Before

Credits

Location

Availability



Other Offerings

Adult Basic Education Classes

Continuing Ed Classes

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I

ACCT&201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4933 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MTTh Dorum, L. Bldg. 11, Rm. 127

Credits: 5

Covers fundamentals of accounting theory and practice, including a study of the accounting cycle and the use of special journals. Focus is on double entry accounting system and financial statement preparation. Covers transactions for a business organized as a sole proprietorship and the effects of transactions on balance sheet accounts. Prerequisite: ACTG 115 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Using the appropriate accounting concepts and principles, following the accounting equation and based on the type of business entity prepare the proper financial statements
  • Prepare a chart of accounts based on the entity's accounting requirements; following analysis of the flow of the accounting data prepare various jour¬nals and post to the ledger; prepare and use a working trial balance to discover accounting errors
  • Using various concepts and principles as appropriate prepare adjusting entries based on the entity's nature, prepare an adjusted trial balance based on these entries and the proper financial statements
  • Prepare adjusting, closing and reversing entries, financial statements, a post-closing trial balance and using financial ratios analyze the financial position of the entity
  • Using source documents of a merchandising entity prepare and post entries to record purchases, sales and inventory adjustments using both the perpetual and periodic systems of inventory; prepare a working trial balance, interim statements and financial statements and using financial ratios analyze the financial position of the entity
  • Cost (value) the inventory using the three most commonly accepted methods; LIFO, FIFO and Average-Cost under both the Perpetual and Periodic Systems
  • Define and differentiate between manual and computerized accounting systems, analyze the accounts to recommend when either system or a blend of systems should be used, discuss and use the various special journals and use the General Journal as needed
  • Define and discuss Internal Control, use methods of Internal Control including bank reconciliations, a check book and an imprest cash account
  • Prepare and record special journal entries for accounts receivable and notes receivable, prepare an estimation of uncollectible receivables using both write-off methods, calculate interest and discounts on notes, properly classifying accounts receivable and notes receivable and prepare financial statements, using financial ratios analyze the financial position of the entity
  • Prepare and post appropriate journal entries to record the acquisition, depreciation/depletion/ amortization and disposal of capital assets; natural resources and intangible assets; prepare an asset schedule for various assets to include land, land improvements, building, equipment and personal property using several depreciation methods; and prepare financial statements following the posting of the above entries
  • Account for liabilities including estimated and contingent, prepare a payroll including associated liabilities, payroll taxes, fringe benefits, vacation pay and pensions, journalize and post the payroll, liabilities and calculate interest due on a note payable

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING II

ACCT&202

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49H3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Cooke, S. Online

Credits: 5

Covers fundamentals of accounting theory and practice, continued from ACCT& 201. Focus is on issues related to businesses organized as a partnership or corporation and their effects on balance sheet accounts. Also covers investment, dissolution and distribution of income. Prerequisite: ACCT& 201 or instructor approval. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the advantages and disadvantages of a Corporation prepare journal entries for the creation of a corporation, issuing both common stock and preferred stock, calculate and account for dividends, prepare the Equity section of a Balance Sheet, evaluate rate of returns, book value and account for corporate income taxes
  • Describe and illustrate journalizing and posting for stock dividends, stock splits and Treasury stock activities; restrictions on and appropriations of retained earnings; and prepare and analyze a corporate Income Statement
  • Describe and illustrate corporate presentation of long-term liabilities to include types of bonds, issuing bonds at a discount or a premium, bond interest expense and presentation of bonds on statements, methods of amortizing discounts and premiums
  • Describe, illustrate, prepare and analyze a Statement of Cash Flow using the direct, indirect, and work sheet approach
  • Describe, illustrate and prepare different types of financial statement analysis to include horizontal, vertical, common-size, benchmarking and ratio analysis
  • Describe the advantages and disadvantages of a partnership and the basic accounting system for a partnership; prepare appropriate journal entries for the formation of a partnership, division of income (loss), admission of a new partner, withdrawal of a partner and dissolution of the partnership

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING III

ACCT&203

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4953 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Dorum, L. Bldg. 11, Rm. 144

Credits: 5

Introduces the theory of cost accounting and an analysis of accounting data as a part of the managerial process of planning, decision-making and control. Emphasis is given to job order, process, standard-cost accounting data, and the preparation and use of budgets and internal control reports necessary for making economic decisions for manufacturing businesses. Prerequisite: ACCT& 201 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25. Web enhanced

Course Outcomes

  • Define terms and identify/distinguish between financial and management accounting concepts; service, merchandising, and manufacturing companies; direct, indirect, and product costs; prepare financial statements for various types of companies; and apply the concept of business ethics to business situations
  • Define terms and identify/distinguish between process and job costing; use a job order cost system to account for materials, labor, and manufacturing overhead; calculate the value of work-in-process, finished goods inventory, and cost of goods sold using a job order costing system; journalize appropriate entries; and prepare financial statements for a manufacturing company
  • Define terms and identify concepts relating to process costing; follow the flow of costs using equivalent units through the process using the LIFO, FIFO, and weighted average methods; and prepare appropriate reports
  • Define terms and identify concepts relating to cost behavior patterns and sales mixes; using cost-volume-profit analysis calculate the break even point, sales needed to earn a target income and margin of safety; and prepare income statements using the absorption and contribution approach
  • Define terms and identify concepts relating to forecasting, budgets, performance reports, and responsibility centers; prepare an operating budget using sensitivity analysis, a financial budget and a performance report; and allocate service department costs to production departments
  • Define terms and identify concepts relating to flexible budgets, standard costs and variances, prepare a flexible budget, income statement performance report and standard cost income statement, calculate and analyze standard cost variances
  • Define, identify and use Activity Based Costing (ABC), Just-in-Time (JIT) Costing, Continuous Improvement and Quality Management to prepare reports and analysis to assist managers in making decisions
  • Define, identify and use the concept of Relevant information and Capital Budgeting tools, Payback, Accounting Rate of Return and Discounted Cash-Flow Models to make and analyze reports to assist managers in decision making to include short term decisions such as Special Sales Orders, Make or Buy, Outsourcing, etc

BASIC MATHEMATICS; BASIC PHYSICS; WEIGHT & BALANCES

ACM 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09D3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Perse, B. Arranged
0903 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 115

Credits: 5

Perform all of the mathematical computations required in the Advanced Composite Manufacturing curriculum. Understand the scientific principles that apply to the operation of aircraft, engines and the equipment that the Advanced Composite Manufacturers will be in daily contact with. Develop a comprehensive understanding of the importance of weight and balance to aircraft safety, and make all of the required calculations for weight and balance checks, equipment changes, extreme loading checks and the addition of ballast. Additional Fee: $45.00

Course Outcomes

  • Extract roots and raise numbers to a given power
  • Determine areas and volumes of various geometrical shapes
  • Solve ratio, proportion, and percentage problems
  • Perform algebraic operations involving addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of positive and negative numbers
  • Use and understand the principles of simple machines; sound, fluid and heat dynamics; basic aerodynamics; aircraft structures; and theory of flight
  • Perform complete weight and balance check and record data

BLUEPRINTS, DRAWINGS, AND PRECISION MEASURING

ACM 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09F3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Perse, B. Arranged
0913 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 119

Credits: 4

Determine and identify dimensions of a part from drawings, including orthographic and isometric projections. Sketch objects/parts in either orthographic or isometric views. Additional Fee: $45.00

Course Outcomes

  • Determine Dimensions of a part from a drawing
  • Identify key aspects of orthographic projection
  • Identify key aspects of isometric projection
  • Sketch an object in both orthographic and isometric views

MATERIALS AND PROCESSES/LAB & EQUIPMENT SAFETY

ACM 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09G3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Perse, B. Arranged
0923 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 115

Credits: 5

Advanced Composite Manufacturing students will identify and determine the proper use of fasteners, demonstrate a basic understanding of aircraft hardware identification and terminology, lab safety and the proper use of tools, calculate/apply torque values, and perform precision measurements. Additional Fee: $45.00

Course Outcomes

  • Determine the proper use of fasteners used in the aerospace and composites industry
  • Demonstrate an understanding of aircraft hardware identification and terminology
  • Calculate and apply torque values
  • Perform precision measurements
  • Demonstrate an understanding of lab safety through written and performance based evaluation
  • Determine and demonstrate the proper use of the following tools: Drills; presses; stone grinder; belt and disk sanders; bandsaw; die grinder; plunge-style router; pneumatic hand drill; pneumatic hand-held sanders; and fabric cutting devices

COMPOSITE FABRICATION

ACM 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0933 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 4

Learn manufacturing methods and processes commonly used for the fabrication of composite materials. Instruction includes material choices, fabrication techniques, material handling and safety procedures. Additional Fee: $45.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understand the benefits and limitations of composite material
  • Be familiar with the common manufacturing processes for composite
  • Identify and utilize the materials to construct a composite laminate
  • Identify and utilize all ancillary materials needed to construct a composite laminate
  • Understand basic tooling techniques as in mold and trim fixtures
  • Understand and demonstrate proper material handling protocols
  • Understand and demonstrate safe use of materials and chemicals

COMPOSITE ASSEMBLY

ACM 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0943 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 4

Identify and utilize appropriate materials and processes to assemble structures made of composite materials. Includes room temperature and elevated temperature bonding, drilling, countersinking, and installing mechanical fasteners and potted fasteners. Additional Fee: $45.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understand common assembly techniques
  • Perform proper bolt assembly tasks
  • Understand bonded assembly manufacturing techniques
  • Identify materials used in bonded assemblies
  • Perform the tasks required to manufacture a bonded assembly
  • Identify tools and fasteners used in bolted assemblies. Follow safe work practices

COMPOSITE REPAIR

ACM 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0953 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 4

Inspect, test, and repair composite structures. This course explains how imperfections affect composite properties and provides hands-on training for the repair of defects. Additional Fee: $45.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and evaluate damage on composite structures
  • Prepare the structure for proper repair
  • Identify the materials required in the repair
  • Perform the tasks required in assembling the repairv
  • Safely use the chemicals and materials
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the necessity to follow proper repair techniques and protocols

SPECIAL PROJECTS

ACM 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0963 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 3

Develops skills in print reading, project planning, layout, distortion control, fixturing and other fabrication techniques. Students will have the opportunity to apply knowledge to projects of personal interest and/or as assigned. Additional Fee: $45.00

Course Outcomes

  • Create or Interpret drawings/prints and plan fabrication requirements of all component models, parts and assemblies for a student designed part/project
  • Create a manufacturing plan for prototype or production, demonstrating knowledge of scope work, balanced lay-ups and issues related to a given part
  • Fabricate tooling layup mandrel (mold)
  • Fabricate part using layup mandrel to faithfully represent design
  • Indicate techniques used to prevent voids and other laminate draws
  • Demonstrate competency in vacuum bagging technique
  • Demonstrate safe work habits and the proper use of tools and equipment

PANEL REPLACEMENT

ACT 132

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9603 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 6

Covers the fundamentals of replacing hoods, bumpers, fenders, grilles, lids, and other bolted-on panels. Additional Fee: $58.50

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Remove & install, and adjust hoods, fenders, deck lids, bumpers and other bolt-on body parts, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • List the various methods of attaching and adjusting mechanically fastened panels, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

PANEL REPAIR

ACT 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9613 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 6

Covers metal-straightening fundamentals, including proper tool usage; application of fillers; and sanding for proper size, shape and texture. Additional Fee: $58.50

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities, students will demonstrate proper hammer and dolly use to straighten minor sheet metal damage
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, students will demonstrate proper application of plastic body fillers and sand them for size, shape and proper texture

AUTO COLLISION MAJOR REPAIRS

ACT 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9623 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 5

Introduces vehicle damage measuring systems, straightening auto body structure and replacing structural components. Additional Fee: $53.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Explain how impact forces are transmitted through both frame and unibody construction vehicles, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe how to visually determine the extent of impact damage and list the various types of body measuring tools, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Analyze damage by measuring body dimensions and identify impact damage to mechanical components on collision damaged vehicles, with a minimum 70 percent accuracy
  • Explain the importance of the datum plane and centerline as related to collision repair and use these concepts to interpret body dimension data, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Diagnose various types of damage, including twist, mash, sag, and side sway, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Demonstrate the use of various collision specific measuring tools, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • List the types of straightening and aligning technique, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Identify signs of stress/deformation and determine if a repair or replacement can be done before, during, or after straightening, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe the basic procedures for replacement and corrosion protection of structural components, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

Auto Systems Repair

ACT 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9633 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 4

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will describe the design of rack and pinion and power steering systems and define wheel alignment-caster, camber, toe and S.A.I., with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will understand how various brake systems work, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will understand how various cooling, and air-conditioning systems work with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Given the lecture and lab activities, the student will be demonstrate the ability to define the “wheel alignment” with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will demonstrate the ability to inspect tires, steering, and suspension systems with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will demonstrate the ability to define “voltage” current, and resistance with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, students will demonstrate the ability to use various kinds of electrical test instruments with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, students will find electrical problems with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, students will demonstrate the ability to explain the difference between an active and passive restraint system with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, students will demonstrate the ability to service seat belts and become familiar with the air bag system repair with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

TOPCOAT REFINISHING

ACT 154

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9643 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 8

Covers color matching, final masking, surface cleaning and topcoat finishing. Additional Fee: $68.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Explain the difference between spot, panel and completer refinishing, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe how to spray different types of materials with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will be able to properly locate and extract color information from a vehicle and outline general topcoat application procedures, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Identify techniques and perform proper masking, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Recognize custom painting and refinishing techniques, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Apply decals, pin striping, wood-grain transfers, moldings, and trim emblems, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Match color and texture with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Identify the steps applying various types of color coats with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Apply base coat and clear coat systems with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS/EXTERIOR TRIM

ACT 166

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9653 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 5

Covers paint-application problem solving, final detailing, decals and trimming. Additional Fee: $53.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will demonstrate the ability to explain the final detailing procedures, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will demonstrate the ability to recognize the correct defects occurring in a paint finish, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will demonstrate the ability to explain the importance of final touchup and cleaning to the satisfaction of the customer, with a minimum 70% accuracy

PLASTIC REFINISHING

ACT 171

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9663 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 5

Covers paint-shop equipment and painting fundamentals as they relate to plastics. Additional Fee: $53.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the students will be able to describe how to spray different types of materials on plastics, with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will be able to properly locate and extract color information from a vehicle and outline general topcoat application procedures on plastics, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, students will match color and texture on plastics with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, students will apply base coat and clear coat systems on plastics with a minimum of 70% accuracy

BOOKKEEPING I

ACTG 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49D3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online

Credits: 4

Introduces fundamental principles of full-cycle, double-entry accounting, including maintaining journals, ledgers, and banking records to prepare basic financial statements for service and retail businesses organized as sole proprietorships or partnerships. Covers basics of payroll accounting and payroll tax reports. Explores the concepts and terminology required to perform specific accounting functions accurately. Additional Fee: $25.00.

Course Outcomes

  • Define terms and identify accounting concepts
  • Complete a chart of accounts, beginning balance sheet, journalize transactions and post entries
  • Complete a bank reconciliation statement and record transactions related to a checking account
  • Establish and replenish a petty cash fund
  • Complete a work sheet, income statement and balance sheet for a service business organized as a proprietorship and record appropriate entries
  • Analyze and journalize transactions into appropriate journals, post to appropriate ledgers and prepare subsidiary schedules for a merchandising business
  • Complete payroll records, record payroll transactions, and prepare selected payroll tax reports
  • Complete a work sheet, income statement, balance sheet and statement of owner’s equity for a merchandising business organized as a partnership and record appropriate entries

ELECTRONIC BUSINESS MATH

ACTG 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49F3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online

Credits: 2

Covers business math applications including payroll, percents, merchandising, consumer credit, simple and compound interest, prorating, stocks and bonds, and the metric system. Students will use the keyboard functions and the touch method of electronic calculator operation. Prerequisite: COMPASS score equivalent to completion of MAT 82 and ENG 82 or higher, or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Use the calculator to perform the functions of cross-footing, business application of positive and negative balances, estimating, payroll applications, and business money value problems
  • Use the calculator to compute pricing, sales tax, mixed operations, invoices, and machine memory function problems
  • Use a calculator to compute fractions and percentages for discounts, invoice extensions, and quantity pricing problems
  • Use a calculator to compute mark on, markup, markdown, and payroll problems
  • Use a calculator to compute investments, yields, and selling prices of stocks and bonds
  • Use a calculator to compute percentages, interest calculations, and metrics problems

QUICKBOOKS I

ACTG 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4903 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Cooke, S. Bldg. 11, Rm. 127

Credits: 2

Covers principal applications, basic operating commands, and functions necessary to use QuickBooks automated accounting software. Basic applications include, but are not limited to, vendor, customer, and banking activities, and creating files. Prerequisite: ACTG 110 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $9.50

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the objects on the QuickBooks window; explain and utilize the function buttons, dialog boxes, toolbars, and help menu; create, edit, and delete files and accounts; and access specific files and accounts
  • Set up and enter transactions related to accounts receivable, accounts payable and banking
  • Create a company file from scratch and setting up the chart of accounts

QUICKBOOKS II

ACTG 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4913 0/20 Feb. 15, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Cooke, S. Bldg. 11, Rm. 127

Credits: 3

Covers continued applications for vendor and customer activities using QuickBooks automated accounting software. Also covers starting up companies, inventory management, sales tax, payroll, and working with balance sheet accounts. Prerequisite: ACTG 115 and ACTG 141 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $14.25.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the objects on the QuickBooks window; explain and utilize the function buttons, dialog boxes, toolbars, and help menu; create, edit, and delete files and accounts; and access specific files and accounts
  • Set up and enter transactions related to inventory, payroll, and accounts receivable and payable

PAYROLL & BUSINESS TAXES

ACTG 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4923 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Dorum, L. Bldg. 11, Rm. 144
49G3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online

Credits: 5

Provides practice in all payroll operations, the recording of accounting entries involving payroll, and the preparation of required payroll and business tax returns. Covers the concepts, laws, and terminology required to perform specific payroll accounting functions. Prerequisite: ACTG 110 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Define terms, concepts, and legislation associated with payroll
  • Define and identify the major provision of the Fair Labor Standards Act, and calculate an employee’s earnings
  • Define the major provisions of the Social Security legislation, calculate the contributions, and prepare the required reports
  • Define the major provisions of the Federal Income Tax With-holding legislation, calculate the contributions, and prepare the required reports
  • Define the major provisions of the unemployment tax legislation, calculate the contributions, and prepare the required reports
  • Calculate payroll, journalize appropriate entries and post to general ledger accounts
  • Complete payroll records, record payroll transactions, and prepare selected payroll tax reports

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I LAB

ACTG 211

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4963 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. W Dorum, L. Bldg. 11, Rm. 127

Credits: 2

Provides instructional activities that support material covered in ACCT& 201 in a supervised lab environment. Concurrent with ACCT& 201 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Record and maintain transactions records for a company. Complete the required accounting forms and statements according to industry standards
  • Complete the required forms and statements required to maintain and complete financial records for a business for a fiscal period

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING III LAB

ACTG 213

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4973 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. W Dorum, L. Bldg. 11, Rm. 127

Credits: 3

Provides instructional activities that support material covered in ACCT& 203 in a supervised lab environment. Concurrent with: ACCT& 203 Prerequisite: ACTG 211 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Record and maintain transactions records for a manufacturing company. Complete the required accounting forms and statements according to industry standards
  • Complete the required forms and statements required to maintain and complete financial records for a business for a fiscal period

Fund Of Fund/Govern Acct

ACTG 224

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49K3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Cooke, S. Online

Credits: 5

Course Outcomes

  • Define, describe and use the “funds” when accounting for a governmental entity
  • Differentiate between governmental and not-for-profit entities and describe and use their accounting methods
  • Describe and use fund accounting for colleges and universities
  • Describe and use fund accounting for hospitals and other health care providers

ACCOUNTING SPREADSHEETS II

ACTG 235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4983 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Cooke, S. Bldg. 11, Rm. 127

Credits: 4

Provides advanced instruction in electronic worksheets, various business spreadsheets, 3-D worksheets, and various functions, including the conditional function and accounting schedules. Prerequisite: ACTG 135 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Define and use various data base management tools within Excel to create, edit, and delete records within lists; sort and filter data; use various functions to manipulate data; and create basic pivot tables with minimum of 75% accuracy
  • Manipulate test, both imported and original information, within an Excel Workbook; use conditional and logical functions; prepare an amortization schedule with a minimum of 75% accuracy
  • Define and use workbooks, cell reference, worksheet reference, 3-D reference, linking workbooks using data from others with a minimum of 75% accuracy
  • Create one and two-variable data tables and use excel tools; goal seek, scenario Manager and solver, to provide information to help solve business problems with a minimum of 75% accuracy
  • Use Collaborative editing techniques to prepare a single workbook from multiple sources and authors, use Excel data in other Office programs and work with add-ins with a minimum of 75% accuracy
  • Define and use Excel Macros and use basic Visual Basic commands to modify Excel Macros, create and use templates with a minimum of 75% accuracy

BUSINESS OFFICE I

ACTG 260

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4993 0/20 Jan. 12, 2015 12 p.m. 2 p.m. Arranged Cooke, S. Bldg. 11, Rm. 144

Credits: 5

Provides an opportunity for students to experience and participate in a realistic office environment by providing financial statements, completing financial examinations, preparing payroll, and furnishing other similar financial accounting work products to the public. Prerequisites: ACTG 143, ACTG 235, CAS 120, and ACCT& 201, or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $48.75

Course Outcomes

  • Research accounting careers and prepare appropriate employment related documents
  • Demonstrate proficiency in accounting, automated accounting, and computer processing by completing at least one set of monthly financial statements, or equivalent activity with a minimum 75% accuracy corrected to 100% after review
  • Demonstrate the ability to follow written instructions by completing client work appropriately following the proper SOP
  • Demonstrate the ability to recognize and correct accounting errors and omissions by reviewing work and commenting appropriately
  • Maintain appropriate files, records and office environment
  • Prioritize workload to include office as well as classroom assignments
  • Work with and maintain office machines
  • Complete office projects as assigned by the Faculty in a timely appropriate manner

BUSINESS OFFICE II

ACTG 262

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49A3 0/20 Jan. 12, 2015 12 p.m. 2 p.m. Arranged Cooke, S. Bldg. 11, Rm. 144

Credits: 5

Provides an opportunity for students to experience and participate in a realistic office environment by providing financial statements, completing financial examinations, preparing payroll, and furnishing other similar financial accounting work products to the public. Prerequisite: ACTG 260 Additional Fee: $48.75

Course Outcomes

  • Research accounting careers and prepare appropriate employment related documents
  • Demonstrate proficiency in accounting, automated accounting, and computer processing by completing at least one set of monthly financial statements, or equivalent activity with a minimum 75% accuracy corrected to 100% after review
  • Demonstrate the ability to follow written instructions by completing client work appropriately following the proper SOP
  • Demonstrate the ability to recognize and correct accounting errors and omissions by reviewing work and commenting appropriately
  • Maintain appropriate files, records and office environment
  • Prioritize workload to include office as well as classroom assignments
  • Work with and maintain office machines
  • Complete office projects as assigned by the Faculty in a timely appropriate manner

INTERNSHIP I

ACTG 271

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49B3 0/20 Jan. 2, 2015 12 p.m. 2 p.m. Arranged Cooke, S. Bldg. 11, Rm. 144

Credits: 5

Provides students with practical on-the-job field experience. Program offers students a way to combine classroom study with related work experience under the supervision of an employer. Work experience must be related to the student’s educational and career objectives. Must be approved by the instructor and includes a weekly seminar component. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Research accounting careers and prepare appropriate employment related documents
  • Experience the duties and requirements of an accounting office position
  • Students are responsible for obtaining a paid or non-paid accounting employment opportunity

INDIVIDUAL INCOME TAX INTERNSHIP

ACTG 295

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49C3 0/20 Jan. 12, 2015 12 p.m. 2 p.m. Arranged Cooke, S. Bldg. 11, Rm. 144

Credits: 5

Provides on-the-job practical field experience. Program offers students a way to combine classroom study with related work experience under the supervision of an employer. Work experience must be related to the student’s educational and career objectives. Must be approved by the instructor and includes a weekly seminar component. Prerequisite: ACTG 291 and 293 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Prepare clients' individual income tax returns with 75% accuracy, corrected to 100% accuracy after supervisors review
  • Prepare client intake memos to address questions and concerns related to tax preparation

US HISTORY I

ADHS 011

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5BCC 0/0 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 4 p.m. Daily Quincy, D. Bldg. 14, Rm. 102

Credits: 5

This course is a survey of American History from our beginnings to the Civil War Reconstruction.

UNITED STATES HISTORY II

ADHS 012

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5BBB 0/0 Jan. 5, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Quincy, D. Bldg. 14, Rm. 102

Credits: 5

This course is a survey of American History from settling the West (1858) to the present.

CURRENT WORLD PROBLEMS

ADHS 013

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5B43 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 5 p.m. Daily Quincy, D. TBD
5B33 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Hanby, M. Bldg. 03, Rm. 205

Credits: 5

This course explores causes and effects of contemporary global issues.

CIVICS

ADHS 014

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5B53 0/0 Jan. 5, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Hanby, M. Bldg. 03, Rm. 205

Credits: 5

This is an introductory course on US government policy, procedures, and principles ranging from personal to global in nature.

SCIENCE I

ADHS 015

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5B63 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 5 p.m. 7:30 p.m. TW Norton, T. Bldg. 14, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

This class integrates various areas of science, including biology, anatomy, chemistry, physics, and earth science with an emphasis in complex reasoning and critical thinking. This class is designed around authentic performance with students working in teams using knowledge and reasoning to solve scientific problems.

PACIFIC NORTHWEST HISTORY

ADHS 016

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5BB3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 4 p.m. Daily Hanby, M. Bldg. 03, Rm. 205
5B83 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 1 p.m. Daily Hanby, M. Bldg. 03, Rm. 205

Credits: 5

This course focuses on Washington State History and Government with additional studies on the Pacific Northwest region as a whole.

SCIENCE II

ADHS 017

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5B93 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 5 p.m. 7:30 p.m. TW Norton, T. Bldg. 14, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

This class integrates various areas of science, including biology, anatomy, chemistry, physics, and earth science with an emphasis in complex reasoning and critical thinking. This class is designed around authentic performance with students working in teams using knowledge and reasoning to solve scientific problems.

ART

ADHS 018

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5B03 0/10 Jan. 5, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Purvine, S. Bldg. 14, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

This class is an introduction of art terminology and methods, with an overview of artist’s methods and techniques.

FITNESS & HEALTH

ADHS 019

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5B13 0/10 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 4 p.m. Daily Aldridge, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 102

Credits: 5

This is an intermediate exploration of personal and global health issues, emphasizing cause, effect, and possible remedy; additionally, physical fitness activities are pursued.

BIOLOGY I

ADHS 020

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5BF3 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 5 p.m. 7:30 p.m. TW Norton, T. Bldg. 14, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

This class is a study of cell structure, cell energy, and complex cellular reproduction.

BIOLOGY II

ADHS 021

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5BC3 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 5 p.m. 7:30 p.m. TW Norton, T. Bldg. 14, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

This class is a study of cell structure, cell energy, and complex cellular reproduction.

BASIC ELECTRICITY

AMT 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4403 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 4

Covers direct-current circuits, series, and parallel-circuit arrangements and their application. Includes the relationship between voltage, current, resistance, and power. Students will calculate and measure these values, understand the operation of the multimeter and its use in troubleshooting. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Calculate and measure electrical power
  • Measure voltage, current, resistance, and continuity
  • Determine the relationship of voltage, current, and resistance in electrical circuits
  • Inspect and service batteries

ADVANCED ELECTRICITY

AMT 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4413 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 4

Understand the effect of resistance, capacitance, and inductance in AC circuits, and understand transformers. Learn about basic semi-conductor devices (diodes and transistors), and be able to explain their function in simple circuits. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Calculate and measure capacitance and inductance
  • Read and interpret aircraft electrical circuit diagrams, including solid state devices and logic functions
  • Determine the relationship of voltage, current, and resistance in AC electrical circuits

AIRCRAFT FUEL SYSTEMS, ICE & RAIN CONTROL SYSTEMS, & FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

AMT 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4423 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 4

Covers principles of operation and configuration of warning systems, electrical brake controls, anti-skid systems, and landing gear position indicating and warning systems. Learn the effects of ice and rain on aircraft during operations in inclement weather, the equipment and materials used to counter ice and rain, and the maintenance of this equipment. Explore components and operation of fire detection and extinguishing equipment, as well as smoke and toxic gas detection systems. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Check and service fuel dump systems
  • Perform fuel management transfer, and refueling
  • Inspect, check, and repair pressure fueling systems
  • Repair aircraft fuel system components
  • Inspect and repair fluid quantity indicating systems
  • Troubleshoot, service, and repair fluid pressure and temperature warning systems
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair aircraft fuel systems
  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair airframe ice and rain control systems
  • Inspect, check, and service smoke and carbon monoxide detection systems
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair aircraft fire detection and extinguishing systems

AIRCRAFT LANDING GEAR

AMT 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4433 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 3

Inspect, check, service and repair landing gear retraction systems, shock struts, brakes, wheels, tires and steering systems. Additional Fee: $64.25

Course Outcomes

  • Inspect, check, service, and repair landing gear, retraction systems, shock struts, brakes, wheels, tires, and steering systems

HYDRAULIC & PNEUMATIC POWER SYSTEMS

AMT 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4443 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 3

Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot and repair hydraulic and pneumatic power systems and components. Identify and select hydraulic fluids. Additional Fee: $64.25

Course Outcomes

  • Repair hydraulic and pneumatic power systems components
  • Identify and select hydraulic fluids
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair hydraulic and pneumatic power systems
  • AMT 142
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair shop equipment
  • Calibrate precision tools
  • Assist Repair Station Operations

HANGAR OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE

AMT 142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4453 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 3

Perform maintenance on items of shop equipment used in the day-to-day operation of the aircraft maintenance hangar, calibrate precision tools as needed, and assist in repair station operations. Note: Offered winter quarter. Additional Fee: $64.25

AIRFRAME ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

AMT 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4463 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 5

Learn about operation of AC and DC electrical systems used on large and small aircraft, generating and starting systems, AC and DC electric motors, wiring, controls, switches, indicators, and protective devices, and constant speed and integrated drive generators. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Repair and inspect aircraft electrical system components; crimp and splice wiring to manufacturer’s specifications; and repair pins and sockets of aircraft connectors
  • Install, check, and service airframe electrical wiring, controls, switches, indicators, and protective devices
  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair alternating and direct current electrical systems

ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

AMT 144

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4473 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 5

Develop an understanding of the operation of generators, alternators, DC motors, and AC motors, and their repair and overhaul. Learn the special requirements of electrical components operating in high-temperature areas and how to install wiring, controls, switches, and indicators, and to protect them from the effects of high temperatures. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Repair engine and electrical system components
  • Install, check, and service engine electrical wiring, controls, switches, indicators, and protective devices

CABIN ATMOSPHERE CONTROL SYSTEMS

AMT 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4483 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 117

Credits: 3

Physiological aspects of flight. Inspection and maintenance of oxygen, pressurization, heating, cooling and air-conditioning systems. Additional Fee: $64.25

Course Outcomes

  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair heating, cooling, air conditioning, pressurization systems, and air cycle machines
  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair heating, cooling, air-conditioning, and pressurization systems
  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair oxygen systems

AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENT, COMMUNICATION & NAVIGATION SYSTEMS

AMT 146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4493 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 117

Credits: 3

Learn principles of operation of common aircraft instruments, air or vacuum driven gyros, pilot-static systems, and static system leak tests. Gain operating principles of common avionics equipment, antennas, autopilots, servos, approach coupling systems, interphones, static discharge devices and ground proximity warning systems. Inspect and repair antennas and electronic equipment. Additional Fee: $64.25

Course Outcomes

  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair electronic flight instrument systems and both mechanical and electrical heading, speed, altitude, temperature, pressure, and position indicating systems to include the use of built-in test equipment
  • Install instruments and perform a static pressure system leak test
  • Inspect, check, and troubleshoot autopilot, servos and approach coupling systems
  • Inspect, check, and service aircraft electronic communication and navigation systems, including VHF passenger address interphones and static discharge devices, aircraft VOR, ILS,
  • LORAN, Radar beacon transponders, flight management computers, and GPWS
  • Inspect and repair antenna and electronic equipment installations

FAA TESTING & TURBINE ENGINES

AMT 217

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44A3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. South Hill Campus Room 118

Credits: 7

Covers preparation for and completion of FAA certification examinations. FAA written examinations are accomplished outside of CPTC at an FAA Designated Written Examination Center. After successful completion of written examinations, students must pass an oral and practical examination administered by an FAA Designated Maintenance Examiner. Students are charged a fee for these examinations. Note: Fees for these examinations are not included in the college tuition or lab fees. The remaining 120 hours of training concentrate on turbine engines, including their history, different types, the theory of operation of turbine engines, the Brayton cycle, Bernoulli’s theory, and turbine engine air-flow characteristics. Learn the theory of operation of different types of compressors, combustion chambers, turbines and turbine stator vanes (nozzles). Learn the exhaust sections maintenance of turbine engines, including turbine engine removal, overhaul, inspection, and repair procedures. Learn to install turbine engines, make adjustments, troubleshoot, test and check run procedures, and become familiar with regulations, publications, and records for turbine engines. Additional Fee: $83.25

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. Student must read the detailed requirements for each Performance Objective contained in the FAA approved Project Guide. The Project Guide is located in each instructional area for student use. Specific grading criteria for each Performance Objective is listed in the Project Guide. In all cases the FAA APPROVED CURRICULUM has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • PASS GENERAL FINAL EXAMINATION WITH AN GRADE OF NINETY PERCENT OR HIGHER
  • PASS AIRFRAME FINAL EXAMINATION WITH AN AVERAGE GRADE OF NINETY PERCENT OR HIGHER
  • Understand the theory of operation of turbine engines to include; the history, and the different types of turbine engines. Newton's Laws, the Brayton Cycle, and the formula F=MA. Understand the air flow characteristics, and the relationship between RPM and total thrust of a turbine engine. Explain the relationship between turbine inlet temperature and thrust
  • Understand the relative pressures in various positions in a turbine engine. Discuss the different types of compressors, and theory of operation of centrifugal and axial flow compressors. Explain the operating characteristics of single and split-spool compressors, combustion sections, turbine blades, and turbine section stator vanes (nozzles) used in turbine engines
  • Describe the different types of exhaust sections used in turbine engines, and the function of an exhaust cone in a turbine engine. Comply with overhaul procedures for turbine engines to include; Disassembly, inspection, repair, replacement of life limited parts, assembly, and check run to verify proper operation
  • Understand test and check run procedures when using a test cell to include; safety and operational limitations when starting and testing turbine engines. Understand how to start a turbine engine and observe emergency shutdown procedure in case of excessive start temperatures. Explain how to run and test a turbine engine for proper operation and power output. Explain the purpose of observing proper engine cool down and shutdown procedures. Explain how to perform an acceleration and deceleration check
  • Demonstrate how to start a turbine engine and observe emergency shutdown procedure in case of excessive start temperatures. Demonstrate how to perform an acceleration and deceleration check. Demonstrate how to run and test turbine engine for proper operation and power output
  • Demonstrate repair procedures of components and parts on a turbine engine to include; combustion case liner, compressor assembly, turbine assembly, gear box, bleed valve, anti-ice valve, pressurization and dump valve, fuel pump, fuel control, fuel nozzle, igniter plug and turbine governor assembly
  • Perform the inspection of components on a turbine engine installation to include; combustion case liner, compressor assembly, turbine assembly, gear box, bleed valve, anti-ice valve, pressurization and dump valve, fuel pump, fuel control, fuel nozzle, igniter plug and turbine governor assembly. Explain how to inspect for leaks, chaffing of lines, engine mount security, and other connections to the airframe
  • Perform on-aircraft turbine engine servicing to include; how to select and service a turbine engine with the correct lubricants, and fuel. Explain the importance of putting the oil and fuel caps on correctly
  • Perform the repair procedures of components and parts on a turbine engine when installed on an aircraft to include; combustion case liner, compressor assembly, turbine assembly, gear box, bleed valve, anti-ice valve, pressurization and dump valve, fuel pump, fuel control, fuel nozzle, igniter plug and turbine governor assembly
  • Describe the installation procedures of a turbine engine to include; Safety precautions, proper alignment, security of engine mount attachment fittings and hardware. Explain the importance of following the airframe manufactures instructions on engine installation for that aircraft
  • Use common turbine engine troubleshooting procedures to include; high exhaust temperature and low power output, high exhaust temperature during start, high oil temperature, low oil pressure, high oil consumption, compressor stall, hung start, lean die-out, failure to light-off during start, long compressor coast down time, and short compressor coast down time
  • Demonstrate the removal procedures of a turbine engine to include; Safety precautions, removal of engine mount fittings and hardware. Explain the importance of following the airframe manufactures instructions on engine removal for that aircraft. Discuss how to mount the removed engine in a work stand, or shipping container

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEMS

AMT 219

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44B3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. South Hill Campus Room 118

Credits: 4

Covers the components and the operation of engine lubrication systems. Introduction to the requirements and characteristics of engine lubricants and lubrication systems. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. Student must read the detailed requirements for each Performance Objective contained in the FAA approved Project Guide. The Project Guide is located in each instructional area for student use. Specific grading criteria for each Performance Objective is listed in the Project Guide. In all cases the FAA APPROVED CURRICULUM has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Identify and select aviation lubricants
  • Repair aircraft engine lubrication system components
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair aircraft engine lubrication systems

ENGINE INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

AMT 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44C3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. South Hill Campus Room 118

Credits: 4

Covers the theory and principles of operation of electrical and mechanical fluid rate of flow indicating systems. Covers electrical and mechanical temperature, pressure and RPM-indicating systems. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. Student must read the detailed requirements for each Performance Objective contained in the FAA approved Project Guide. The Project Guide is located in each instructional area for student use. Specific grading criteria for each Performance Objective is listed in the Project Guide. In all cases the FAA APPROVED CURRICULUM has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Troubleshoot, service, and repair electrical and mechanical fluid rate-of-flow indicating systems
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair electrical and mechanical engine temperature, pressure, and r.p.m. indicating systems

PROPELLERS & FAA FINAL TESTING

AMT 229

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44D3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. South Hill Campus Room 120

Credits: 4

Consist of the theory of operation and nomenclature. Propeller controls and instrumentation. Fixed pitch, controllable pitch, constant speed, and feathering propellers. Governors, anti-ice, phasing, and synchronization systems. Inspection, maintenance, and repairs to propellers and related systems, including familiarization of unducted fan engines. At the end of the course six hours are devoted to preparation for FAA certification examinations. FAA written examinations are accomplished at an FAA Designated Written Examination Center. After successful completion of written examinations, students must pass an Oral and Practical Examination administered by an FAA Designated Mechanics Examiner. Students are charged a fee for these examinations administered by FAA designated examiners and centers. Note: Fees for theses examinations are not included in the college tuition or lab fees systems. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Inspect, check, propellers and synchronizing and ice control systems
  • Identify and select propeller lubricants
  • Balance propellers
  • Repair propeller control system components
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair fixed-pitch, constant speed, and feathering propellers, and propeller governing systems
  • Install troubleshoot and remove propellers.
  • Repair aluminum alloy propeller blades
  • Pass FAA Powerplant test

ENGINE INSPECTION

AMT 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44F3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. South Hill Campus Room 120

Credits: 4

Engine inspection consists of detailed work with Federal Aviation Regulations, types of inspections, conformance to type certificate data sheets and major alterations, airworthiness directives, and maintenance record entries. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Objective 1Perform powerplant conformity and airworthiness inspections

ENGINE IGNITION & STARTING SYSTEMS

AMT 233

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44G3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. South Hill Campus Room 120

Credits: 4

Covers the operation, maintenance, and overhaul of magnetos and ignition, harnesses; the inspection, servicing, troubleshooting, and repair of reciprocating and turbine engine ignition system; and components and turbine engine electrical and pneumatic starting systems. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Overhaul magneto and ignition harness
  • Inspect, service, troubleshoot, and repair reciprocating and turbine engine ignition systems and components
  • Inspect, service, troubleshoot, and repair turbine engine electrical and starting systems
  • Inspect, service, and troubleshoot turbine engine pneumatic starting systems

INDUCTION, AIRFLOW, COOLING, & EXHAUST SYSTEMS

AMT 235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44H3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. South Hill Campus Room 120

Credits: 3

Learn about the maintenance of carburetors and fuel-injected, naturally aspirated, turbo-charged and super-charged induction systems. Learn about maintenance of ice and rain control systems as well as principles of air-cooled engines and problems that can occur with an air-cooled engine. Study the history, development and function of exhaust systems. Students will describe, inspect, maintain, troubleshoot and repair components of exhaust systems. Learn operation principles of turbine engine reversing systems and power recovery turbines. Additional Fee: $64.25

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair engine ice and rain control systems
  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair heat exchangers, superchargers, and turbine engine airflow and temperature control systems
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair carburetor air intake and induction manifolds

ADVANCED HANGAR OPERATIONS

AMT 239

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44J3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. South Hill Campus Room 120

Credits: 3

Advanced hangar operations and maintenance is designed for the students currently enrolled in the helicopter and powerplant classes. It includes servicing and repair of shop equipment, calibration of precision tools and assisting in the repair station operations. Note: This course work is only offered winter quarter. Additional Fee: $64.25

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair shop equipment
  • Calibrate precision tools
  • Assist in repair station Operations

CIVIL ENGINEERING SITE DESIGN

ARC 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6303 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. MW Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Overview of site design and planning, lot, subdivision and road layouts, contouring, slopes and profiles, and zoning regulations. Prerequisites: ARC 121. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and execute proper line uniformity, contrast and darkness for civil drawings

ARCHITECTURAL REPORTING I

ARC 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
633C 0/0 Feb. 11, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MW Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203
6313 0/20 Feb. 11, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MW Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 3

Includes investigation, research, and report preparation on materials, methods, and trends in construction. Prerequisites: English reading with comprehension, composition, and basic verbal skills, and computer keyboarding skills of 30 wpm. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify, utilize, and cite credible research resources in the field of architecture
  • Research and evaluate future trends in housing construction, and new and alternate materials
  • Prepare written reports using research from credible resources
  • Provide a presentation to the class from information used for an approved report
  • Identify, utilize, and cite credible research resources in the field of architecture

CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL RESEARCH I

ARC 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
633T 0/0 Jan. 5, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MW Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203
6323 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MW Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 2

Requires research of manufacturers and suppliers information, and assembly of Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) materials Divisions 1 through 14. Prerequisites: English reading with comprehension, composition, and basic verbal skills. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

Note:

Only section 633T is an I-BEST class.

Course Outcomes

  • Assemble and organize a minimum of 15 items of manufacturers’ product literature for CSI Divisions 00-14, to conform to the 49-division Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) format

DRAFTING TECHNOLOGIES II

ARC 173

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
633R 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. TTh Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203
6333 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. TTh Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Basic drafting skills for civil engineering and profiles for subdivisions. Includes basic design drawings necessary for residential design, and also includes printing completed drawings on industry-standard hardware. Prerequisites: ARC 171. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

Note:

Only section 633R is an I-BEST class.

Course Outcomes

  • Accurately draw property lines when provided industry standard bearing and distance
  • Extrapolate 1-foot contours from provided 5-foot contour information
  • Produce accurate profile drawings from plat information
  • Obtain parcel information from local municipality in person or via city or county website

ENGINEERING MECHANICS OF MATERIALS

ARC 191

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6343 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 10 a.m. 11:15 a.m. TTh Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Analysis of loading conditions and selection of wood-member sizes and materials for house design. Material stress and strain are computed. Prerequisites: ARC 125, MAT 99 or higher. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and use industry standard symbols and terminology
  • Investigate forces and resultants, calculate and diagram force equilibrium
  • Solve problems of force and unit material stresses, bending, deformation and shear
  • Define structural steel and reinforced concrete products and terminology

DETAILING AND LIGHT COMMERCIAL

ARC 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6353 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 11:15 a.m. M Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Overview of specialized floor plan types, framing, sections, detailing, and specifications for light-framing and commercial buildings. Prerequisites: ARC 125 Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and detail the structural components of a residential building
  • Determine appropriate locations and produce professional quality building sections
  • Create a set of plans and details for a commercial tilt building

DESIGN PROJECT II

ARC 225

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6363 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. M Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 201

Credits: 5

Project management and design of an intermediate architectural drafting project. Project conforms to regulatory codes, hypothetical client needs, and established schedules. Producing a complete set of computer-drafted and engineered construction drawings. Give effective oral reports of progress. Prerequisites: ARC 223, ARC 281 Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced

Course Outcomes

  • Meet client criteria while conforming to regulatory codes
  • Identify and meet schedule benchmarks
  • Draw and assemble a complete set of drawings for a 2-story home

SPECIAL INTERN PROJECT

ARC 227

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6373 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 201

Credits: 5

Complete the written Work-Based Learning Experience Plan. Prerequisites: Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $10.00

SPECIAL DESIGN PROJECT

ARC 229

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6383 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. T Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 201

Credits: 5

Complete special design project as approved by the instructor to aid in realistic training. Prerequisites: ARC 225, ARC 281. Additional Fee: $33.75

Course Outcomes

  • Conform to all steps, criteria and the timeline contained in the oral or written agreement
  • Manage the Project Design Schedule, client meetings and keep typed meeting minute notes of every client meeting
  • Maintain Project Management file with all meeting minutes, and all client-approved diagrams, sketches and plans
  • Use AutoCAD, Sketchup and/or Revit, as directed, to prepare professional drawings and concepts for client approval

COST ESTIMATING I

ARC 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6393 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 10 a.m. 11:15 a.m. W Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 3

Completion of a computerized, detailed cost estimate for a one-story house with site development. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Use a set of plans for a residential project to calculate the approximate cost of building

ENERGY ANALYSIS

ARC 237

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
63A3 0/20 Jan. 8, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Th Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 1

Completion of two computerized energy analyses for a one-story house. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Utilize the Washington State Energy Code to determine compliance for a residential home

INTERMEDIATE AUTOCAD

ARC 281

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
633M 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. TTh Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203
63B3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. TTh Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Use Windows-based AutoCAD applications to produce intermediate design and production drawings and details and save and print drawings on industry-standard hardware. Prerequisites: ARC 181. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

Note:

Only section 633M is an I-BEST class.

Course Outcomes

  • Create drawings and details in AutoCAD that are suitable for architectural construction drawings
  • Utilize provided information to create, complete and/or modify AutoCAD drawings

APPLIED AUTOCAD

ARC 284

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
63C3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Use Windows-based AutoCAD applications to create a complete set of design and production drawings and details for a design project, and save and print the drawings on industry-standard hardware. Prerequisites: ARC 281. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Complete commercial details from provided sketches
  • Master the use of layout space and title borders
  • Use drafting software to draft civil site plans

FUNDAMENTALS OF SHOP EQUIPMENT

ARCF 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1703 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 3

Covers shop safety, fundamentals of tool use, and proper use of shop equipment. Additional Fee: $44.25. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will demonstrate the basic shop safety practices, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will demonstrate the proper use of basic hand tools and shop equipment, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

WELDING & METAL SKILLS

ARCF 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1713 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 4

Covers welding, heating, and cutting techniques, using MIG and oxyacetylene equipment. Students will learn safe handling and correct metal-forming techniques of sheet metal. Additional Fee: $49.00. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the students will describe and/or demonstrate proper safety, set-up and use of an Oxy-Acetylene torch for welding, cutting and heating with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the students will describe and/or demonstrate proper, safe set-up and use of MIG welder with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lecture and lab activities students will describe and/or demonstrate proper safety, set-up and use of basic sheet metal forming equipment including a brake and a shear with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

BASIC REPAIRS AND ASSEMBLY

ARCF 114

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1723 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 8

Covers basic repair and assembly procedures for bolt-on body components. Additional Fee: $68.00. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will demonstrate and/or describe proper metal straightening technique and use of body fillers, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will demonstrate and/or describe proper procedures for removal, replacement, and adjustment of bolt on body parts, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will describe and/or demonstrate proper mixing, application and forming of fiber glass as a means of repair and/or customization, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

CUSTOM FABRICATION

ARCF 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1733 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 6

Explores basic customizing techniques used on original factory parts, as well as fabrication of custom parts. Additional Fee: $58.50. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will demonstrate and/or describe basic procedures and technique for customizing factory original body parts, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will demonstrate and/or describe basic procedures and technique for custom fabrication of body parts using fiber glass and/or sheet metal, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

REFINISHING EQUIPMENT

ARCF 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1743 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 4

Explores refinishing equipment use and maintenance. Additional Fee: $49.00. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will identify the spray painting equipment used in auto restoration and custom painting with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will know how a spray gun and airbrush work with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will identify the basic techniques of good spray painting and recognize variables that influence the quality of the spray finish with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will clean and properly care for a spray gun and airbrush with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will identify situations for which HVLP and airbrushes are recommended with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will explain the operation of spray booths and will demonstrate the operation of paint respirators with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

REFINISH PREPARATION

ARCF 129

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1753 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 7

Explores corrosion protection and vehicle refinish preparation. Additional Fee: $63.25. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will determine whether or not the existing finish is defect free and adheres soundly to the automobile; recognize the surface defects that require additional surface preparation. The student will also describe the three methods of removing a deteriorated paint film with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will prepare existing substrates and bare metal for refinishing with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will determine when to apply a primer, a primer-sealer, a primer-surfacer or glazing putty with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will prepare plastic parts for refinishing with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will mask a vehicle for various paint applications with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given lectures and lab activities, the student will describe the anti-corrosive materials used to prevent and retard rust formation with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given lectures and lab activities, the student will select the correct anti-corrosive application equipment for specific applications with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

ADVANCED PAINT APPLICATION

ARCF 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1763 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 6

Covers application of advanced masking, topcoat shading, and graphics on a restoration or custom project. Additional Fee: $58.50. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will improve project planning and application of skills gained in previous courses to 90% accuracy
  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will be able to demonstrate the ability to work independently and manage time/materials resources to 80% accuracy

FIBERGLASS/COMPOSITES TECHNIQUES

ARCF 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1773 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 6

Further develop skills in customizing techniques used on original factory parts, as well as fabrication of custom parts. Additional Fee: $58.50. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given lectures and lab activities students will describe and/or demonstrate basic procedures and technique for customizing factory original body parts, with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will describe and/or demonstrate basic procedures and technique for custom fabrication of body parts using fiber glass and/or sheet metal, with a minimum of 70% accuracy

CUSTOM REFINISHING

ARCF 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1783 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 6

Covers topcoat, clear coat and custom refinishing. Additional Fee: $58.50. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will explain the difference between spot panel and complete refinishing with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will describe how to spray different types of materials with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will properly locate color information from a vehicles original color with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will describe the paint finish systems applicable to plastic repair with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will apply custom painting techniques with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will apply decals, pin striping, wood-grain transfers, moldings and trim emblems with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will match color and texture with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will identify the steps in applying various types of color coats with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will apply base coat and clear coat systems with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS/SHOW AND SHINE

ARCF 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1793 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 4

Covers paint-application problem solving and show detailing. Additional Fee: $49.00. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will explain the final detailing, show & shine steps with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will recognize and correct defects occurring in a paint finish with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

AUTOMOTIVE RESTORATION & CUSTOM LAB

ARCF 154

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
17A3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 9

Finish projects and competencies in restoration and/or customizing. Nine credits in summer quarter; variable credit other three quarters. Additional Fee: $72.75. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lab opportunities the quality of the students hands on skills will show improvement to 90 percent accuracy
  • Given the lab opportunities students will be able to demonstrate the ability to work independently with less supervision

METAL STRENGTHENING AND SHAPING

ARCF 159

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
17B3 0/21 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 6

Metal straightening and shaping techniques on a custom or restoration project. Additional Fee: $58.50. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will improve project planning and application of skills gained in previous courses to 90% accuracy
  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will be able to demonstrate the ability to work independently and manage time/materials resources to 80% accuracy

CUSTOM PAINT APPLICATION

ARCF 167

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
17C3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 3

Covers application of custom masking, topcoat shading, and graphics. Additional Fee: $44.25. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will improve project planning and application of skills gained in previous courses to 90% accuracy
  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will be able to demonstrate the ability to work independently and manage time/ materials resources to 80% accuracy

APPLIED METAL SKILLS

ARCF 168

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
17D3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 3

Covers application of previously acquired metal skills as they relate to the student’s project work. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $44.25.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will improve project planning and application of skills gained in previous courses to 90% accuracy
  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will be able to demonstrate the ability to work independently and manage time/ materials resources to 80% accuracy

CUSTOM REFINISHING - SPECIAL PROJECTS

ARCF 170

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
17F3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 401

Credits: 6

Develop skills in advanced custom and/or restoration techniques. Students will have the opportunity to apply knowledge to projects of personal interest, as assigned, and/or job shadowing. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $58.50.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will improve project planning and application of skills gained in previous courses to 90% accuracy
  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will be able to demonstrate the ability to work independently and manage time/ materials resources to 80% accuracy

ART APPRECIATION

ART& 100

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0501 0/25 Jan. 8, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Arranged Online

Credits: 5

Introduction to the diversity of the art world from ancient civilizations to contemporary society. A discussion of art terminology and methods will be covered in an overview of art materials and techniques. \ Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the role of artists and their cultures in different time periods
  • Identify universal themes artists express
  • Identify and describe the formal elements and principles of art
  • Describe the various visual media and processes of making two or three dimensional art projects
  • Describe an art piece’s formal visual elements
  • Analyze different forms of art objectively and subjectively
  • Identify and describe the concepts behind the works of art
  • Produce a collage and contour line drawing

AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE I

ASL& 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0502 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 2:30 p.m. 4:50 p.m. MW Wilson, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 200B

Credits: 5

Informs students about deafness, deaf culture, the deaf community, and American Sign Language. Learn to communicate both expressively and receptively in American Sign Language in basic conversation situations. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 94.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate the understanding of beginning expressive and receptive skills utilizing ASL vocabulary
  • Demonstrate the understanding of beginning expressive and receptive skills integrating both ASL basic grammar components and sentence structures
  • Demonstrate the ability to work effectively in groups and one-on-one settings, utilizing various skills acquired to accomplish specific tasks
  • Demonstrate knowledge of spatial relationships and ASL gloss
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the different types of hearing loss, and gain insight into how sounds affect the Deaf and Hard of Hearing
  • Demonstrate increased awareness concerning how to interact with the Deaf and Hard of Hearing with and without an interpreter
  • Explain the historical development of ASL and Deaf Culture, dating back to as early as 355 B.C
  • Demonstrate an understanding of various technologies that are used to communicate with the Deaf and Hard of Hearing

AUTOMOTIVE BASICS

AUT 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4603 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Brown, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 801

Credits: 2

Provides information on basic shop safety, hazardous-material handling, industry trends and opportunities, tools and fasteners. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with safety, hazardous-material handling and disposal procedures, the future of the industry, and employment potential. The student will also be familiar with automotive tools, fasteners and their usage. Prerequisites: Must have required textbooks, coveralls and eye protection.

AUTOMOTIVE WELDING

AUT 132

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4633 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Offerdahl, R. Bldg. 03, Rm. 701
4623 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Covington, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 901
4613 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 4

Provides the knowledge and skills for industry-standard requirements in welding, brazing and soldering within the automotive industry. Also included in the course is instruction in oxygen/acetylene and wire-feed welding. Prerequisites: Must have required textbooks, coveralls, and eye protection.

AUTOMOTIVE SUSPENSION STEERING & WHEEL ALIGNMENT

AUT 149

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4643 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Brown, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 801

Credits: 7

Theory and troubleshooting of front suspension systems, steering systems, rear suspension systems, and computer-controlled systems. This course will also cover basic wheel alignment, including two- and four-wheel alignment. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete AUT 147 and have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $30.00

FORD BASE STEERING, SUSPENSION, & ALIGN

AUT 172

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4653 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Brown, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 801

Credits: 6

Students will learn suspension and steering principles, alignment geometry and service procedures to diagnose and correct excessive tire wear and pull concerns. Students will become familiar with the tools, terminology, and procedures used during common steering and suspension service operations, and will have the opportunity to practice procedures identified as priority tasks in the NATEF (ASE) task list. Prerequisites: Must have required tools and textbooks.

ENGINE MINOR MECHANICAL REPAIR

AUT 174

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4663 0/18 Jan. 20, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Offerdahl, R. Bldg. 03, Rm. 701

Credits: 6

Diagnose and repair general engine mechanical, lubrication, and cooling-system problems. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics and minor engine mechanical service and repair procedures. Prerequisites: Must have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $58.50

ENGINE MAJOR MECHANICAL REPAIR

AUT 175

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4673 0/18 Jan. 20, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Offerdahl, R. Bldg. 03, Rm. 701

Credits: 7

Diagnose and repair engine blocks, heads, and valve trains. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics, and removal and installation procedures to successfully diagnose and repair automobiles and light truck engines. Prerequisites: Must have successfully completed AUT 174 and have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $63.25

ENGINE MECHANICAL LAB

AUT 178

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4683 0/18 Jan. 20, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Offerdahl, R. Bldg. 03, Rm. 701

Credits: 3

Repair engine components by applying knowledge attained in required courses. This is a hands-on class, utilizing live projects. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with diagnosis, maintenance and repair of automobiles and light truck engines. Prerequisites: Must have successfully completed AUT 174 and 175 and have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $44.25

AUTOMOTIVE GENERAL MAINTENANCE & TITLE

AUT 179

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4693 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Brown, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 801

Credits: 7

Topics covered include shop safety practices, general automotive maintenance, vehicle checkups and multi-point inspections. Students will use all available service publications to identify automotive systems and components and become familiar with the tools, terminology and procedures used during routine maintenance, inspections and wheel and tire service. Students will have the opportunity to practice the procedures identified as priority tasks in the NAFEF (ASEO) task list. Prerequisites: Must have required textbooks, coveralls and eye protection.

AUTOMOTIVE IGNITION SYSTEMS

AUT 217

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46A3 0/18 Jan. 20, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Covington, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 901

Credits: 7

Diagnose and repair electronic and computer-controlled automotive ignition systems. Upon completion of this course, students will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, and diagnostic and repair procedures used on automobiles and light trucks. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete courses AUT 174, 175, 178, 203, and 209 and must have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $63.25

AUTOMOTIVE FUEL SYSTEMS

AUT 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46B3 0/18 Jan. 20, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Covington, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 901

Credits: 7

Diagnose and repair fuel management systems. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, and diagnostic and repair procedures used on automobiles and light trucks. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete courses AUT 174, 175, 178, 203, 209, and 217, and must have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $63.25

AUTOMOTIVE EMISSIONS SYSTEMS

AUT 236

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46C3 0/18 Jan. 20, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Covington, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 901

Credits: 7

Diagnose and repair emissions control systems. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, and diagnostic and repair procedures used on automobiles and light trucks. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete courses AUT 174, 175, 178, 203, 209, 217, and 223, and must have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $63.25

AUTOMOTIVE TRANSMISSIONS

AUT 247

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46D3 0/18 Jan. 20, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 7

This course provides the student with the knowledge and skills to competently repair automatic transmissions. Upon completion of the course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics, maintenance, and repair of automobile/ light truck automatic transmissions. Prerequisites: Must have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $63.25

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLES

AUT 250

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46F3 0/18 Jan. 20, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 7

This course provides the student with the knowledge and skills to competently repair automatic transaxles. Upon completion of the course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics, maintenance and repair of automobile transaxles. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete AUT 247 and have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $63.25

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS/TRANSAXLES LAB

AUT 251

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46G3 0/18 Jan. 20, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 4

This course is designed to teach the student to competently repair automatic transmission/transaxle assemblies by applying knowledge attained in required courses. This is a hands-on class, utilizing live projects. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with diagnosis, maintenance, and repair of automobile/light truck drive trains by applying academic knowledge to hands-on projects. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete courses AUT 247 and 250, and must have required tools and textbooks prior to entering this course. Additional Fee: $49.00

PRIVATE PILOT I

AVP 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5103 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Training in basic aircraft control, aircraft systems, airport procedures, and traffic pattern operations. Prerequisite: FAA Class II Medical with Student Pilot Certificate prior to the first day of class. Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform unassisted takeoffs
  • Demonstrate correct communications and traffic pattern procedures
  • Perform landings with instructor assistance
  • Demonstrate basic understanding of steep turns, slow flight stalls, stall recovery, and emergency operations
  • Complete demonstrated stalls
  • Become familiar with pilot training, aviation opportunities, and human factors in aviation
  • Gain basic understanding of the college's pilot training program
  • Gain a basic understanding of the main airplane components and systems at an 80% proficiency level
  • Become familiar with flight instrument functions and operating characteristics, including errors and common malfunctions at an 80% proficiency level
  • Learn about the power plant and related systems at an 80% proficiency level

PRIVATE PILOT II

AVP 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5113 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Covers aircraft control, establishing and maintaining specific flight attitudes, and ground reference maneuvers. Prerequisite: AVP 105 or equivalent. Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Display increased proficiency and skill in instrument scan and interpretation during practice of instrument flight maneuvers
  • Perform takeoffs, landings, and go-around without instructor assistance
  • Accomplish emergency procedures with minimal instructor assistance
  • Increase proficiency and precision in ground reference maneuvers
  • Become familiar with the four forces of flight, aerodynamics principals of stability, maneuvering flight and load factor at an 80% proficiency level
  • Understand stall / spin characteristics as they relate to training airplanes at an 80% proficiency level
  • Understand importance of prompt recognition of stall indications at an 80% proficiency level
  • Understand important safety considerations, including collision avoidance precautions, right-of-way rules, and minimum safe altitudes. 80% proficiency
  • Discuss airport markings and lighting, aeronautical charts, and types of airspace. 80% proficiency level required

PRIVATE PILOT III

AVP 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51Z3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Basic performance maneuvers, traffic pattern procedures, and takeoffs and landings. Upon successful completion, the student shall solo the aircraft. Prerequisite: AVP 110 or equivalent. Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Successfully pass the Presolo Written Exam with a minimum score of 80% and review incorrect responses with instructor
  • Demonstrate the ability and readiness for supervised solo flight in the traffic pattern
  • Exhibit understanding of attitude instrument flying
  • Demonstrate good understanding of local airport and airspace rules as well as systems and equipment malfunctions and related emergency procedures
  • Display the ability to solo the training airplane safely in the traffic pattern. At no time will the safety of the flight be in question
  • Complete solo flight in the local traffic pattern as directed by the instructor
  • Competently perform preflight duties and all other procedures and maneuvers for the safe conduct of a solo flight with the Chief Flight Instructor
  • Undergo additional instruction, if necessary to ensure that the student meets the standards for advancing to stage 2
  • Understand collision avoidance procedures and runway incursion avoidance at an 80% proficiency level
  • Become familiar with radar, transponder and services for VFR aircraft at an 80% proficiency level
  • Identify and explain services provided by FSS at an 80% proficiency level
  • Understand radio communication equipment and phraseology
  • Gain a basic understanding of the sources of flight information, particularly the AIM and AC

PRIVATE PILOT PRACTICAL TEST STANDARDS I

AVP 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5123 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate mastery of flight maneuvers
  • Demonstrate required aeronautical knowledge required for flight operations and pilot certification

PRIVATE PILOT IV

AVP 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5133 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Introduces knowledge, skill, and aeronautical experience necessary to successfully complete the navigation and cross country flight portion of flight training. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 115 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Explain runway conditions that necessitate the use of short and soft field takeoffs and landings
  • Demonstrate the correct procedure for short and soft field takeoffs and landings
  • Perform ground reference maneuvers while maintaining altitude within 150 feet
  • Perform short, soft and normal takeoffs while airspeed varies no more than 5 knots
  • Perform Short, soft and normal landings within 300 feet of desired touchdown point
  • Perform takeoffs and landings, stall series, slow flight and ground reference maneuvers
  • Perform takeoffs and landings while maintaining good directional control and flying stabilized approach
  • Demonstrate basic understanding of VOR/ADF orientation, tracking and homing
  • Display the correct unusual attitude recovery techniques and be able to imitate emergency climbs and descents using communications and NAV facilities
  • Demonstrate the skill to perform cross-country flight safely as the sole occupant of the airplane while using NAV systems and RADAR services
  • Navigate to and land at an airport more than 50 n.m. from the original departure point
  • Demonstrate complete preflight planning, weather analysis, use of FAA publications, adherence to the preflight plan using dead reckoning and pilotage

PRIVATE PILOT V

AVP 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5143 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Provides the knowledge, skill, and aeronautical experience necessary to read and understand disseminated weather reports and forecasts. Meets the requirements for cross country navigation and basic instrument flight. Prerequisite: AVP 125 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate complete preflight planning, weather analysis, use of FAA publications, adherence to the preflight plan using dead reckoning and pilotage
  • Demonstrate competency in basic attitude instrument flying at night
  • Control altitude within 150 feet in basic maneuvers during night flight
  • Demonstrate skill in performing short and soft field takeoffs and landings at night
  • Display the correct recovery techniques from stalls and unusual attitudes during night flights
  • Demonstrate skill in performing short and soft field takeoffs and landings at night
  • Display the correct recovery techniques from stalls and unusual attitudes during night flights
  • Initiate emergency climbs and descents by instrument reference during night flight
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of altitude control
  • Control altitude within 150 feet during basic flight maneuvers and recover from stalls with a minimum loss of latitude
  • Complete 5 takeoffs and landings to a full stop
  • Perform stabilized landing approaches with touchdown at a predetermined area on the runway

PRIVATE PILOT VI

AVP 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5153 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Gain the proficiency to meet the requirements necessary for FAA Private Pilot Certification with an Airplane Category and Single-Engine Class Rating. Prerequisite: AVP 130 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform listed maneuvers as assigned by the instructor to the proficiency criteria established by the Private Pilot Practical Test Standards
  • Practice flight maneuvers and procedures assigned by the instructor with emphasis on correcting deficient areas in preparation for the final stage check
  • The Chief Flight Instructor will evaluate the student’s ability to perform all maneuvers outlined in the PTS to FAA Private Pilot proficiency standards
  • Perform all Private Pilot maneuvers to the proficiency standards required by the PTS for Private Pilot Certification
  • Become familiar with the accepted procedures and concepts pertaining to aeronautical decision making and judgment, including CRM
  • Gain an understanding of aeronautical decision-making and judgment
  • Develop a sound understanding of the planning process for a cross-country flight
  • Become familiar with the details of flying a typical cross-country flight, including evaluation of in-flight weather and decisions for alternative actions
  • Complete, stage 3 examination on aircraft performance, navigation, aeronautical decision making and cross-country with a minimum score of 80%
  • Complete final examination A, with a minimum score of 80%
  • Complete final examination B, with a minimum score of 80%

PRIVATE PILOT PRACTICAL TEST STANDARDS II

AVP 138

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5163 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate mastery of flight maneuvers
  • Demonstrate aeronautical knowledge required for flight operations and pilot certification

INSTRUMENT PILOT I

AVP 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5173 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Introduces skills that will establish a strong foundation in basic attitude instrument flying and basic instrument navigation. Prerequisite: FAA Private Pilot Certificate. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Conduct takeoffs and landings at or exceeding the Private Pilot level. Control aircraft under instrument reference with full panel instruments
  • Demonstrate an understanding of and basic competence in full panel instrument attitude control.
  • perform aircraft control under instrument reference while maintaining altitude within 200 feet, heading within 15 degrees and airspeed within 15 knots
  • Display an understanding of the aircraft systems related to IFR operations and the importance of IFR takeoff preparations
  • Exhibit a basic understanding of systems and equipment related to IFR operations
  • Precisely control the airplane using full panel instrument reference
  • Recognize the approach of stalls and demonstrate the correct recovery procedures from unusual flight attitudes
  • Recognize and understand the effect of instrument systems and equipment malfunctions
  • Recognize the chain in instrument crosscheck necessary to maintain aircraft control while using partial panel procedures
  • Demonstrate a basic understanding of IFR systems operation and recognize systems and equipment malfunctions
  • Recognize and recover from stalls using full and partial panel instrument reference
  • Perform correct recovery techniques from unusual attitudes using full and partial panel instrument reference

INSTRUMENT PILOT II

AVP 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5183 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Perform precision attitude instrument flight, including advanced navigation techniques and procedures. Prerequisite: AVP 140 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize and recover from stalls using full and partial panel instrument reference
  • Perform correct recovery technique’s from unusual attitudes using full and partial panel instrument reference
  • Display basic knowledge of VOR interception and radial tracking
  • Demonstrate increased competency in basic VOR and ADF procedures
  • Demonstrate increased proficiency in all VOR procedures
  • Demonstrate increased understanding of NDB procedures
  • Complete the instrument rating exercises in the FAR/ AIM with an 80% or higher
  • Demonstrate understanding of airport environment and lighting, as well as airspace usage and sources of flight information during oral quizzing
  • Complete chapter 3 questions for section A with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of enroute and terminal ATC services during oral quizzing
  • Complete chapters 3 B questions with a minimum passing score of 80%.

INSTRUMENT PILOT III

AVP 150

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5193 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Apply advanced navigation techniques and perform holding pattern entry procedures. Prerequisite: AVP 145 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate increased proficiency in full and partial panel VOR procedures
  • Understand concepts involved with localizer tracking
  • Demonstrate accurate VOR and NDB orientation in full panel and partial panel situations
  • Perform correct recovery techniques from unusual attitudes using full and partial panel instrument reference
  • Demonstrate the correct recovery techniques from stalls using positive control techniques with a minimum loss of altitude
  • Demonstrate accurate VOR and NDB orientation and tracking at all times
  • Perform correct recovery techniques from unusual attitudes using full and partial panel instrument reference
  • Use recovery techniques from stalls using positive control techniques with a minimum loss of altitude
  • Demonstrate basic understanding and proficiency in VOR and NDB holding pattern procedures
  • Maintain orientation at all times during both standard and nonstandard VOR holding procedures
  • Exhibit basic understanding and skill in standard NDB holding procedures
  • Perform the correct entry procedures for intersection and DME holding patterns

INSTRUMENT PILOT PRACTICE III

AVP 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate mastery of flight maneuvers
  • Demonstrate aeronautical knowledge required for flight operations and pilot certification

INSTRUMENT PILOT IV

AVP 155

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51B3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Perform holding patterns and instrument approach procedures. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 150 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform the correct entry procedures for intersection and DME holding patterns
  • Explain and use the information displayed on the approach charts
  • Execute several initial and intermediate approach segments to arrive at the final approach fix
  • Complete the final approach and let down to the missed approach fix
  • Demonstrate the missed approach procedure as appropriate to the published chart used
  • Exhibit knowledge of front and back course localizer tracking while maintaining specific descent rates and altitudes
  • Demonstrate glide slope bracketing, using altitude changes to control airspeed and descent rates
  • Interpret and integrate information presented in graphic weather products during an oral quiz
  • Complete Chapter 9D questions with a minimum score of 80%

INSTRUMENT PILOT V

AVP 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51C3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Perform cross country flight using advanced navigation procedures. Use ATC communication procedures and conduct instrument departures, arrivals, and approaches. Prerequisite: AVP 155 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate basic understanding and proficiency in VOR and NDB holding pattern procedures
  • Maintain orientation at all times during both standard and non-standard VOR holding procedures
  • Exhibit basic understanding and skill in performing standard NDB holding procedures
  • Demonstrate skill and knowledge to perform the correct holding pattern entries and procedures for standard and non-standard on-station holds
  • Demonstrate ability to fly non-standard NDB and localizer holding patterns using appropriate entry, timing, and wind correction procedures
  • Perform the correct entry procedures for intersection and DME holding patterns
  • Explain and use the information displayed on the approach charts
  • Execute several initial and intermediate approach segments to arrive at the final approach fix
  • Complete the final approach and let down to the missed approach fix
  • Demonstrate the missed approach procedure as appropriate to the published chart used
  • Perform a no-gyro radar approach
  • Demonstrate proficiency in holding patterns, non-precision approaches and missed approaches

INSTRUMENT PILOT VI

AVP 170

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51D3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Acquire the flight and aeronautical knowledge proficiency required for the issuance of the FAA Instrument-Airplane Rating. Prerequisite: AVP 160 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate thorough understanding of cross-country and simulated emergency procedures appropriate for the aircraft
  • Exercise command of the aircraft at all times, using sound judgment and accurately comply with ATC procedures and clearances
  • Develop competency and skill in utilizing resource management and decision making skills.
  • Understand appropriate emergency procedures and resource management and decision making for enroute IFR operations
  • Demonstrate complete understanding of IFR cross-country procedures
  • Perform all IFR and pertinent simulated emergency procedures at the instrument pilot proficiency level as outline in the current PTS
  • Demonstrate understanding of weather factors and weather hazards during oral quizzing.
  • Complete Chapter 9 A, B questions with a minimum score of at least 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of information contained in printed weather reports and forecasts during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 9C questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Interpret and integrate information presented in graphic weather products during an oral quiz
  • Complete Chapter 9D questions with a minimum score of 80%

INSTRUMENT PILOT PRACTICAL STANDARDS IV

AVP 172

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51F3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate mastery of flight maneuvers
  • Demonstrate aeronautical knowledge required for flight operations and pilot certification

COMMERCIAL PILOT I

AVP 175

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51G3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Acquire initial VFR cross-country flight training. Pilotage, dead-reckoning, and radio navigation will be covered. Prerequisite: FAA Private Pilot Certificate, Instrument-Airplane Rating. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate ability to act as pilot in command on a cross country flight of at least two hours to include a straight line distance of 100 nm from Clover Park
  • Demonstrate knowledge of and the precautions and procedures appropriate to flying at night.
  • Use sound judgment during pilot in command night flight
  • Demonstrate understanding of the airport environment, airspace, and flight information during oral quizzing
  • Demonstrate understanding of weather factors, weather hazards, printed reports and forecasts and graphic weather products during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 3A and Chapter 9 questions with a minimum passing score of 80%

COMMERCIAL PILOT II

AVP 180

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51H3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional VFR cross-country flight training. Additional flight training will encompass mountain flying techniques and local night flight operations. Prerequisite: AVP 175 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Use sound judgment during pilot in command night flight
  • Demonstrate correct operating procedures for night cross-country flights
  • Perform a two hour cross-country at night with the destination at least 100mn from Thun Field
  • Conduct a solo night flight to an airport with an operating control tower and perform takeoff and landings.
  • Complete Chapter 3A and Chapter 9 questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of pilotage and dead reckoning methods for cross-country VFR flight during oral quizzing
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the physiological factors, especially vision, affecting the pilot in flight operations during oral quizzing
  • Demonstrate understanding of FAR and NTSB Part 830 during oral quizzing

COMMERCIAL PILOT III

AVP 185

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51J3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive final training in VFR cross-country flight and night operations. The necessary cross-country flight hours required for Commercial Pilot Certification will be completed. Prerequisite: AVP 180 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Conduct a solo night flight to an airport with an operating control tower and perform takeoff and landings
  • Demonstrate ability to perform night flight to a level required of a Commercial Pilot
  • Demonstrate ability to accomplish a night cross-country flight
  • Explain operational and safety considerations associated with night cross-country flights
  • Demonstrate skill in cross-country planning by selecting optimum cruising altitudes and appropriate check points
  • Demonstrate fuel planning by accurately calculating fuel burn and provisions for an adequate reserve upon landing
  • Conduct a solo cross-country to a point more than 50 nm from the departure point and gain proficiency at operating at unfamiliar airports
  • Conduct a solo cross country flight
  • Gain proficiency conducting cross-country operations using radio navigation
  • Conduct a solo cross-country and compare the revised ETA to the ATA at each checkpoint. The difference should not be greater than 5 minutes
  • Conduct a cross-country flight with landings at a point exceeding 50 nm from the school, while adhering accurately to the preplanned navigation log

COMMERCIAL PILOT IV

AVP 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51K3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive initial flight and ground training in high performance Commercial Pilot Certification maneuvers. Flight maneuver training includes chandelles, lazy eights, steep power turns, and accuracy landings. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 185 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Gain proficiency in planning and performing slow flight, stalls and ground reference maneuvers
  • Display a working knowledge of airplane systems
  • Exhibit at least Private Pilot proficiency in the performance of basic flight operations
  • Demonstrate pilot in command proficiency in the training aircraft by being familiar with flight characteristics, systems and emergency procedures
  • Demonstrate pilot in command proficiency in the training aircraft with the flight characteristics, systems and emergency procedures per PTS standards
  • Demonstrate understanding of weather factors, weather hazards, printed reports and forecasts and graphic weather products during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 9 questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Complete chapter 10 questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate through oral quizzing that the student has a thorough knowledge of chapter’s 9, 10.
  • Demonstrate understanding of Chapter 3-9 through oral quizzing

COMMERCIAL PILOT V

AVP 215

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51L3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Gain additional aeronautical knowledge and flying skills necessary for the performance of advanced precision flight maneuvers. Prerequisite: AVP 210 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate pilot in command proficiency in the training aircraft by being familiar with flight characteristics, systems and emergency procedures
  • Demonstrate proficiency in the smooth and accurate performance of the stall series, slow flight and specialty takeoff and landings
  • Demonstrate the correct procedure for short and soft field takeoffs and landings, with all landings not more than 100 feet beyond the selected point
  • Demonstrate steep power turns
  • Perform basic ground reference maneuvers while maintaining a specified altitude and ground track.
  • Display an understanding of the entry, performance, and recovery from, steep turns, chandelles, stall and spin recognition and recovery
  • Demonstrate correct entry and recovery procedures during the performance of lazy eights, chandelles, normal takeoffs and landings and eights on pylons
  • Perform all of the current Commercial Pilot maneuvers outlined in the Commercial PTS
  • Demonstrate understanding of retractable landing gear systems during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 11C questions with a minimum score of at least 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of advanced aerodynamic concepts during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 12A questions with a minimum score of 80%

COMMERCIAL PILOT VI

AVP 220

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51M3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive advanced training in all the required Commercial Pilot Certification maneuvers. Flying proficiency in these maneuvers will meet the requirements set forth in the FAA Practical Test Standards. Prerequisite: AVP 215 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform all of the current Commercial Pilot maneuvers outlined in the Commercial PTS
  • Perform stall series, mca, steep power turns, chandelles, lazy eights, eights on pylons, accuracy landings and short and soft takeoffs and landings
  • Demonstrate Commercial Pilot proficiency as outlined in the current Commercial Pilot Practical Test Standards
  • Demonstrate understanding of maximum performance takeoffs and landings during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 14A with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of steep turns and chandelles during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 14B, C questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of lazy eights and eights on pylons during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 14 D&E questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of commercial pilot emergency procedures during oral quizzing
  • Demonstrate understanding of commercial pilot emergency procedures during oral quizzing

COMMERCIAL PILOT PRACTICAL STANDARDS V

AVP 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51N3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate mastery of flight maneuvers
  • Demonstrate aeronautical knowledge required for flight operations and pilot certification

COMMERCIAL PILOT VII

AVP 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51P3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Operate a high-performance aircraft with retractable landing gear and constant speed propeller. Basic flight maneuvers and aircraft systems will be covered. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 220 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Gain proficiency in planning and performing slow flight, stalls and ground reference maneuvers.
  • Display a working knowledge of airplane systems
  • Exhibit at least Private Pilot proficiency in the performance of basic flight operations
  • Demonstrate understanding of high performance powerplants during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 11A questions with at least an 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of environmental and ice control systems during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 11B questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of retractable landing gear systems during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 11C questions with a minimum score of at least 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of advanced aerodynamic concepts during oral quizzing

COMMERCIAL PILOT VIII

AVP 235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51Q3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Operate a high-performance aircraft with retractable landing gear and constant speed propeller. Advanced flight maneuvers as well as emergency procedures will be mastered. Prerequisite: AVP 230 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Exhibit at least Private Pilot proficiency in the performance of basic flight operations
  • Demonstrate proficiency in the smooth and accurate performance of the stall series, slow flight and specialty takeoff and landings
  • Demonstrate the correct procedure for short and soft field takeoffs and landings, with all landings not more than 100 feet beyond the selected point
  • Demonstrate steep power turns
  • Perform basic ground reference maneuvers while maintaining a specified altitude and ground track
  • Display an understanding of the entry, performance, and recovery from, steep turns, chandelles, stall and spin recognition and recovery
  • Demonstrate correct entry and recovery procedures during the performance of lazy eights, chandelles, normal takeoffs and landings and eights on pylons
  • Perform all of the current Commercial Pilot maneuvers outlined in the Commercial PTS
  • Demonstrate ability to understand and calculate aircraft performance data during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 11B questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of aircraft weight and balance computations and performance effects during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 12C questions with a minimum passing score of 80%

COMMERCIAL PILOT IX

AVP 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51R3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Operate a high-performance aircraft with retractable landing gear and constant speed propeller. Increase proficiency in advance flight maneuvers and emergency procedures. Obtain logbook endorsement for the operation of High Performance Airplanes. Prerequisite: AVP 235 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform all of the current Commercial Pilot maneuvers outlined in the Commercial PTS
  • Perform stall series, mca, steep power turns, chandelles, lazy eights, eights on pylons, accuracy landings and short and soft takeoffs and landings
  • Demonstrate Commercial Pilot proficiency as outlined in the current Commercial Pilot Practical Test Standards
  • Demonstrate understanding of lazy eights and eights on pylons during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 14D,E questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of commercial pilot emergency procedures during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 13A questions with a minimum score of 80%
  • Demonstrate thorough understanding of the commercial pilot decision making during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 13B questions with 80% accuracy or better
  • Complete stage 5 exam with a minimum score of 80%
  • Complete End-of Course Examination with a minimum passing score of 80% or better

COMMERCIAL PILOT X

AVP 245

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51S3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive initial preparative training to increase aeronautical skills and experience to meet the requirements for the issuance of a Commercial Pilot Certificate. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 240 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Performance and knowledge of each commercial pilot maneuver should meet standards outline in current Commercial Pilot Practical Test Standard
  • Perform lazy eights with symmetrical loops, eights on pylons , chandelles and steep turns with smoothness and coordination
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the important performance elements of chandelles, lazy eights and eights on pylons
  • Performance and knowledge of each commercial pilot maneuver should meet standards outline in current Commercial Pilot Practical Test Standard

COMMERCIAL PILOT XI

AVP 250

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51T3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional preparative training to increase aeronautical skills and experience to meet the requirements for the issuance of a Commercial Pilot Certificate. Prerequisite: AVP 245 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Performance and knowledge of each commercial pilot maneuver should meet standards outline in current Commercial Pilot Practical Test Standard
  • Demonstrate familiarity with the flight characteristics, systems, and emergency procedures listed in this lesson
  • Demonstrate a high degree of proficiency in assigned instrument procedures
  • Demonstrate familiarity with the complex aircraft flight characteristics, systems, and emergency procedures assigned
  • Perform commercial pilot maneuvers in a complex aircraft

COMMERCIAL PILOT XII

AVP 255

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51U3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive final advanced preparative training to increase aeronautical skills and experience to meet the requirements for the issuance of a Commercial Pilot Certificate. Prerequisite: AVP 250 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $19.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Perform commercial pilot maneuvers in a complex aircraft
  • Demonstrate ability to safely act a pilot in command of the complex aircraft during cross-country flights
  • Display a basic competency in the normal and urgency procedures in a complex aircraft
  • Perform commercial pilot maneuvers and instrument maneuvers during a stage check and demonstrate competency which exceeds PTS standards
  • Fly instrument approaches while following the step-by-step procedure published on the approach chart
  • Display ability to descend to MDA or DH at the proper rate to a position from which a straight in or circle to land can be made
  • Perform commercial pilot maneuvers to Commercial Pilot PTS standards
  • Demonstrate during stage check complete understanding of VFR and IFR procedures, while exercising skill and judgment required of the PIC

COMMERCIAL PILOT PRACTICAL STANDARDS VI

AVP 257

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51V3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate mastery of flight maneuvers
  • Demonstrate aeronautical knowledge required for flight operations and pilot certification

CERTIFIED FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR I

AVP 260

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51W3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive initial training in teaching and learning theory as well as overall review of commercial pilot aeronautical knowledge subject areas. Student will be trained to fly the aircraft from the right seat to Commercial Pilot Practical Test Standards. Prerequisite: FAA Commercial Pilot; Airplane Certificate and Instrument Airplane Rating. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform and analyze basic flight maneuvers from the right seat of the training aircraft
  • Correctly perform and analyze slow flight, stalls, and slips from the right seat of the training aircraft
  • Accurately perform stall series, slow flight and slips from the right seat and develop the ability to perform maximum performance takeoffs and landings
  • Perform and analyze steep power turns and emergency procedures from the right seat of the training aircraft
  • Perform and correctly explain the elements required for performing chandelles and lazy-eights
  • Perform preflight preparation, normal and specialty takeoffs and landings, go-arounds and emergency procedures to Commercial Pilot PTS standards
  • Perform ground reference maneuvers, slow flight and stall series, chandelles, lazy-eights and emergency procedures to Com. Pilot PTS standards
  • Analyze and perform basic flight maneuvers and commercial maneuvers from the right seat during a stage check with the Chief Flight Instructor
  • Demonstrate knowledge of how people learn, the laws of learning and the procedures used to enhance learning through oral or written quizzing
  • Identify basic human needs, list defense mechanisms, identify means of controlling behavior, and state role of instructor during oral quiz
  • Identify the basic elements of communications process and list the barriers to effective communication during oral or written quizzing
  • List, define and describe the four -step teaching process during oral or written quizzing

CERTIFIED FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR II

AVP 265

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51X3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Master proper teaching techniques from the right seat of the training aircraft. Develop proficiency in conducting aeronautical knowledge briefings. Successful completion will result when knowledge and proficiency meet and/or exceed FAA Practical Test Standards. Prerequisite: AVP 260 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Prepare and follow a lesson plan on basic flight maneuvers and be able to detect , analyze and correct any errors during the flight
  • Prepare a lesson plan and develop instructional techniques necessary to teach basic flight maneuvers including stalls and slips
  • While using a prepared lesson plan, practice and review the listed basic flight maneuvers to further develop instructional techniques
  • Perform specialty takeoff and landings, go-arounds and simulated emergency procedures to the proficiency level set forth in the Flight Instructor PTS
  • Perform the stall series and spin entries and recoveries, both left and right
  • Recognize the on-set of a spin and demonstrate prompt recoveries from spin entries
  • Perform all private and commercial flight maneuvers to Flight Instructor PTS proficiency standards from the right seat using a student prepared lesson plan
  • Demonstrate proficiency exceeding the requirements of the Practical Test Standards during an oral examination on aeronautical knowledge
  • Demonstrate proficiency exceeding the requirements of the Practical Test Standards during a flight test on private and commercial flight maneuvers
  • Identify and define the elements of flight instructor characteristics and responsibilities
  • Define and describe the various elements of a lesson plan and construct a sample lesson plan within a 30 minute period
  • During an oral quiz, demonstrate aeronautical knowledge that meets or exceeds the knowledge required by the current Instructor PTS standards

INSTRUMENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR

AVP 268

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51Y3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Acquire the aeronautical knowledge, skills, and experience necessary to obtain an FAA Instrument Flight Instructor Rating added to their Certified Flight Instructor Certificate. Prerequisite: FAA Commercial Pilot Airplane Certificate with Instrument Airplane Rating Certified Flight Instructor-Airplane Certificate. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Smoothly and accurately perform basic attitude instrument flight maneuvers and analyze the elements of each maneuver
  • Demonstrate increased skill in the performance of basic attitude instrument flight maneuvers
  • Demonstrate ability to accurately perform navigation tasks using VOR and ADF navigation
  • Demonstrate ability to accurately perform and correctly analyze basic attitude instrument flight maneuvers, navigation, and holding patterns
  • Accurately perform and analyze instrument approaches to the level described in the current Practical Test Standards
  • Perform and accurately analyze the elements of instrument approaches, holding patterns and emergency procedures to the current PTS standards
  • During a Stage Check with the Chief Flight Instructor, perform and analyze instrument approaches, holding patterns, and emergency procedures
  • Prepare and follow a lesson plan on basic attitude instrument flight maneuvers
  • Prepare and follow a lesson plan basic elements of VOR and ADF navigation
  • Prepare and follow a lesson plan on VOR, ADF, and holding patterns while recognizing and detecting common student errors
  • Prepare and follow a lesson plan on the execution of instrument approaches while recognizing and correcting common student errors
  • Using a prepared lesson plan, perform all flight maneuvers required for the Instrument Instructor Rating to a level exceeding the standards in the PTS

PATISSERIE I

BAKE 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3503 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 6 a.m. 1 p.m. TWThF Newman, S. Bldg. 23, Rm. 101

Credits: 7

Provides students with the opportunity to attain fundamental cooking, time-management and production competencies in the program-run bistro. These include scones, muffins and cookies; demonstrating how to read, write and follow a standard recipe; and understanding the basic principles of various cooking methods. Students will uphold a high level of professionalism. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $83.25

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate basic baking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently

CAKES I (FILLINGS AND ICINGS)

BAKE 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3513 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 6 a.m. 1 p.m. MWF Newman, S. Bldg. 23, Rm. 101

Credits: 4

Introduces students to the mixing methods, their ingredients and their function in cake baking. Correct scaling, portioning, baking and determining doneness of assorted cakes. Fillings and icings will be introduced in the presentation of basic cakes.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify basic ingredients used in cake making
  • Explain the different leavening agents and effects they have in cakes
  • Demonstrate proper scaling of ingredients
  • Demonstrate the use of different mixing methods based on the variety of cake
  • Identify the difference between regular and high ratio cakes
  • Explain the causes of cakes with improper shape, texture or flavor
  • Demonstrate the use of basic custards or fruit fillings
  • Demonstrate the use of flat and basic buttercream icings along with chocolate and fruit glazes

PATISSERIE II

BAKE 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3523 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 6 a.m. 1 p.m. TWThF Newman, S. Bldg. 23, Rm. 101

Credits: 7

Provides students with the opportunity to refine fundamental cooking, time management, and production competencies in the program-run bistro. These include scones, muffins, cookies and cake; demonstrating how to read, write and follow a standard recipe; and understanding the basic principles of various cooking methods. Students will uphold a high level of professionalism. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $83.25

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate intermediate baking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently

PATISSERIE III

BAKE 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3533 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 6 a.m. 1 p.m. TWThF Newman, S. Bldg. 23, Rm. 101

Credits: 7

Introduces students to the experience of managing, training, and mentoring fellow classmates. Provides students with the opportunity to further refine fundamental cooking, time management, and production competencies in the program-run bistro. These include scones, muffins, cookies and cake; demonstrating how to read, write and follow a standard recipe; and understanding the basic principles of various cooking methods. Students will uphold a high level of professionalism. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $83.25

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate advanced Baking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently

PIES, TARTS, CUSTARDS AND FILLINGS

BAKE 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3543 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 6 a.m. 1 p.m. MWF Newman, S. Bldg. 23, Rm. 101

Credits: 4

Introduces students to a variety of pie crusts and the preparation of assorted fruit fillings. Tarts, custards and pastry cream will also be explored. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify basic ingredients of pies and tarts
  • Demonstrate proper scaling of ingredients
  • Produce a variety of crust including; mealy, flaky and crumb
  • Understand the different baking processed including docking, blind baking and determining doneness
  • Produce a variety of cream, fruit and custard fillings
  • Demonstrate glazes and other finishing techniques
  • Produce classic custard dessert such as crème brulee and flan

QUICK BREADS, COOKIES, BROWNIES

BAKE 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3553 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 6 a.m. 1 p.m. MWF Newman, S. Bldg. 23, Rm. 101

Credits: 3

Introduces students to the ingredients and function in preparation of quick breads and cookies. Students will explore the assorted doughs, shapes, and baking and finishing methods. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify different leavening agents used in quick breads
  • Demonstrate the different mixing methods for quick breads
  • Understand the causes of improper rise, tunneling or other problems associated with quick breads
  • Produce a variety of breads, muffins and scones
  • Understand the different make-up methods for cookies
  • Understand the different textures associated with cookies
  • Explore a variety of flavorings and finishing techniques for cookies and brownies
  • Demonstrate proper scaling of ingredients

RETAIL AND CUSTOMER SERVICE

BAKE 161

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
32D3 0/18 Jan. 7, 2015 9 a.m. 1:45 p.m. WThF Jolly, W. Bldg. 23, Rm. 102

Credits: 4

Familiarizes students with all aspects of retail service, cashiering and retail displays. Included are opening/closing procedures, retail layout and presentation, customer service, leadership, sanitation and safety, proper cash handling, and sales techniques. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understand and model merchandising product to customers
  • Plan and execute a pre-shift meeting
  • Utilize proper cash handling in a retail environment
  • Understand and execute opening and closing procedures
  • Practice appropriate retail sanitation and safety
  • Demonstrate the ability have a consultation with customers for specialty items and events
  • Produce a plan for displaying items based on sales and marketing plan

GENERAL BIOLOGY W/LAB

BIOL&160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0503 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 8 a.m. 9:50 a.m. MW Noffke, W. Bldg. 21, Rm. 235
5B23 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 1 p.m. Daily Noffke, W. Bldg. 15, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Provides an introduction to cellular biology for students preparing for the health professions. Major concepts include the structure, reproduction, and metabolism of cells; genetics; ecological perspectives; and evolutionary biology. Prerequisites: COMPASS reading score of 81 and writing score of 77 or successful completion of ENG 094. Additional Fee: $11.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Develop a list of characteristics of living things, and arrange the levels of organization from simplest to most complex
  • Demonstrate the methodology of scientific inquiry by using observation, experimentation, data collection and interpretation in everyday problem solving and generation of new knowledge
  • Recognize that the proper subject matter of science is the natural (physical) world and that all science is based on common laws or principles
  • Distinguish between inorganic and organic compounds, and describe the properties of carbon that make it the central component of organic compounds
  • Identify the major functional groups present in organic compounds and describe their properties and interactions. Compare the functions and chemical compositions of the major groups of organic compounds: carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids
  • Demonstrate the special properties of water that support life
  • Compare and Contrast eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells. Describe the structure and function of all of the organelles and their relationship to each other. Understand the fluid mosaic model of the cell membrane and how structure is related to function
  • Compare and contrast potential energy and kinetic energy. Describe how the first and second laws of thermodynamics relate to living systems
  • Explain the chemical structure of ATP and its central role in metabolism. Describe the relationship between enzyme properties and types and rates of chemical reactions
  • Describe the interdependence between photosynthesis and cellular respiration. Explain that all three domains of life must perform some form of cellular respiration
  • Discuss the significance of chromosomes in terms of their information content
  • Compare the roles of mitosis and meiosis in reproduction
  • Solve inheritance problems using Mendel’s principles
  • Relate the chemical and physical features of DNA to the structure proposed by Watson, Crick, and Franklin
  • Outline the flow of genetic information in cells from DNA to protein and how this process may be controlled
  • Articulate the scientific origins of biotechnological developments and evaluate the ecological, social, cultural, personal and ethical implications of those developments
  • Distinguish between environmentally induced and inherited abnormalities
  • Explain why evolution is the central theme of all biology, and how heritable variation and selection are the basis for evolution in a given environment
  • Use various laboratory techniques, including compound and dissecting microscopes and gel electrophoresis

HUMAN BIOLOGY W/LAB

BIOL&175

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0506 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 8 a.m. 9:50 a.m. TTh Korpal, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 235
0505 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Noffke, W. Online
0504 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 12:50 p.m. MW Noffke, W. Bldg. 21, Rm. 235

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours for Course #0506: 10/21 and 11/18/14 (Tuesdays), 10 a.m.-2 p.m.

Additional Lab Hours for Course #0504: Mondays & Wednesdays, 1-1:50 p.m., Jan. 5-March 23, Building 21 Room 235

An in-depth approach to body systems, emphasizing the relationship between structure and functions. A laboratory course appropriate for non-science majors or for students beginning study in life sciences. Prerequisites: COMPASS Reading Score of 81 and Writing Score of 77 or successful completion of ENG 94. Additional Fee: $25.00. Section 0504 is hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe, recognize, label or diagram the arrangement of the atom with its subatomic particles
  • Determine bonding types or recognize descriptions of chemical bonding of atoms
  • Calculate pH and determine whether a solution is acidic, basic, or neutral based upon pH
  • Describe, recognize, and determine general characteristics of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids and evaluate their integration into the body via daily nutrition
  • List, describe, diagram, and locate within a cell the organelles and other cellular features such as the cytoskeleton
  • Diagram and describe the cellular processes of replication, transcription, translation, diffusion, osmosis, active transport, mitosis, meiosis, cell life cycle
  • List, describe, and recognize the major function and criteria for the classification of the four basic tissue types: epithelial, connective, muscle, and nerve
  • Label or list, describe or recognize the various layers of the skin and discuss their homeostatic interaction with each other and other body systems
  • Identify the major components of the skeletal system and describe the interaction of these components to the other body systems
  • Compare the types of muscle tissue by gross and microscopic structure, location, and function
  • Identify, describe and summarize the major components of the nervous system and describe the interaction of these components with other body systems
  • Diagram and describe the process of neural transmission
  • Identify, describe and contrast general and specific senses and evaluate homeostatic regulation of the body following internal and external stimuli
  • Locate, summarize and compare the endocrine organs and their hormonal functions within the body to maintain homeostasis
  • Name, summarize, determine function and differentiate the blood components
  • Designate, explain, and trace the heart actions with how they are initiated, identified, and controlled along with the resulting body reactions to these activities
  • Define, generalize and contract blood vessel anatomy and physiology with reference to pulse, cardiovascular disease, and major organ drainage
  • Summarize components and function of the lymphatic system emphasizing relationship to circulatory and endocrine systems and immune defense of the body
  • Label, describe, and contrast the various organs of the respiratory, digestive, reproductive and urinary systems with regard to function, structure and effect on other systems, including a brief summary of pre-natal development
  • Cite and interpret the need for proper nutrition for optimal metabolism with relation to its effect on all the major body systems and processes
  • Communicate summary knowledge of the importance of fluid, electrolytes, and pH balance to maintaining homeostasis with the systems and the body as a whole
  • Explore the systems of the body in the lab using models, posters, virtual models, and examination tools

HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I

BIOL&241

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0507 0/24 Jan. 6, 2015 11 a.m. 1:30 p.m. TTh Korpal, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 235

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours for Course #0570: Tuesdays & Thursdays, 1:30-2:50 p.m., Jan. 6-March 24, Building 21 Room 235

Provides students with the first course of the two-quarter study of body structure and related physiology on cellular through system levels. Includes an in-depth study of cells; tissues; and integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous and sensory systems. Laboratory component included. BIOL& 160 with a grade of 2.0 or better and CHEM& 110 with a grade of 2.0 or better. (Note: BIOL 118 will be accepted as a prerequisite in place of BIOL& 160 through June 2015.) Additional fee: $11.00.

Course Outcomes

  • Define, differentiate and correlate Anatomy and Physiology, the study of structure and function
  • Understand the structural organization of the human body including a basic knowledge of the 11 body systems, the organs included in each and their basic function
  • Know anatomical terms, body regions and directional terms
  • Learn basic chemistry and biology concepts as they relate to human anatomy and physiology
  • Develop a full understanding of the structure and function of the four basic tissue types that make up the human body which essentially “carries” out the functions of each body system
  • Specifically learn in detail the structure and function of the Integumentary, Skeletal, Muscular and Nervous Systems
  • Correlate the lecture concepts with laboratory training aids for a better appreciation and understanding of the course content
  • Demonstrate hands on competency in microscopy using their own cheek swab slides as well as prepared histology slides
  • Develop essential dissection skills using preserved cats, brains and eyes
  • Perform basic neurological assessment tests such as opthalmoscopy, otoscopy and visual tests
  • Apply their anatomy and physiology knowledge in common personal and clinical situations
  • Complement their educational enrichment on Anatomy and Physiology with new and recent breakthroughs on topics covered through individual research and scientific paper writing

HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY II

BIOL&242

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0509 0/24 Jan. 6, 2015 3 p.m. 6:50 p.m. TTh Slegers, E. Bldg. 21, Rm. 231
0508 0/24 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 2:50 p.m. MW Korpal, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 231

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours for section 0509: 5:30-6:50 p.m., Tuesdays and Thursdays, Jan. 6-March 24, Building 21, Room 235

Additional Lab Hours for section 0508: 1:30-2:50 p.m., Mondays and Wednesdays, 1:30-2:50 p.m., Building 21, Room 231

Provides students with the second course of the two-quarter study of body structure and related physiology on cellular through system levels. Includes an in-depth study of body organization and cardiovascular and lymphatic physiological processes. Includes immunology, respiratory, digestive, metabolic, excretory, reproductive and endocrine systems. Laboratory component included. Prerequisites: Successful completion of BIOL& 241 or grade of C or 2.0 or better Additional Fee: $11.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understand the various concepts and principles presented with each body system to be covered in this course
  • Know detailed anatomical structures of specific internal organs studied
  • Appreciate the function and relevance of individual structures that make up the complete human being
  • Demonstrate hands on competency in microscope use with sample tissue slides of specific body organs
  • Correlate the lecture concepts with laboratory training aids for a better appreciation and understanding of the course content
  • Learn basic clinical skills such as auscultation, percussion, palpation, basic EKG reading, blood pressure reading and respiratory evaluation
  • Apply their anatomy and physiology knowledge in common clinical situations
  • Exhibit proficient dissection skills of preserved cats, sheep hearts and kidneys
  • Complement their educational enrichment on Anatomy and Physiology with computer-generated laboratory simulations of common clinical situations
  • Apply their anatomy and physiology knowledge in common personal and clinical situations
  • Demonstrate good relational dynamics during group
  • Presentations/homework assignments

MICROBIOLOGY

BIOL&260

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0510 0/24 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Noffke, W. Online

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours for section 0510: 3-7 p.m., Tuesday, Oct. 21 and Oct. 28

Provides students with the content of diversity, structure, and physiology of beneficial and harmful microbes. Laboratory practice in identification of microbial species through culturing, staining, and biochemical testing. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: BIOL& 160 with a grade of 2.0 or better and CHEM& 110 with a grade of 2.0 or better. (Note: BIOL 118 will be accepted as a prerequisite in place of BIOL& 160 through June 2015.) Additional Fee: $36.00

Course Outcomes

  • Knowledge of the history of microbiology as a science
  • Historical perspectives of microbial classification, genetics and disease
  • Relate historical microbiology to current and past events where microbial organisms play a key role
  • Describe the roles of microbes in the environment, food technology, industry, biowarfare, and bioterrorism.
  • Identify and compare categories of cellular and acellular agents known as microbes
  • Identify and compare structures, functions, and characteristics of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells
  • Understand the roles of chemicals and chemical structure, bonding, reactions, and organic macromolecules in growth and metabolism of microbes
  • Describe the conditions promoting growth of bacteria and viruses, including metabolism and nutrition
  • Identify and describe a selection of diseases of bacterial and viral etiology, including the structure and characteristics of the organism, the relationship with the host, and host defenses
  • Identify techniques in culturing a selection of organisms
  • Describe historical and current issues of prions and prion implicated diseases
  • Describe genetic transfer among bacteria and the consequences
  • Describe structure and function of the genome, mutations, gene transfer, and their use in recombinant DNA technology
  • Identify mechanisms of pathogenicity and resistance to antimicrobial agents
  • Describe the infectious disease process, symbiotic and parasitic relationships, and epidemiology
  • Identify mechanisms of resistance and immunity to infectious diseases, including nonspecific and specific host immune responses, role of immunization, hypersensitivity, autoimmunity, and immunodeficiency
  • Discuss methods of physical, chemical, and chemotherapeutic control of microorganisms, and the roles of antimicrobial agents
  • Discuss and demonstrate correct technique in microscopy, staining, classification of microbes, along with aseptic / sterile lab techniques
  • Apply basic concepts of microbiology to the world outside of the classroom
  • Understand the diversity in populations affected by microbial diseases and the role of socioeconomic factors in control of these diseases

Business Law

BUS& 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49J3 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Cooke, S. Online
4943 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MTWTh Cooke, S. Bldg. 11, Rm. 144

Credits: 5

Introduces the Uniform Commercial Code and Business Laws pertaining to business contracts, sales, bailments, commercial paper, employment, agency, business organization, insurance and property. Prerequisite: ACTG 115 or instructor approval.

MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY

CAH 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3023 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Scott, P. Online
3013 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Freyre, M. Online
3003 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Freyre, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Provides students with the basic techniques of medical word building using basic word elements. The class will be organized according to specific body systems and will include key terms and the introduction of anatomical, physiological and pathological terms. Additional Fee: $23.75. Section 3001 is web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of medical word building using basic word elements
  • Demonstrate a working knowledge of diagnostic and therapeutic terms that provide a solid foundation for medical terminology
  • Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of major prefixes of position, number and measurement, direction and other parameters
  • Demonstrate proficiency in pronunciation of various multiple medical terms that are common to a medical environment

INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH PROFESSIONS

CAH 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3043 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Freyre, M. Online
3033 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Freyre, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Provides an overview of the law and ethics a student should know to help provide competent, compassionate care to patients. Additional Fee: $23.75. Section 3031 is web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate proficiency in privacy of health information, standards for electronic transactions of health information and claims, security of electronic health information and national identifiers for the parties in health care transactions
  • Demonstrate proficiency by obtaining 7-hour certificate in the etiology, and epidemiology of HIV/AIDS, transmission and infection control, testing and counseling, clinical manifestations and treatment, legal and ethical issues surrounding HIV/AIDS and psycho-social issues of HIV/AIDS
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the various laws surrounding the healthcare health care industry in general, an understanding of the various laws that affect allied health professionals and examine the various ethical issues in health care today per HIPAA
  • Discuss and explore the history and trends in health care, basic health care concepts and skills, various careers and pathways in allied health and personal and professional qualities of an allied health professional
  • Successfully participate in an allied health field study which may include site-visits to profession-specific sites, interviews with allied health care professionals, research job opportunities of various allied health positions and provide wage information
  • Create a professional resume, cover letter and Thank you letter/card
  • Work effectively as a team member
  • Explore, discuss and address cultural diversity in health care

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

CAH 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3083 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Mandley, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106
3073 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 5:30 p.m. MW Mandley, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106
3063 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Mandley, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106
3053 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Mandley, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Provides training in the uses of Microsoft Windows and related programs with an introduction to Electronic Health Records. Students will use computers to develop touch control and proper keyboarding and 10-key techniques. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate keyboarding proficiency at 20wpm
  • Utilize Microsoft Windows programs and apply knowledge through a variety of vocationally related activities
  • Develop and manage technology based specialty related projects
  • Produce a resume, cover letter, educational plan and demonstrate knowledge of their specialty and higher education opportunities in their chosen field of study

KEYBOARDING

CAS 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
20G3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Wilson, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 112
20F3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. Daily Calip, V. Bldg. 16, Rm. 113
5703 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online
2003 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Use computers to develop touch control and proper keyboarding techniques; introduction to basic word-processing functions. Additional fee: $14.25.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the home row position on the keyboard. Key by touch, without looking at the keyboard. Key at a rate of 20 wpm (words per minute) or more
  • Key the numeric keys by touch
  • Use symbol keys correctly
  • Build keying speed and accuracy
  • Use basic word processing skills to create, edit, and format documents efficiently. Accurately format business letters, memos, reports, and tables

INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING

CAS 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2013 0/17 Jan. 5, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Calip, V. Bldg. 11, Rm. 112
2033 0/17 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Wilson, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 112

Credits: 3

Explore personal computer concepts from a user’s perspective. In this introductory course, learn computer terminology; run programs; save, retrieve, and search for files; use help; and perform computer maintenance. Develop basic skills in word processing, Internet, email and PowerPoint. Additional Fee: $14.25

Course Outcomes

  • Use the mouse to point, click, double click and secondary mouse click; describe the Windows interface; arrange open windows; switch between windows; use Help; and shut down Windows with 100% accuracy
  • Start and exit a program, use the calculator and WordPad, copy and paste, save and print a document, open files, and close a frozen program with 100% accuracy
  • View disk contents; sort disk contents; format and copy a disk; and create a new folder on a disk with 100% accuracy
  • Select, copy, rename, move, delete, restore, and find files with 100% accuracy
  • Customize the taskbar, Start Menu, mouse, and keyboard. Students will also create shortcuts, adjust the clock, and use the Classic desktop with 100% accuracy
  • Change the background, change desktop colors, create a screensaver, and assign sounds to program events with 100% accuracy

WORD I

CAS 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2023 0/17 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Calip, V. Bldg. 11, Rm. 112
2043 0/17 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Wilson, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 112
2053 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Use beginning word-processing techniques while creating and editing business documents. Create tables, columns, envelopes and mailing labels. Work with special features to track and review changes and compare documents. Additional Fee: $14.25

Course Outcomes

  • Start Word. Create new documents. Insert and edit text, symbols, and special characters. Check spelling and grammar. Correct errors. Use AutoCorrect feature. Save documents using various file formats. Preview and print documents, envelopes, and labels. Organize documents using file folders. Use Word help and the research functions
  • Format text and paragraphs. Change default size of text. Bold, underline, and italicize selected text. Align and space paragraphs. Undo and redo commands or actions. Move, copy, and paste text. Insert and modify content in headers and footers. Add footnotes. Insert manual page breaks. Find and replace text
  • Insert and modify tables. Create bulleted lists, numbered lists, and outlines. Set and use tabs. Apply and format columns
  • Modify document layout and page setup. Change margin settings and page orientation. Review and modify document properties. Go to a specific location in a document. Change and organize document views and windows
  • Create and preview Web pages. Insert and modify hyperlinks
  • Insert, position, and size graphics. Create and modify diagrams and charts
  • Identify the components of business letters and memos. Create and modify business letters and memos
  • Understand the risks from Internet usage, email, and using removable devices in multiple machines. Utilize programs to scan for computer risks
  • Use search engines and URLs to find information on the Internet. Evaluate the credibility of Web sites. Understand security and privacy issues
  • Communicate electronically. Open, reply, and forward messages. Attach and open files
  • Understand the legal and ethical use of information and computer resources
  • Successfully complete a standardized test

WORD II

CAS 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2063 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Explore advanced word processing with Microsoft Word. Perform mail merges, create styles, use advanced graphics tools, create basic forms with formulas, and utilize advanced report functions, including indexes. Create macros and modify the Word environment. Prerequisite: CAS 121 Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Control formatting options. Create and modify styles. Control pagination
  • Use the Mail Merge Wizard. Insert and edit merge fields in a main document. Utilize other data sources for merged data. Merge and print form letters. Sort and filter data records. Address and print mailing labels. Address and print envelopes
  • Sort lists and tables. Insert and update table formulas. Modify table formats
  • Create and modify basic forms. Create and modify a document background. Protect and restrict forms and documents
  • Insert and modify objects. Use advance layout features to format, position, and resize graphics. Create and modify diagrams and charts using data from other sources
  • Create and manage master documents and subdocuments. Insert and modify endnotes, footnotes, captions, cross-references, indexes, and reference tables
  • Summarize document content using automated tools. Use automated tools to navigate a document including the document map. Save documents using XML. Publish and edit Web documents
  • Activate and modify tracked change options. Manage document versions. Attach digital signatures. Customize document properties
  • Create, edit, and run macros. Customize menus and toolbars. Modify Word default settings
  • Successfully complete a standardized test

EXCEL I

CAS 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2083 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Calip, V. Bldg. 11, Rm. 112
2073 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Create and analyze professionally formatted spreadsheets. Enter data, formulas and functions. Create charts and insert graphics. Sort and filter lists. Prerequisite: Math 82 skills preferred. Additional Fee: $14.25

Course Outcomes

  • Open, save, close, and print a file; navigate within and between worksheets; work with ranges; move a selection of cells; work with rows and columns
  • Work with functions; copy and paste formulas, use relative and absolute references; use Average, MAX, MIN, IF, OR, AND, and PMT functions; use AutoSum and Date functions. Use nested functions
  • Format worksheet data, work with fonts and colors, align cell contents, clear and replace formats, use styles, use AutoFormat, format the printed worksheet
  • Freeze rows and columns, use find and replace, sort data, maintain a list using a data form, filter a list using AutoFilter, use Custom AutoFilters, use conditional formatting, insert subtotals, create and use PivotTables, create a PivotChart
  • Utilize the drawing toolbar to enhance worksheets with WordArt, clipart, SmartArt, and autoshapes. Modify cells and graphics with shadows and 3-d effects
  • Add hyperlinks to a worksheet.
  • Create and modify charts
  • Understand the risks from Internet usage, email, and using removable devices in multiple machines. Utilize programs to scan for computer risks
  • Use search engines and URLs to find information on the Internet. Evaluate the credibility of Web sites. Understand security and privacy issues
  • Communicate electronically. Open, reply, and forward messages. Attach and open files
  • Understand the legal and ethical use of information and computer resources
  • Successfully complete a standardized test

EXCEL II

CAS 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2093 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Use advanced spreadsheet features and functions to analyze and project data. Learn how to use what-if analysis tools such as scenarios and solver. Create macros; validate data; link worksheets/books; use pivot tables; find errors; and share, merge, and protect workbooks. Prerequisite: CAS 130.

Course Outcomes

  • Create and apply styles and custom number formats. Use conditional formatting
  • Create and use templates. Use a data form. Manage lists using sort, subtotal, filter, and pivot table commands
  • Link worksheets and workbooks. Work with multiple workbooks. Consolidate data and share and protect workbooks. Audit workbooks
  • Use advanced functions
  • Use goal seek, solver, and scenarios to analyze data
  • Create and use macros. Create toolbars and add menu items and toolbar buttons
  • Import and export data
  • Understand the risks from Internet usage, email, and using removable devices in multiple machines. Utilize programs to scan for computer risks
  • Use search engines and URLs to find information on the Internet. Evaluate the credibility of Web sites. Understand security and privacy issues
  • Communicate electronically. Open, reply, and forward messages. Attach and open files
  • Understand the legal and ethical use of information and computer resources
  • Successfully complete a standardized test

POWERPOINT

CAS 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
20B3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online
20C3 0/17 Jan. 6, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Calip, V. Bldg. 11, Rm. 112

Credits: 3

Create professionally formatted presentations that include animation and transitions. Insert and format charts, graphics, diagrams and pictures. Save presentations for various delivery options. Additional Fee: $14.25

Course Outcomes

  • Plan and modify a presentation, use help, create notes for slides, preview and print presentations
  • Apply a design template; format the presentation; insert, resize, and recolor graphics; create a table in a slide; add and modify tab stops; create and manipulate a shape
  • Insert slides from another presentation, create a design template, apply graphics and sounds. Create and modify charts, graphics, and SmartArt. Apply special effects and custom animation. Use the Pointer Pen to mark slides during a slide show, hide slides, and prepare presentation materials
  • Apply a design template from another presentation; use integration techniques: importing, embedding, and linking. Create and edit hyperlinks; add action buttons; create and customize a toolbar
  • Understand the risks from Internet usage, email, and using removable devices in multiple machines. Utilize programs to scan for computer risks
  • Use search engines and URLs to find information on the Internet. Evaluate the credibility of Web sites. Understand security and privacy issues
  • Communicate electronically. Open, reply, and forward messages. Attach and open files
  • Understand the legal and ethical use of information and computer resources
  • Successfully complete a standardized test

PUBLISHER

CAS 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
20A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 5

Explore desktop publishing in this project-based class. Create and edit flyers, newsletters, brochures, logos, calendars and various business publications. Use mail merge to create letters and labels. Use tools to edit text, colors, graphic design objects and logos. Prepare files for commercial printing. Additional Fee: $23.75

Course Outcomes

  • Create and edit a publication
  • Design newsletters and tri-fold brochures
  • Prepare letterhead, mailing envelopes, and business cards
  • Create mail merge letters and envelopes
  • Personalize and customize a publication
  • Create business forms and tables
  • Link a publication to another program
  • Create Web site with fill-in form fields. Use HTML code to enhance the Web page
  • Create macros

ACCESS I

CAS 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
20D3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Develop basic relational databases as you create, edit, format, and print tables, queries, forms, and reports. Copy records and import tables from another Access database. Define field properties and create relationships. Run, sort and filter queries. Use comparison and logical operators, and perform calculations. Explore the basics of creating a cohesive database. Additional Fee: $14.25

Course Outcomes

  • Start Access. Create a database. Create, edit, format, and print tables, queries, forms, and reports. Use the Access Help system
  • Define relationships. Specify referential integrity
  • Define fields in a table. Modify the structure of a table. Add records. Copy records and import tables from another Access database. Sort and filter data. Change field characteristics. Add and delete fields. Modify the structure of a table
  • Create a query. Use calculated fields. Calculate statistics. Save a query. Create, run, sort, and filter queries. Use text and numeric data in query criteria. Use comparison and logical operators. Create calculations
  • Use forms to add, delete, sort, find, and filter records. Update the contents of a single field
  • Create reports to display tables and query results
  • Understand the risks from Internet usage, email, and using removable devices in multiple machines. Utilize programs to scan for computer risks
  • Use search engines and URLs to find information on the Internet. Evaluate the credibility of Web sites. Understand security and privacy issues
  • Communicate electronically. Open, reply, and forward messages. Attach and open files
  • Understand the legal and ethical use of information and computer resources
  • Successfully complete a standardized test

CHEMICAL CONCEPTS W/LAB

CHEM&110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0512 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Celleri, A. Online
0511 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Celleri, A. Online

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours:
Section 0511: 2-3:50 p.m., Fridays, Jan. 9-March 20, Building 21, Room 231
Section 0512: 12-1:50 p.m., Fridays, Jan. 9-March 20, Building 21, Room 231

An introduction to chemistry intended for non-science majors. This course looks at how models of atoms, bonding and the structures of materials provide an understanding of common chemical properties and reactions. Co-requisites: Students who have not completed MAT 99 or achieved a COMPASS score of 76 or higher on College Algebra must take MAT 99 concurrently with this course. Additional Fee: $20.00. Hybrid, except for section 0513.

Course Outcomes

  • Understand the basic terminology concepts of science and chemistry
  • Be able to solve fundamental chemical problems
  • Gain an awareness of the impact of chemistry in the modern world
  • Develop the knowledge needed to intelligently discuss environmental, energy and similar issues of public concern
  • Be able to critically evaluate specific information in terms of problem solving

INTRO TO CHEMISTRY

CHEM&121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0513 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Celleri, A. Online

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours:
Section 0513: 4-5:50 p.m., Fridays, Jan. 9-March 20

Understanding the metric system, atomic theory, bonding, quantitative relationships, solutions, gases, acids and bases, salts, and nuclear chemistry. Lab included. Prerequisite(s): CHEM& 110 or high school chemistry; co-requisite: MAT 99 or higher or appropriate COMPASS placement concurrently with this course. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • List the steps in the scientific method
  • Use the metric system in measurements and dimensional analysis
  • Distinguish between chemical and physical changes
  • Explain the atomic nature of matter
  • Explain the structure of the periodic table
  • Describe the structure of atoms, molecules, and ions in terms of protons, electrons, and neutrons
  • Predict shapes and polarities of molecules
  • Describe the nature of solids, liquids, and gases
  • Write chemical formulas and balance chemical equations
  • Perform calculations using the concepts of moles, reaction stoichiometry, solution concentrations, and the gas laws
  • Explain the concepts of acids, bases, and buffers
  • Use pH in acid/base calculations
  • Work safely in the chemistry laboratory
  • Perform and analyze experiments that require precise measurements
  • Explain and apply the concept of equilibrium
  • Use pH in acid/base calculations

PROGRAMMING FUNDAMENTALS

CIT 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5403 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Staff Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 5

Introduction to programming concepts while enforcing good programming style and logical thinking. Designed for students with little or no programming language experience, it begins with basic general programming concepts and key concepts of structure. Course then progresses to the intricacies of decision-making, looping, array manipulation, and methods. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Install and use IDE
  • Create and assign variables in programs
  • Use built-in functions in programs
  • Write programs using strings for input as well as output
  • Create modules and use the modules
  • Create and use lists
  • Write programs using if/else statements and loops

.NET PROGRAMMING

CIT 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5413 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Ortiz, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E

Credits: 5

Learn to program using .NET Framework with focus on windows and console. Use decision structures, loops, and arrays to solve problems. Apply exception handling and data validation to programs. Use the predefined libraries in .NET Framework to solve problems. Create methods and learn to pass and return arguments. Create classes and use the classes as objects in programming. Use databases to store and retrieve the data from the applications. Prerequisites: CIT 142, CIT 150. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Learn to use the Visual Studio Integrated Development Environment (IDE) to write, run, and debug programs
  • Develop windows forms using controls like labels, text boxes, buttons, group boxes, check boxes, drop down list boxes, etc
  • Write programs that use decision structures like if/else, if/else if, and switch statements. Understand and use the right decision structure to solve problems
  • Create programs that require iteration using for, while, do while loops
  • Apply exception handling to programs to throw, catch, re-throw exceptions Validate for data input and appropriate type and range of input values. Write methods that can be reused in different programs
  • Use .Net classes like Math, MessageBox, InputBox, etc. to solve problems and lookup the definition of methods
  • Write a class and use it in the Form. Call the methods, static and instance to distinguish between the two. Learn about the scope of variables in classes
  • Use Sql Server database to populate the Windows form with data and also to add and update the data. Use a predefined database to accomplish this

WEB DESIGN PRINCIPLES

CIT 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 1 p.m. 2:50 p.m. MW Webster, M. Bldg. 11, Rm. 107

Credits: 5

Explores how the web works and methods and limitations of delivering content on the web. Examines usability issues such as interface design and structure, and how to accommodate a wide variety of viewports, from smartphones to cinema screen computer monitors. Students will build a four-page portfolio style website using Notepad and Photoshop, and post it to the internet. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the principles and limitations of delivering content on the web to computers and mobile devices
  • Write HTML 5 and CSS 3 in Notepad
  • Understand and apply the CSS Box Model to Interface Design
  • Optimize graphics in Photoshop
  • Build a 4 page website with Responsive navigation
  • Upload to a web server

PROGRAMMING WORKSHOP I

CIT 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5423 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Staff Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 2

Supplement programming fundamentals course to provide the student more practice with algorithms and programming constructs like if/else statements, loops, strings, arrays, and collections.

JAVA OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING I

CIT 142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5443 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Staff Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 5

Construct a foundation of procedural programming concepts and skills requisite for professional object-oriented software development. Use Java, a modern structured, object-oriented language, to develop your problem-solving and algorithm formulation skills. Prerequisite: CIT 101. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Learn basic java programming skills related to procedural programming constructs involving decision structures, loops and arrays
  • Learn the concepts of object-oriented programming
  • Solve small scale problems’ using the various programming constructs
  • Familiarize with the usage of the JAVA API
  • Explain what classes and objects mean

PRINCIPLES OF RELATIONAL DATABASES

CIT 150

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5433 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 12:50 p.m. MW Ortiz, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E

Credits: 5

Delve into the fundamental concepts, terminologies, methodologies, and system organizations of database management systems. Develop the theoretical foundation of understanding necessary to design, implement, optimize, query and maintain a database system. Propose, design and develop a database, using a relational database management system to reinforce the theoretical concepts. Additional Fee: $23.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Compile and Organize Data
  • Understand data types
  • Work with database structures and terminology (tables, records, fields, etc…)
  • Understand and work with relationships such as primary and foreign keys
  • Understand and apply normalization to database structure
  • Define constraints to database field information
  • Gain a foundation is Structured Query Language (SQL)

PROGRAMMING WORKSHOP II

CIT 202

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5453 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Ortiz, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 3

Supplement programming courses like .NET or Java to provide the student more practice with object-oriented programming concepts and collections.

ADVANCED WEB DESIGN

CIT 206

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54C3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 1 p.m. 2:50 p.m. MW Dague, B. Bldg. 11, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Provides demonstrations and practical exercises for using HTML and CSS to create attractive and well-formed web documents. Prerequisites: CIT 118, CIT 120. Additional Fee: $23.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand web standards and the advantages of using standards-based design
  • Understand the differences between HTML and XHTML
  • Write HTML that validates to W3C web standards
  • Understand the basic syntax of CSS
  • Understand CSS cascade order and inheritance
  • Convert table-based page layouts to CSS-based page layouts
  • Build web pages using semantic HTML and CSS-based layout without HTML tables
  • Write CSS that validates to W3C web standards

EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES

CIT 208

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54D3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Dague, B. Bldg. 11, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Introduces emerging technologies such as website usability, usability testing, keyword analysis, website optimization, web payment systems, search engine optimization (SEO), and search engine marketing (SEM). New technologies are always changing and therefore the material is subject to change based on instructor discretion. Prerequisite: CIT 206 or co-requisite. Additional Fee: $23.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Create a simple, static ecommerce web site using CSS without tables
  • Understand and apply the principles of search engine optimization
  • Perform a keyword analysis using keyword tools
  • Set up a PayPal account and use PayPal Buy Now Buttons to collect payments
  • Set up search engine marketing (pay per click) accounts and campaigns
  • Understand and apply web site usability principles to web site design
  • Conduct web site usability tests
  • Optimize a web site for speed

ADVANCED .NET PROGRAMMING

CIT 212

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5463 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 11 a.m. 12:50 p.m. TTh Ortiz, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E

Credits: 5

Learn advanced .NET programming — writing classes, working with indexers, delegates, events and overload operators. Work with databases using ADO.NET, data sources and datasets, XML files, LINQ. Prerequisite: CIT 116. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Review .Net Programming fundamentals and syntax working with numeric, string, and date data; coding control structures, procedures, and event handlers
  • Work with arrays and collections like Lists
  • Learn to debug applications
  • Create classes and use them in Forms
  • Apply exception handling to programs to throw, catch, re-throw exceptions. Validate for data input and appropriate type and range of input values. Write methods that can be reused in different programs
  • Create applications that use ADO.Net to interact with the database
  • Explore advanced object-oriented concepts

.NET PORTFOLIO

CIT 216

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5473 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 11 a.m. 12:50 p.m. TTh Staff Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 5

Develop a portfolio that uses the concepts learned in .NET classes. Learn and use source control to maintain code, working in teams, and testing techniques. Apply latest web trends in .NET framework to keep current with the industry. Present this portfolio to an audience. Prerequisite: CIT 214. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Configure and use source control to setup a team project
  • Analyze and derive requirements given a problem statement
  • Design classes using a modeling tool from the requirements
  • Write code from the design diagrams
  • Learn and use testing techniques for unit testing
  • Present the project to an audience

CLIENT-SIDE WEB PROGRAMMING

CIT 222

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54F3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Dague, B. Bldg. 11, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Introduces the fundamentals of working with JavaScript. Applies variables, objects, arrays, strings, conditional statements and external data to create dynamic, interactive web pages. Prerequisite: CIT 220. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the basic syntax of the JavaScript programming language
  • Declare and use variables
  • Create and use functions
  • Understand the object-based nature of the JavaScript language
  • Use JavaScript objects, methods, and events
  • Understand and use arrays
  • Use IDs and event handlers with JavaScript
  • Handle HTML forms and form validation using JavaScript

WEB ANIMATION

CIT 225

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54B3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 12:50 p.m. MW Webster, M. Bldg. 11, Rm. 107

Credits: 5

Build complex animated advertisements, interactive games and slideshows in both jQuery and Flash. Animate menu and div box transitions using HTML5, CSS3 and jQuery. Prerequisites: CIT 118, CIT 120. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Know when to use scripted animation and when to use timeline animation and why Apply simple algebra to scripting to achieve organic movement
  • Understand Object Oriented Programming (OOP) in Actionscript 3
  • Use Jquery, HTML 5 and CSS 3 for Animation

WEB DEVELOPMENT II

CIT 227

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54G3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 1 p.m. 2:50 p.m. TTh Dague, B. Bldg. 11, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Provides practical experience in integrating PHP and MySQL to create dynamic web sites, including database-driven content pages, content management systems, and interactive forms. Prerequisite: CIT 210, CIT 220. Additional Fee: $23.75

  • Design and implement MySQL databases for e-commerce web sites
  • Use the phpMyAdmin tool to administer MySQL databases
  • Use PHP to retrieve data from, and store data in MySQL databases
  • Combine PHP and MySQL to create dynamic web sites
  • Develop database-driven content management systems
  • Design and develop dynamic, interactive web forms

CONTENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

CIT 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54H3 0/20 Jan. 9, 2015 9 a.m. 3 p.m. F Condon, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 107

Credits: 5

Create and manage a custom Wordpress website from Photoshop mockup through HTML, CSS, JavaScript and PHP. Prerequisite: CIT 220. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Build a Photoshop Mockup of a Wordpress capable design
  • Convert Mockup to working HTML & CSS
  • Set up Wordpress on local hardrive (WAMP on PC)
  • Upload Wordpress to live server
  • Set up and modify blank template
  • Edit PHP structure as needed to suit Photoshop Mockup

DATA & LOGIC STRUCTURES

CIT 245

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5483 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 12:50 p.m. MW Staff Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 5

Expand your understanding of object-oriented programming techniques by implementing abstract data types as data structures in solving complex computing problems. Study the fundamental algorithms of computer science while using mathematical principles to analyze the efficiency of their implementation. Prerequisite: CIT 143. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Analyze code focusing on the efficiency of the structures used
  • Learn and investigate different sorting algorithms
  • Delve into different data structures like Stacks and Queues, Linked Lists, Trees, Sets and Maps
  • Understand data structures like Search trees and Graphs

INTERNSHIP

CIT 299

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5493 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Ortiz, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E

Credits: 5

Earn college credit by applying learned technical skills in professional work experiences directly related to your studies in Computer Information Technology. Perform 165 hours of part-time or full-time labor as an intern with a public or private enterprise, as a paid employee, or as a volunteer. Study and practice in resume building, interviewing, and job-search skills by actually identifying and then applying for an intern position. Work site supervisor and CIT faculty will jointly evaluate your performance. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Apply and Enhance technical skills learnt in the program on a live project
  • Demonstrate accountability and professionalism at workplace by attending meetings and submitting status reports
  • Escalate issues and seek timely help when tackling a project
  • Share with the other students the deliverables from the internship

PUBLIC SPEAKING

CMST&220

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0531 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 2 p.m. 4:20 p.m. TTh Venditti, P. Bldg. 14, Rm. 212
0530 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 8 a.m. 10:20 a.m. TTh Venditti, P. Bldg. 14, Rm. 212
0529 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 2 p.m. 4:20 p.m. MW Venditti, P. Bldg. 14, Rm. 212
0528 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 10:20 a.m. MW Venditti, P. Bldg. 14, Rm. 212

Credits: 5

An Open Course Library class; inexpensive course materials. Assists students in developing real-world oral communication skills. Capture the dynamics of today’s business realities and see the benefits of effective communication. Selection of topics, library research, analysis, oral style, use of visual aids, and preparation and delivery of various types of speeches and oral presentations are included. The Internet, email, community interaction, and other practical tools support student learning and increase public speaking skills. Emphasis is placed in principles of cultural diversity. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 94.

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the nature, value, and requirements of effective public speaking
  • Speak effectively to groups in an academic environment
  • Speak effectively to groups in a non-academic environment
  • Apply principles of cultural diversity to public speaking
  • Employ effective information literacy techniques in public speaking

FOUNDATION FOR STUDENT SUCCESS

COLL 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2P33 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TWTh Staff Bldg. 14, Rm. 201
2P23 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MWF Holster, E. Bldg. 15, Rm. 112
2P73 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. TWTh Schwarder, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
2P93 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 4:50 p.m. MWF Curry, R. Bldg. 14, Rm. 104
2PB3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. TWTh Mollas, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
2P43 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MWF Staff Bldg. 14, Rm. 200B
2P53 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. MWF Staff Bldg. 14, Rm. 208
2PC3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. TWTh Holster, E. Bldg. 15, Rm. 112
2PA3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7 a.m. 7:50 a.m. MWF Van Beek, C. Bldg. 14, Rm. 104
2P13 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MWF Staff Bldg. 14, Rm. 104
2P83 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. TWTh Schwarder, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
2P03 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 5 p.m. 5:50 p.m. TWTh Curry, R. Bldg. 14, Rm. 104
2P63 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. TWTh Staff Bldg. 14, Rm. 212

Credits: 2

Learn the skills needed to succeed at Clover Park Technical College. This class is designed to prepare students to succeed in college. This course emphasizes college success strategies, study habits and campus resources. Jump-start your college career with a class that 80% of the students who have taken it say contributed to their success at CPTC. Anyone is welcome in Foundation for Student Success, but it is required for certificate- and degree-seeking students with COMPASS placement at or below MAT 82 and/or ENG 82. This course requires attendance at an orientation at the start of each quarter in the Student Center, Building 23. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

Note:

The 2PB3 section of COLL 101 is linked with the 5W03 section of ENG 082. See the description of ENG 082 for details.

The 2P83 section of COLL 101 is linked with the 5W04 section of ENG 082. See the description of ENG 082 for details.

The 2P73 section of COLL 101 is linked with the 5W06 section of ENG 094. See the description of ENG 094 for details.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify college resources and support services available to students
  • Describe college processes and expectations of students
  • Demonstrate basic skills in operating the CANVAS the Learning Management System (LMS) used for online courses at CPTC
  • Apply a variety of learning strategies and study skills to college coursework
  • Demonstrate self-management techniques including planning, prioritizing, and scheduling to achieve educational, personal, and/or career goals
  • Demonstrate effective communication skills
  • Demonstrate effective problem solving strategies
  • Identify beliefs, attitudes, and behaviors of successful students
  • Explain the importance of participating as an active member of the campus learning community and building mutually supportive relationships with students, faculty and staff
  • Describe effective strategies for managing stress and developing emotional intelligence

MEASUREMENT, TOOLS & SAFETY

CONST105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2203 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 2

Introduction to residential and light construction applications and trades. Explores and applies safety standards to the use of various hand and power tools associated with the carpentry field. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify carpentry tools and uses
  • Read a standard tape measure
  • Use of fractions
  • Use the adding and subtraction method for measurements
  • Show understanding of how to use a measuring tape
  • Show understanding of proper lifting techniques
  • Demonstrate ability to use proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
  • Identify and correct safety hazards in a work area
  • Be familiar with standard building practices and why we do them

SITE LEVELING, PLANS, CODES & MATERIALS

CONST108

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2213 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 2

Introduction to use and operation of a builder level, including leveling and squaring a building site. Covers building plans, codes and inspections, and construction materials. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Proper use of a builders level
  • Level and square a building site
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Introduced to basic building codes
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Identify basic engineered lumber products
  • Identify basic lumber products

FOOTINGS & FOUNDATIONS

CONST112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2223 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to the methods of construction footing and foundation forms, terminology, and inspections for the typical residential home. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Set foundation footings
  • Set footing Reinforcement bar as required by code
  • Set stem wall forms
  • Set stem wall reinforcement bar as required by code
  • Square, block and support all forms
  • Comply with Code requirements

FLOOR FRAMING

CONST116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2233 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to the construction procedures and terminology used in framing a residential wood floor. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify all parts of the floor system using proper terminology
  • Be familiar with the different floor systems (Joists vs Post and Beam)
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed for a specified floor system
  • Comply with code requirements in relation to nailing patterns used
  • Be familiar with different Simpson Metal hangers that may be required
  • Identify basic lumber products
  • Comprehend how a floor and foundation interact
  • Demonstrate proper techniques used to build a floor system

WALL FRAMING, SHEETING & CEILINGS

CONST120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2243 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Introduction to wall framing construction procedures and terminology, the application of ceiling and/or two-story framing, inspections, sheeting and aligning. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify all parts of a wall system using proper terminology
  • Be familiar with the different wall systems (balloon framing and platform framing)
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Introduced to basic building codes as pertains to wall building
  • Calculate materials needed for walls to be built
  • Comply with code requirements in relation to nailing patterns and headers requirements
  • Familiar with Metal that may be required and where to apply
  • Identify basic lumber products to be used
  • Demonstrate proper technique for building walls
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

ROOF FRAMING

CONST122

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2253 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Introduction to roof framing and the use of a framing square, including both truss roof and stick-built residential roofs. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different roof types and terminology used in roofing
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to roofing
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in roofing construction and finish
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Familiar with metal requirements and where to apply
  • Identify basic lumber products used in roofing
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for building roofs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

ROOFING MATERIALS & INSTALLATION

CONST126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2263 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to various roofing materials, including proper installation techniques. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different roofing material and terminology used in roofing
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to roofing
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in roofing finish
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Demonstrate proper technique for finishing roofs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION

CONST130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2273 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 4

Introduction to basic stair construction, including the application of building codes, stairway arrangements, components and layout. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different stair types and terminology used in stair construction
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to stairs
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in stair construction
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Identify basic lumber products used in stair construction
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for constructing stairs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

EXTERIOR FINISH

CONST134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2283 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to the installation of exterior trim, siding, window and door installation, or the equivalent of typical residential homes. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different siding & trim types and terminology used
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to siding
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in siding and trim
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Familiar with metal requirements and where to apply (flashing)
  • Identify basic lumber products used in siding
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for siding and trim
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

INTERIOR FINISH I

CONST138

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2293 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to interior wall and ceiling finish, interior doors and hardware, cabinet and countertop installation, interior trim and finish flooring. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Install Gypsum Wall board, tape and mud seams
  • Install numerous types of wall texture
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Install, square and plumb interior doors
  • Install, caulk and prep interior trim
  • Demonstrate proper building technique
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

INTERIOR FINISH II

CONST142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Continuation of interior wall and ceiling finish, interior doors and hardware, cabinet and countertop installation, interior trim and finish flooring. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Build Standardized kitchen and bathroom cabinets
  • Be familiar with basic kitchen layout to include the working triangle
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Demonstrate proper installation methods
  • Identify basic lumber products used
  • Demonstrate proper building technique
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

DECK CONSTRUCTION

CONST146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22B3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to outside deck construction, including types, code requirements and safety. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different terminology used
  • Comply with different building codes
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Install decks, rails and stairs as required
  • Identify basic lumber products used
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for building roofs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

CARPENTRY TRADES

CONST150

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22C3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 1

Introduction to trade regulations, other building trades workers, industry and standards organization, and entering the carpentry trade. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different Trades in the industry
  • Be familiar with licensing requirements
  • Compliance with code in all industries
  • Be aware of state and federal organizations affecting workers

INFECTION CONTROL PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES

COSMO112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5303 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Maguire, P. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207
53AA 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. Daily Deleon, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 2

Acquire knowledge for successful and responsible infection control, first aid, and safety. Learn concepts of microbiology, safe handling of tools, proper dispensing of chemicals, and how to prevent the spread of bacteria in a school or salon. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced (section 5342 is not web enhanced).

Course Outcomes

  • Understand state laws and rules
  • List the types and classifications of bacteria
  • Define hepatitis and Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and explained how they are used
  • Explain the differences between cleaning disinfection and sterilizing
  • List the types of disinfectants and how they are used
  • Discuss Universal Precautions
  • List your responsibilities as a salon professional
  • Describe how to safely clean and disinfect salon tools and implements

GENERAL SCIENCE OF HAIR

COSMO116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53BB 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. Daily Deleon, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205
5313 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Maguire, P. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207

Credits: 5

Learn why professional hair services must be based on an understanding of the growth, structure and composition of hair. Gain skills in evaluating various hair and scalp conditions. Understand the purpose for draping and scalp massage as a foundation for attentive client care services. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced (section 5352 is not web enhanced).

Course Outcomes

  • Name and describe the structures of the hair root
  • List and describe the three main layers of the hair shaft
  • Describe the three types of side bonds in the cortex
  • Describe the hair growth cycles
  • Discuss the types of hair loss treatment
  • Describe the options for hair loss treatment
  • Recognize hair and scalp disorders commonly seen in the salon and school and know which ones can be treated by cosmetologists
  • List and describe the factors that should be considered in a hair analysis
  • Explain the two most important requirements for scalp care
  • Describe the benefits of scalp massage
  • Treat scalp and hair that are dry, oily, or dandruff ridden
  • Explain the rile of hair brushing to a healthy scalp
  • Discuss the uses and benefits of the various types of shampoo
  • Discuss the uses and benefits of the various types of conditioners
  • Demonstrate the appropriate draping for a basic shampooing and conditioning and draping for a chemical service
  • Identify the Three-Part Procedure and explain why it is useful

PRINCIPLES OF HAIR DESIGN

COSMO121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53CC 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. Daily Deleon, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205
5323 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Maguire, P. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207

Credits: 2

Learn design and art principles as guidelines to assist you in achieving designs for the client. Gain skills in the consultation portion of hair design and practice good life skills and professional behaviors for salon success and effective communications. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced (section 5362 is not web enhanced).

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the possible sources of hair design inspiration
  • List the five elements of hair design
  • List the five principles of hair design
  • Understand the influence of hair type on hairstyle
  • Identify different facial shapes and demonstrate how to design hairstyles to enhance or camouflage facial features
  • Explain design considerations for men
  • List the principles that contribute to personal and professional success
  • Create a mission statement
  • Explain how to set long-term and short-term goals
  • Discuss the most effective ways to manage time
  • Describe good study habits
  • Define ethics
  • List the characteristics of a healthy, positive attitude
  • Understand the importance of professional hygiene
  • Explain the concept of dressing for success
  • Demonstrate an understanding of ergonomic principles and ergonomically correct postures and movement
  • List the golden rules of human relations
  • Explain the definition of effective communication
  • Conduct a successful client consultation/needs assessment
  • Handle an unhappy client

APPLICATIONS OF HAIRCUTTING AND HAIRSTYLING

COSMO136

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53DD 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. Daily Deleon, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205
5333 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Maguire, P. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207

Credits: 14

Introduces the techniques and tools of haircutting and hairstyling. Students will demonstrate proper use and care of all tools and implement effective infection control principles and practices. This course provides foundational skills for good hair design. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced (section 5372 is not web enhanced).

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the possible sources of hair design inspiration
  • List the five elements of hair design
  • List the five principles of hair design
  • Understand the influence of hair type on hairstyle
  • Identify different facial shapes and demonstrate how to design hairstyles to enhance or camouflage facial features
  • Explain design considerations for men
  • List the principles that contribute to personal and professional success
  • Create a mission statement
  • Explain how to set long-term and short-term goals
  • Discuss the most effective ways to manage time
  • Describe good study habits
  • Define ethics
  • List the characteristics of a healthy, positive attitude
  • Understand the importance of professional hygiene
  • Explain the concept of dressing for success
  • Demonstrate an understanding of ergonomic principles and ergonomically correct postures and movement
  • List the golden rules of human relations
  • Explain the definition of effective communication
  • Conduct a successful client consultation/needs assessment
  • Handle an unhappy client

ADVANCED APPLICATIONS OF HAIR CUTTING

COSMO141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5353 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Ganyon, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205
5343 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 3:30 p.m. 9 p.m. TWThF Chiaro, L. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207

Credits: 4

Presents advanced skills and techniques that enable students to remain current with haircutting trends. Procedures and theory are reinforced to achieve desired effect. Infection control principles and practices are reinforced. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 136. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Know theory of advanced haircutting in current trends
  • Independent practical applications of advanced haircutting in current trends
  • Independently determine proper combination haircuts on men and women utilizing all implements
  • Identify advanced haircutting tools
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

Chemical Texture Service

COSMO146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53M3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Frederick, S. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 6

Course Outcomes

  • Explain chemical actions that take place during permanent waving
  • Explain the difference between an alkaline wave and a true acid wave
  • Explain the purpose of neutralization in permanent waving
  • Describe how thio relaxers straighten the hair
  • Describe how hydroxide relaxers straighten the hair
  • Describe curl re-forming and what it is best used for
  • Compare the different kinds of advanced straightener’s

GENERAL SCIENCE OF HAIR COLORING

COSMO157

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5373 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Ganyon, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205
5363 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 3:30 p.m. 9 p.m. TWThF Chiaro, L. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207

Credits: 6

Introduces the creative artistry of color through the study of color theory, the color wheel, basic color applications and techniques, and basic formulation. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 116, 121, and 136. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • List the reason why people color their hair
  • Explain how the hair’s porosity affects haircolor
  • Understand the types of melanin found in hair
  • Define and identify levels and their role in formulating haircolor
  • Identify primary, secondary and tertiary colors
  • Know what roles tone and intensity play in haircolor
  • List and describe the categories of haircolor
  • Explain the role of hydrogen peroxide in a haircolor formula
  • Explain the action of hair lighteners
  • List the four key questions to ask when formulating a haircolor
  • Understand why a patch test is useful in haircoloring
  • Define what a preliminary strand test is and why it is used
  • List and describe procedure for a virgin single-process haircoloring
  • Understand the two processes involved in double-process haircoloring
  • Describe the various forms of hair lightener
  • Understand the purpose and use of toners
  • Name and describe the three most commonly used methods for highlighting
  • Know how to properly cover gray hair
  • Know the rules of color correction
  • Know the safety precautions to follow during the haircolor process

LAB CLINIC I

COSMO161

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5383 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 3:30 p.m. 9 p.m. TWThF Chiaro, L. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#1
5393 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Ganyon, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#1

Credits: 6

Expand skills and knowledge by offering services to live models/clients in CPTC’s student clinic, a realistic salon environment. This course reinforces skills learned within the Cosmetology program and provides practice in advanced hairstyling and hair cutting. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 112, 116, 121, and 136. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform requested services on clients
  • Demonstrate all required skills of cosmetology
  • Practice cosmetology skills on other students and mannequins
  • Perform consultation and analysis procedures on clients
  • Build and recruit to maintain a clientele base
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

LAB CLINIC II

COSMO162

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53C3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Klug, D. Bldg. 08, Rm. 100B

Credits: 8

Experience hands-on learning in a realistic salon setting. Fundamental and developing skills are reinforced and expanded as students provide services on live models/clients in CPTC’s cosmetology clinic. Effective client/student interaction will be practiced. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 161 and 157, or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform requested services on clients
  • Demonstrate all required skills of cosmetology
  • Practice cosmetology skills on other students and mannequins
  • Perform consultation and analysis procedures on clients
  • Perform referral practices to maintain a clientele base
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

Lab Clinic III

COSMO171

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53N3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Frederick, S. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#2

Credits: 8

Course Outcomes

Course Outcomes

  • Perform requested services on clients
  • Demonstrate all required skills of cosmetology
  • Practice cosmetology skills on other students and mannequins
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices
  • Perform consultation analysis procedures on client
  • Build and recruit to maintain a clientele

COSMETOLOGY SALON BUSINESS PRACTICES

COSMO175

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53P3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Frederick, S. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 3

An introduction to the fundamental principles of manicuring and nail care. Topics include basic nail theory, nail disease and disorder, and anatomy of the hands. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 166. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify two options for going into business for yourself
  • Explain the responsibilities of a booth renter
  • List the basic factors to be considered when opening salon
  • Name the types of salon ownership
  • Identify the information that should be included in a business plan
  • Explain the importance of record keeping
  • Identify the elements of sucessful salon operations
  • Explain why selling services and products is a vital aspect of a salons

ARTIFICIAL HAIR

COSMO180

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53F3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Klug, D. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 1

Provides an overview of basic alternatives in artificial hair products and services. Students learn application and removal techniques and select appropriate forms of attachment to achieve intended outcomes. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 161 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • List and define terms as they relate to artificial hair
  • Identify human versus synthetic hair
  • Recognize and identify types of hair pieces
  • Apply and remove current hair extension practices

General Study Of Nails

COSMO182

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53Q3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Frederick, S. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 4

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the four types of nail implements and/or tools required to perform a manicure
  • Explain the difference between reusable and disposable implements
  • Describe the importance of hand washing in nail services
  • Explain why consultation is necessary each time a client has a service in the salon
  • Name the five basic nail shapes
  • List the types of massage movement most appropriate for a hand and arm massage
  • Explain the different between a basic manicure and a spa manicure
  • Name the correct cleaning and disinfection procedure for nail implements and tools
  • List steps in the post-service procedure
  • List steps in a manicure and pedicure

GENERAL SCIENCE OF SKIN

COSMO188

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53H3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Klug, D. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 4

Provides an introduction to esthetic sciences. Applications in temporary hair removal, skin care, and cosmetic applications are presented. Histology and the recognition of disease and disorders of the skin will be emphasized. Infection control principles and practices will be applied. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 166 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • List and define key terms associated with the study of skin
  • Recognize and illustrate the layers of skin and its functions
  • Recognize disease and disorders of the skin
  • Perform waxing and tweezing procedures while observing infection control practices and principles
  • Perform and record skin consultations
  • Perform appropriate facial application as determined by learner
  • List and recognize cosmetics used during make up applications
  • Apply and remove basic, special occasion and corrective make up procedures including eyelash enhancements

ADVANCED HAIR COLORING

COSMO225

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53K3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Klug, D. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 7

Reinforce skills and learn the rational for advanced hair color techniques. Current trend applications as well as corrective techniques will be used. Students will determine and implement all aspects of hair coloring. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 157 and 161, or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • List and define terms and products utilized in professional hair coloring
  • Independently determine and demonstrate proper procedures for virgin and retouch services involving coloring, bleaching and highlighting applications
  • Independently formulate all types of color and bleaching mixtures
  • Perform preventive and corrective steps to avoid or solve hair coloring problems
  • Perform and design trend hair color applications
  • Demonstrate all necessary safety, infection control principles and practices

CLOVER PARK PRACTICAL PREPARATION

COSMO228

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53R3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. Online

Credits: 3

Prepares students to take the Washington State Cosmetology Practical Board Exam. Prerequisite: Successful completion of quarters 1- 4 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced

Course Outcomes

  • Perform all services required by the Washington State Cosmetology Practical Board Exam.

LAB CLINIC IV

COSMO230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53S3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Lind, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#4

Credits: 9

Hands-on learning experience in Cosmetology clinic. Reinforced skills and knowledge will be demonstrated through client and student interactions. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 170 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate client consultation as it pertains to requested service
  • Perform requested services interacting with clients
  • Apply acquired knowledge and techniques
  • Demonstrate Infection Control Principles and Practices

STATE BOARD WRITTEN TEST REVIEW

COSMO235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53T3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 Arranged Arranged TWThF Lind, C. Online

Credits: 4

Prepares student to take the Washington State Cosmetology Written Board Exam. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Quarters 1-4 or instructor approval Additional Fee: $75.00

Course Outcomes

  • Define industry vocabulary as it pertains to cosmetology
  • Understand the Principles and Practices of Infection Control
  • Complete the Washington State Board of Cosmetology Written Exam

CAPSTONE

COSMO243

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53U3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. Online

Credits: 6

Independently demonstrate knowledge and integration of cosmetology skills and concepts gained through the program. In this course students submit a cumulative portfolio that demonstrates achievement of the program’s student learning outcomes. Students may also participate in work experience opportunities that will round out their skills and prepare them for employment. Prerequisite: Successful completion of quarters 1-4 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced (section 53X2 is not web enhanced).

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate knowledge of Cosmetology skills and concepts
  • Develop a Portfolio that demonstrates achievement of the program
  • Participate in work experience opportunities

ADVANCED APPLICATION OF HAIRSTYLING

COSMO249

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53A3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 3:30 p.m. 9 p.m. TWThF Chiaro, L. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207
53B3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Ganyon, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 4

Learn advanced hairstyling techniques to stay current with trends. Application of theory and procedures are combined to create specific looks. Infection control principles and practices are applied. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 136. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Know theory of advanced hairstyling and current/seasonal trends
  • Independently demonstrate practical applications of advanced hairstyling and current/seasonal trends
  • Demonstrate three basic techniques of styling long hair
  • Perform basic braiding procedures
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

SANITATION IN FOOD SERVICE OPERATIONS

CUL 104

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3563 0/26 Jan. 5, 2015 6 a.m. 1 p.m. TTh Newman, S. Bldg. 23, Rm. 101

Credits: 3

Presents the principles of food microbiology, food-borne illness and the standards enforced by regulatory agencies. Applied measures for the prevention of food-borne illness and other microbiological factors are incorporated. National Restaurant Association ServSafe Certification. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $100.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify common food pathogens and identify measures required for their control according to ServSafe and Pierce County Health code
  • Explain how pest management and cleaning schedules are important to a food safety facility
  • Demonstrate setting up a three sink compartment dish sink per Pierce County health code
  • Identify principles for receiving and storing safe food products per ServSafe standards
  • Classify types of cleaners and sanitizers according to chemical composition and use as outlined by manufacturer
  • Conduct a sanitation self-inspection of a production kitchen
  • List common causes of accidents and injuries in the food service industry and outline prevention safety measures according to ServSafe

COOKING METHODS I

CUL 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3203 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 9:15 a.m. 1:30 p.m. WThF Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 7

Introduces students to the experience of preparing and cooking meals for restaurant service. Students will be given assignments and will rotate through restaurant stations throughout the quarter. Students will learn dishwashing and basic food preparation, to read and follow standardized recipes, deli operations, and station organization. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $108.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate basic cooking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently

COOKING METHODS II

CUL 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3213 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 9:15 a.m. 1:30 p.m. WThF Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 7

Introduces the experience of preparing and cooking meals for restaurant service. Students will be given assignments and will rotate through restaurant stations throughout the quarter. They will be expected to practice a high level of previously learned competencies in knife skills, sanitation, proper handling and storage of product, and working under stringent time guidelines. Instructor permission required. Prerequisite: CUL 109. Additional Fee: $108.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate intermediate cooking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently

Professional Cooking III

CUL 127

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3223 0/26 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 7

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Correctly identify grades and fabricate primal cuts of beef, pork, lamb and veal according to National Association of Meat Purveyors Guide
  • Diagram the sub-primals on beef, veal, lamb, and pork according to the NAMP guide
  • Fabricate poultry and game per instructor’s standards
  • Perform cost and yield/waste analysis per industry standard
  • Identify the different species and the most suitable cooking techniques for fish and shellfish

American Regional Cuisin

CUL 132

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3233 0/26 Feb. 17, 2015 9 a.m. 2 p.m. MT Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Assemble a menu using local ingredients from a region of the US
  • Be able to discuss the various influences affecting people in the US
  • Cook in a diverse fashion, tying in the various cultures of the US

Food Preparation III

CUL 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3243 0/26 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 2 p.m. MT Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Incorporate principles of nutrition, textures, plate presentation and cost controls in menu planning
  • Create descriptions of menu items
  • Demonstrate the ability to function as a lead line cook to ensure quality, timeliness, correct cooking procedures and attractive, appetizing presentations per Clover Park Technical College standards
  • Effectively organize stations in the kitchen for cooking and service
  • Practice professional sanitation and safety measures

COOKING METHODS III

CUL 139

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3253 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 9:15 a.m. 1:30 p.m. WThF Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 7

Introduces students to the experience of preparing and cooking meals for restaurant service. Students will be given assignments and will rotate through restaurant stations throughout the quarter. Students will be expected to practice a high level of previously learned competencies in knife skills, sanitation, proper handling and storage of product, and working under stringent time guidelines. Instructor permission required. Prerequisite: CUL 123 Additional Fee: $100.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate intermediate cooking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently
CIT 297

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Use existing programming skills to learn a new topic or a more advanced area of a previously covered topic

DENTAL SCIENCES II

DAS 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7703 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 9 a.m. 11 a.m. TTh Wirth, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

Explores the general characteristics and uses of dental materials, and covers oral pathology conditions in the oral cavity. This course is also designed to provide the necessary information to accurately identify each of the body’s systems, functions, and how they interact with each other. The student will explore the structures of the head and oral cavity. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103-118 prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Additional Fee: $237.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and describe abnormal oral conditions and ways to prevent transmission of these diseases or conditions in the dental office
  • Describe fundamentals of a cavity preparation, placement of a tofflemire and matrix band, and identify a variety of dental cements, their properties, uses, and proper manipulation
  • Demonstrate proper manipulation of various dental materials
  • Describe orally related conditions that affect the older patient
  • Describe the major medical disorders that can affect a patient's oral health
  • Describe the type of dental management a medically compromised patient would receive

DENTAL ASSISTING SKILLS II

DAS 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7723 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 11 a.m. M Wirth, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 6

This course will introduce the student to advanced study model principles, coronal polish and fluoride treatments, advanced moisture control to include the application of rubber dams, intermediate charting, and dental instruments and hand pieces. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103-118 prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate proficiency in applying and removing rubber dams
  • Demonstrate proficiency in performing coronal polish and fluoride application
  • Demonstrate taking an accurate preliminary impression and pouring up and trimming a diagnostic cast
  • Accurately chart intraoral conditions for a patient utilizing the Universal Charting system at 100% accuracy
  • Identify the parts of a dental instrument and describe how instruments are identified
  • Identify the categories and functions of dental burs, instruments, and handpieces and describe when each would be utilized in a dental procedure
  • Demonstrate proficiency in changing dental burs in various dental handpieces in a timely manner

DENTAL SPECIALITIES I

DAS 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7713 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 10 a.m. 11 a.m. W Carson-Lewandowski, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 3

Explores in depth the dental specialties of endodontics, orthodontics and periodontics. This course introduces the students to periodontal charting. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103–118 prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe various orthodontic procedures and identify the instruments associated with them
  • Describe the indications and contraindications for endodontic treatment and the sequence of endodontic procedures
  • List and recognize instrument used for endodontic procedures
  • Describe causes, signs, treatment, and instruments associated with diseases of the supporting structures of the teeth
  • Demonstrate proficiency at recording a periodontal chart at 100% accuracy

PRINCIPLES OF RADIOGRAPHY II

DAS 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7733 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 9 a.m. 10 a.m. W Wirth, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

Introduces students to intraoral and extraoral radiographic imaging, legal issues associated with radiography, and manual and automatic processing techniques. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103 – 118 prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the exposing of radiographs, types of x-ray film, care of dental film, and infection control in dental radiography
  • Demonstrate exposing, processing, and mounting radiographs
  • List and describe the advantages and disadvantages of digital radiography
  • Describe the components of informed consent with regard to dental imaging
  • Describe the Consumer-Patient Radiation Health and Safety Act
  • Describe the components of a quality assurance program

CERTIFICATION REVIEW I

DAS 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7743 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online

Credits: 1

Prepares students to take the Infection Control Exam through the Dental Assistant National Board. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103–118 prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Additional Fee: $237.00

Course Outcomes

  • Take and pass the Infection Control exam for the Dental Assistant National Board

CLINICAL EXPERIENCE II

DAS 239

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7753 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Carson-Lewandowski, D. Online

Credits: 10

Provides Dental Assistant students with the opportunity to use the advanced skills and information acquired in DAS 103-237. Students will spend 270 hours rotating through a minimum of two private offices or dental clinics. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103 - 237, Infection Control certification, all college-level general education courses, and completion of the Radiation Health & Safety component prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Additional Fee: $226.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the materials, lectures, videos, guided practice sessions and assessments, the performance objectives have been brought forward to the clinical experience courses and must be performed with at least 75% accuracy

ADVANCED THEORY

DAS 241

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7763 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Carson-Lewandowski, D. Online

Credits: 5

This course will introduce the student to dental business administration procedures. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103–237, their Infection Control certification and the Radiation Health & Safety component prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Additional Fee: $48.75

Course Outcomes

  • Discuss oral and written communications and identify the differences between verbal and non-verbal communications
  • Describe and compare the handling of different types of phone conversations
  • Discuss the role of the office manager/business assistant in the dental office
  • Describe various types of filing systems to include the pros and cons of each
  • Describe the functions of computerized practice management systems and manual bookkeeping systems
  • Discuss the management of inventory systems
  • Discuss fiscal management as it applies to the dental office
  • Identify dental procedures and coding
  • Detail claim forms and describe the procedure and purpose of claim forms follow up

CERTIFICATION REVIEW III

DAS 243

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7773 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Carson-Lewandowski, D. Online

Credits: 1

This course will prepare the student to take the final component of the Dental Assistant National Board exam, General Chairside. Upon successful completion of the exam and all Dental Assistant courses, the student will receive their Certified Dental Assistant credential and will be eligible for graduation. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103–237, Infection Control certification, and their Radiation Health & Safety component prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting. Additional Fee: $237.00

Course Outcomes

  • Take and pass the General Chairside exam for the Dental Assistant National Board

DENTAL TERMINOLOGY & PROCEDURES

DBOA 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7783 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online

Credits: 4

Introduces information to correctly recognize and identify various occupations within the dental environment. Terminology necessary to complete all other courses. Information provided to accurately identify the names and numbers of teeth in the primary and permanent dentition. Students will complete the Washington State Dental Association (WSDA) HIV/AIDS course. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and recognize the duties and responsibilities of the various occupational roles within the dental field
  • Recognize and utilize basic dental terminology frequently used in the dental office
  • Research dental treatment procedures
  • Complete the Washington State Dental Association (WSDA) HIV/AIDS self-study Course

DENTAL CHARTING, SCHEDULING & RECALL MANAGEMENT

DBOA 111

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7793 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online

Credits: 5

Explores dental charting symbols and treatment descriptions. Develop, decipher and present a comprehensive treatment plan. Covers the necessary information to accurately develop a patient recall system and maintain productive and effective patient scheduling. Students will have training and access 24 hours a day to the Dentrix Dental Software to learn and practice dental charting, scheduling & recall procedures. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: DBOA 103 Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize, interpret and present various charting methods and symbols commonly used in the dental practice at 75% accuracy
  • Recognize dental terms, treatment procedures, and the cost and time involved in dental treatment at 75% accuracy
  • Demonstrate their ability to develop, decipher and present a treatment plan at 75% accuracy
  • Accurately demonstrate an understanding of the various ways of utilizing time units, dental staff abilities and patient needs to effectively schedule patient dental treatment at 75% accuracy
  • Develop an appointment matrix and schedule patients for appropriate treatment and appointments at 75% accuracy. These tasks will be completed manually and in the Dentrix Dental Practice Management software
  • Role play as a dental team member in a “morning huddle" classroom demonstration at 75% accuracy
  • Develop a patient recall system electronically using Dentrix at 80%
  • Identify the teeth and radiographic landmarks and mount radiographs at 90% accuracy

DENTAL CORRESPONDENCE & EMPLOYMENT SKILLS

DBOA 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
77A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online

Credits: 4

Explores a wide variety of dental office forms and development of manual and computerized inventory filing systems. Organizational skills are the primary emphasis of this course. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: DBOA 103 Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Prepare records for filing, apply alphabetical indexing rules and demonstrate the rules of filing
  • List and explain various types of inventory systems and factors determining supply quantity
  • Construct supply orders for the clinical and business office areas of a dental practice
  • List the components and describe the function of a clinical record and explain the rules for data entry
  • Identify and categorize various types of records maintained in a dental office and distinguish between active and inactive records.

DENTRIX ADVANCED TRAINING

DBOA 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
77B3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online

Credits: 2

Provides expanded Dentrix software skills to students with basic Dentrix Dental Software training and/or experience. Students will have training and access 24 hours a day to the software. Students will demonstrate setting up practice defaults in the Office Manager module, manage electronic charting in the Dentrix Dental Software, pursue dental insurance claims processing and payment posting processes, and explore and generate management reports. Prerequisite: DBOA 111 and/or industry experience with the Dentrix Dental Software. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Manage electronic charting in the Dentrix dental software
  • Pursue Dental Insurance claims processing and payment posting processes in the Dentrix software

DRAFTING II

DSN 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3603 0/28 Feb. 23, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Houser, S. Bldg. 19, Rm. 210

Credits: 5

This course introduces students to the fundamental principles needed to create an as-built plan set to include floor plan, power/ mechanical plan and elevation. Field surveys, symbols and graphics, and formatting of drawings will be introduced. Prerequisites: DSN 105.

Course Outcomes

  • Complete an as-built field measurement
  • Collaborate with fellow students
  • Identify examples of an as-built floor plan, power/mechanical plan and elevation from working drawings
  • Properly format working drawings
  • Draft graphic symbols for: floor plan markers for elevations
  • Draft graphic symbols for an electrical/mechanical plan
  • Draft an elevation
  • Identify an understanding of the basic building components
  • Have familiarity with the basic vocabulary of basic building components to enable the designer to facilitate the process
  • Complete projects to include: as-built floor plan, electrical/mechanical plan and elevation

MATERIALS, METHODS, & TECHNIQUES OF INTERIOR DESIGN

DSN 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3613 0/28 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Bowman, M. Bldg. 19, Rm. 210

Credits: 4

This course is an introduction to the fundamental design materials and applications for interior environments, including hard and resilient flooring, soft flooring, paint, wall coverings, cladding, acoustics, metal, plaster, glass and millwork. Students will also learn to visually present material selections in a professional manner.

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture, handouts and exercises student will be able to specify the proper carpet and quantity for an interior space and basic knowledge of oriental rugs
  • Given lecture, handouts and exercises student will be able to specify the proper flooring material and quantity for an interior space
  • Given lecture, handouts and exercises student will be able to specify the proper wallcovering and quantity for an interior space
  • Given lecture, handouts and exercises student will be able to specify the proper paint and finish and quantity for an interior space
  • Given lecture, handouts and exercises student will be able to specify drapery treatment and estimate for an interior space
  • Given lecture, handouts and exercises student will be able to specify upholstery and estimate for an interior space

LIGHTING

DSN 132

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3623 0/28 Feb. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Houser, S. Bldg. 19, Rm. 210

Credits: 5

This course introduces students to the fundamental skills and concepts of lighting design. It is an approach to quality lighting with a primary focus on the design process. Areas covered are: basic lighting, human factors, sustainability, products and design fundamentals.

Course Outcomes

  • Identity the general considerations for lighting solutions
  • Identify types of lighting sources
  • Identify CRI (Color Rendering Index) ratings of various light sources
  • Identify typical Kelvin temperatures for various light sources
  • Identify LRV (Light Reflectance Value) of colors and materials
  • Design lighting solutions for the home, using appropriate lighting fixtures
  • Use energy-efficient lighting design principles
  • Complete a lighting plan on a RCP (Reflected Ceiling Plan)
  • Complete switching solutions on a RCP (Reflected Ceiling Plan)
  • Calculate energy allowances for watts used in a space and complete a Lighting Schedule to include: tag, symbol, watts/fixture, quantity, total watts and notes and selection rationale

TEXTILES

DSN 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3633 0/28 Jan. 22, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Bowman, M. Bldg. 19, Rm. 210

Credits: 4

This course is a comprehensive study of the textile products available for use in residential interior design, with an emphasis on window treatments, upholstery, the proper selection of materials, and working with drapery and upholstery showrooms and workrooms.

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and book study student will be able to identify textile fibers
  • Given lecture and book study student will be able to identify fabric structure
  • Given lecture and book study student will understand various dyeing and printing techniques
  • Given lecture and book study student will understand various pattern weaves and finishes
  • Given lecture and demonstration student will assemble a swatch catalog showing identification, fabric content, construction, and proper application
  • Given field study student will understand the proper use of textile showrooms and workrooms

GREEN DESIGN: AN OVERVIEW

DSN 214

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3683 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Watts, J. Online

Credits: 5

Learn the basic fundamentals of green design. What is this new concept of living? When did it begin, and how far have we come? How can it benefit our lives and our planet? In this brief overview, students will study relevant vocabulary and examine the basics of sustainable design. Additional Fee: $23.75

Course Outcomes

  • Define and identify elements of Interior Design
  • Understand what green design is
  • Identify elements of green design
  • Define and understand important green design terms
  • Understand the history of human and environmental interactions as they relate to green design and today’s environment
  • Understand and explain the benefits of building green
  • Summarize and comment on personal research related to our environment and/or green design
  • Identify and understand the basics of different Green Building Rating Systems, Guiding Principles, and Certification Programs
  • Understand the interior designer’s role in the Green Design industry

A CLOSER LOOK AT LIVING GREEN

DSN 219

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
36A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Watts, J. Online

Credits: 4

Live a greener life. Students will learn the Seven Paths to a Good Green Home and take a closer look at what the interior design field can do for the green cause by studying the text and reporting on local case studies. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the Seven Paths To a Good Green Home
  • Identify products/concepts relating to: Know Where You Are, Size Matters, You Have The Power, Build For Today and Tomorrow, Clean Living: Protecting Our Air And Water and Build A Better Wall
  • Identify the fundamental principles of green building and the requirements for Built-Green
  • Identify sustainability through buying food from regional sources
  • Identify resources in the community that can assist with practical suggestions for a healthier and more environmentally sustainable future

BUILDING THE GREEN LIFE: MATERIALS AND ESTIMATING

DSN 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3693 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Watts, J. Online

Credits: 5

Finding and specifying the right green products for your project will benefit both your client and your planet. Students will become familiar with green resources, as well as when and where to specify green products for their projects. Additional Fee: $23.75

Course Outcomes

  • Identify what makes an interior product “green”
  • Research products to discover their green attributes
  • Find local resources for green and sustainable products
  • Present their green product findings verbally and in writing
  • Estimate product quantities for a project

PROJECT GREEN: DEVELOPING A GREEN DESIGN

DSN 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
36B3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Watts, J. Online

Credits: 5

The student will design and present a sustainable interior space. Students will spend class time developing a green design based on knowledge obtained throughout the quarter and present to the class, in preparation for real life green design proposals. Additional Fee: $23.75

Course Outcomes

  • Develop and write a design concept statement
  • Specify appropriate interior products for a sustainable design project
  • Organize product specifications and information in a professional spreadsheet and binder
  • Prepare a visual presentation of their sustainable interior design concept
  • Make an oral project presentation to the class explaining their design concept and products chosen

BUSINESS PRACTICES

DSN 241

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3643 0/30 Feb. 2, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. MTTh Bowman, M. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 4

This course is an introduction to business practices, as it is generally conducted by interior designers. The intent of this study is to acquaint the student with some of the daily basic procedures, documents, ethical conduct, associations, certification requirements and fees associated with the profession of interior design, within various business formats. It is designed to address current topics within the profession and help prepare students for internships and the job search.

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture, discussion and reading assignments, the student will be able to identify various business formats, how to conduct meetings, write transmittals, letters of agreement/contracts, business forms and how to charge for their services and product. The student will demonstrate an understanding of professional conduct and ethics, the role of design associations, the NCIDQ qualifying exam, specification and bidding processes and the various phases of an interior design project
  • Given lecture and discussion, the student will prepare a letter of agreement, a professional resume, a cover letter and design a business card, all to be used for portfolio and internship/interviewing purposes
  • Given lecture and discussion the student will use the personal design of their business card to create a letter of agreement/contract, a purchase order for product, a letter of transmittal, a change order, and a statement for product and design fees

INTERNSHIP OR ALTERNATIVE STUDY

DSN 245

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3653 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Arranged Watts, J. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 4

Interact with established businesses or related businesses of interior design by going to a place of business and working in the field. Students will arrange to work with a sponsor, and will observe and assist the sponsor with meaningful design activities for a total of 80 hours. Prerequisites: Passed all courses in quarters 1- 5 of the Interior Design Program (or instructor approval).

Course Outcomes

  • Research and select an internship sponsor or Alternative Study option (upon approval), attend an initial interview if required, and prepare sample class work to show the sponsor if requested.
  • Attend a minimum of 80 hours where they will observe and assist the sponsor within their work environment.
  • Complete a preliminary workplace learning agreement and other required forms, including sponsor signatures, as per the Pierce County Careers Consortium.
  • Send a thank you letter to sponsor.

CONTRACT FURNITURE

DSN 251

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3663 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. MTTh Houser, S. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 3

This course provides an introduction to the various types of furniture used in commercial design. Concentration will be on the selection and specification and use of furnishings as well as contracts, documents, and the procurement of contract furniture.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify various types of contract furniture and their components
  • Understand and implement knowledge of furniture standards and testing
  • Identify sources and manufacturers of contract furniture
  • Specify appropriate furniture for a commercial project
  • Create a standard furniture specification sheet
  • Understand how contracts typically work for parties involved in the selection & procurement of contract furniture

INDEPENDENT STUDY

DSN 265

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
36C3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Watts, J. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 3

Explore or expand knowledge of interior design within an independent study format. With guidance and instructor approval, the student will select a meaningful project within an area of interest to strengthen their range of abilities. The student will fulfill several pre-approved objectives at the conclusion of the course where they will complete a self-assessment and final presentation to the instructor. Prerequisites: Instructor Approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Given one-on-one discussion with the instructors within the sixth quarter of the Interior Design Program, the student will select an area of interest and project model that they would like to explore. The project model must be approved by the instructors and must be a valid and meaningful addition to the student’s representative work or skills in interior design. The project model may involve expansion of prior work or may involve a new topic of study. Examples of project models may include, but are not limited to the following:
  • Additional work on Residential Design Projects
  • Additional work on Commercial Design Projects
  • Alternative configuration, expansion of, or digitally imaged version of student portfolio
  • Additional research paper on interior design topics, issues, construction methods, conservation, color studies, historic preservation, etc
  • Additional internship experience as defined within the Internship Course Syllabus
  • Additional exploration of AutoCAD computer programs, systems design, space planning or other design specialty areas
  • Following approval of the project model, the student will complete a project agreement form (including project definition, schedule, objectives and assessment criteria) that will be signed by both the student and the instructors. The student will be responsible for fulfilling their goals on an independent study basis. At the conclusion of the project he/she will complete a self-assessment and will present the object model to the instructors for evaluation. The successful student must demonstrate the ability to follow his /her own written program and goals to produce a cohesive solution

PORTFOLIO/PROFESSIONAL PRESENTATION

DSN 266

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3673 0/30 Jan. 9, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. MTThF Watts, J. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Students will create and present a professional portfolio of their work illustrating the level of design and technical skills they are capable of achieving. Students will learn to present themselves and their work professionally to prepare for the job search, interviews and employment in the interior design industry. Prerequisites: Passed all courses in quarters 1 through 5 of the Interior Design Program (or instructor approval).

Section 3673 is on Fridays only from Jan. 9 to Feb. 27, and is on Mondays, Tuesdays, Thursdays and Fridays from March 3-24.

Course Outcomes

  • Develop and present a portfolio that visually represents their design abilities, talents, and technical skills at industry standard levels
  • Discuss the work in their portfolio with potential employers and the public in an articulate, professional manner
  • Professionally present a design project to an audience made up of people from the interior design industry, and appropriately respond to their comments and questions
  • Prepare a professional resume, cover letter, and business card appropriate for the interior design industry
  • Adequately prepare for a job interview in the interior design industry

INDEPENDENT STUDY

DSN 270

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
36D3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Bowman, M. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 4

Explore or expand knowledge of interior design within an independent study format. With guidance and instructor approval, students will select a meaningful project within an area of interest to strengthen their range of abilities. The student will fulfill several pre-approved objectives at the conclusion of the course, where they will complete a self-assessment and final presentation to the instructor. Prerequisites: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given one-on-one discussion with the instructors within the sixth quarter of the Interior Design Program, the student will select an area of interest and project model that they would like to explore. The project model must be approved by the instructors and must be a valid and meaningful addition to the student’s representative work or skills in interior design. The project model may involve expansion of prior work or may involve a new topic of study. Examples of project models may include, but are not limited to the following:
  • Additional work on Residential Design Projects
  • Additional work on Commercial Design Projects
  • Alternative configuration, expansion of, or digitally imaged version of student portfolio
  • Additional research paper on interior design topics, issues, construction methods, conservation, color studies, historic preservation, etc
  • Additional internship experience as defined within the Internship Course Syllabus
  • Additional exploration of AutoCAD computer programs, systems design, space planning or other design specialty areas
  • Following approval of the project model, the student will complete a project agreement form (including project definition, schedule, objectives and assessment criteria) that will be signed by both the student and the instructors. The student will be responsible for fulfilling their goals on an independent study basis. At the conclusion of the project he/she will complete a self-assessment and will present the object model to the instructors for evaluation. The successful student must demonstrate the ability to follow his /her own written program and goals to produce a cohesive solution

INDEPENDENT STUDY

DSN 275

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
36F3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Houser, S. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 5

Explore or expand knowledge of interior design within an independent study format. With guidance and instructor approval, the student will select a meaningful project within an area of interest to strengthen their range of abilities. The student will fulfill several pre-approved objectives at the conclusion of the course, where they will complete a self-assessment and final presentation to the instructor. Prerequisites: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $23.75

Course Outcomes

  • Given one-on-one discussion with the instructors within the sixth quarter of the Interior Design Program, the student will select an area of interest and project model that they would like to explore. The project model must be approved by the instructors and must be a valid and meaningful addition to the student’s representative work or skills in interior design. The project model may involve expansion of prior work or may involve a new topic of study. Examples of project models may include, but are not limited to the following:
  • Additional work on Residential Design Projects
  • Additional work on Commercial Design Projects
  • Alternative configuration, expansion of, or digitally imaged version of student portfolio
  • Additional research paper on interior design topics, issues, construction methods, conservation, color studies, historic preservation, etc
  • Additional internship experience as defined within the Internship Course Syllabus
  • Additional exploration of AutoCAD computer programs, systems design, space planning or other design specialty areas
  • Following approval of the project model, the student will complete a project agreement form ( including project definition, schedule, objectives and assessment criteria) that will be signed by both the student and the instructors. The student will be responsible for fulfilling their goals on an independent study basis. At the conclusion of the project he/she will complete a self-assessment and will present the object model to the instructors for evaluation. The successful student must demonstrate the ability to follow his /her own written program and goals to produce a cohesive solution

INTERPERSONAL SKILLS FOR THE ECE PROFESSIONAL

ECE 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4143 0/20 Jan. 8, 2015 5:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. Th Chase-Deitrich, D. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 2

Covers human relations roles and workplace skills. Information on balancing individual technical skills with human relations and competencies will be discussed.

Course Outcomes

  • Student will learn to recognize, identify and practice interpersonal skills which are critical in the early care and education field
  • Students will be able to listen and respond by reflecting messages back to the speaker
  • Students will be able describe their conversations clearly and completely
  • Students will explore skills in assertive communication

ISSUES AND TRENDS GREEN

ECE 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41N3 0/20 Jan. 12, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 2

Research topics that cover some of the current sustainable practices and trends in the ECE field. Additional Fee: $6.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Research topics in Early Childhood Education and sustainable practices
  • Apply knowledge of Early Childhood Education to research related to sustainable/green practices in the field
  • Write a research based paper and create a project to reflect the implementation of sustainable practices research on work in the field
  • Define and explain the relevance of Sustainable “green” Practice and how it can positively impact the field of early learning

SCHOOL AGE MATH, SCIENCE, AND TECHNOLOGY

ECE 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4193 0/20 Jan. 26, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Kaasa, M. Online

Credits: 3

Explore the different aspects of the school age curriculum in science, math, and technology. Additional Fee: $34.00

Course Outcomes

  • Examine and create activities that allow school age children to question, explore, make observations and reach conclusions
  • Analyze how to use children’s curiosity to design learning experiences, activities and materials that develop the skill of scientific inquiry and scientific disposition
  • Identify the mathematics concepts and skills that are appropriate for school age children
  • Design educational activities and materials for mathematics
  • Examine the use of appropriate science and mathematics software for school age children
  • Analyze criteria for the selection of appropriate software for school age children
  • Identify different media and technology (internet, DVD, CD, etc.) appropriate to use for school age children
  • Examine the integration of the multiple intelligences with math, science and technology concepts

PRACTICUM 4: GREEN

ECE 190

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41J3 0/20 Jan. 12, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with a sustainable practices or “green” specialization. Includes a seminar component. Additional Fee: $9.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior
  • Maintain successful employment, or volunteer at an instructor approved school or early learning program
  • Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in the area of specialization – “Green” (sustainable practices)

PRACTICUM 4: THE EMOTIONALLY INTELLIGENT CHILD

ECE 194

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41K3 0/20 Jan. 12, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with an emotional intelligence specialization. Includes a seminar component. Additional Fee: $23.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior
  • Maintain successful employment, or volunteer at an instructor approved school or early learning program
  • Objective 3: Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in the area of specialization – Emotional Intelligence

PRACTICUM 4: WORKING WITH FAMILIES

ECE 198

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41L3 0/20 Jan. 12, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with a working with families specialization. Includes a seminar component. Additional Fee: $23.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior
  • Maintain successful employment, or volunteer at an instructor approved school or early learning program
  • Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in the area of specialization – working with families

BASIC CHILD CARE TRAINING (STARS)

ECED&100

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4113 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 6 p.m. 9 p.m. T Holland-O'Hern, C. Bldg. 10, Rm. 205
4103 0/20 Jan. 26, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Havens, A. Online

Credits: 3

Designed to meet licensing requirements for early learning teachers and family home child care providers, the STARS 30-hour basics course is recognized in the MERIT system. Topics include child growth/development, cultural competency, community resources, guidance, heath/safety/nutrition and professional practice. Additional Fee: $9.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify ways to create partnerships and provide resources for all families
  • Observe and describe developmental characteristics and behaviors of infants, toddlers, preschoolers and young children
  • Plan for learning through play and active involvement for children in care programs
  • Demonstrate techniques for keeping children healthy and safe in preparing food, hand washing, diapering/toileting, cleaning, managing medication, preventing accidents, and identifying incidences of child abuse of neglect
  • Describe techniques for meeting the nutritional and exercise needs of young children
  • Identify appropriate guidance techniques
  • Relate how the Washington Administrative Code governs child care programs and support staff in safely caring for children
  • List examples of professional practice in Early Childhood Education

INTRODUCTION TO EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

ECED&107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4133 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 6 p.m. 10:15 p.m. W Johnson, A. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Explore the foundations of early childhood education. Examine theories defining the field, issues and trends, best practices and program models. Observe children, professionals and programs in action. Additional Fee: $15.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe appropriate policies to prevent illness in childcare settings, schools, and other programs
  • Describe appropriate safety policies that prevent and minimize accidents for both indoor and outdoor environments
  • Demonstrate skills in emergency first aid, food service, routine health and safety practices, and mandated reporting
  • Describe the roll of nutrition as it relates to development, licensing regulations for childcare and government food programs
  • Create developmentally appropriate health, safety & nutrition education materials and activities
  • Identify common indicators of illness/infectious disease and state appropriate steps to be followed
  • Develop strategies for working with families in accessing and utilizing health, nutritional and dental services

INFANTS & TODDLERS - NURTURING CARE

ECED&132

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4183 0/20 Jan. 8, 2015 6 p.m. 10:15 p.m. Th Beisley, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 205

Credits: 5

Examine the unique developmental needs of infants and toddlers. Study the role of the caregiver, relationships with families, developmentally appropriate practices, nurturing environments for infants and toddlers and culturally relevant care.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe developmental milestones from birth to 36 months articulating the influences of individual development, temperament, and cultural norms
  • Develop a plan to create reciprocal, culturally sensitive partnerships with families
  • Describe infant/toddler child care regulations and procedures related to group size, health, nutrition & safety
  • Describe guidance techniques that are appropriate and effective with infants and toddlers
  • Create and critique infant & toddler learning environments
  • Construct a plan for developmentally appropriate culturally relevant curriculum that supports language, physical, cognitive, creative, social and emotional development
  • Identify resources supporting infant/toddler programs and infant/toddler specialists

LANGUAGE AND LITERACY DEVELOPMENT

ECED&180

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4163 0/20 Jan. 13, 2015 6 p.m. 9 p.m. T Mcclintock, R. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Develop teaching strategies for language acquisition and literacy skill development at each developmental stage (birth-age 8) through the four interrelated areas of speaking, listening, writing and reading.

Course Outcomes

  • Define language acquisition and early literacy; describe developmentally appropriate literacy behaviors
  • Discuss the value of early literacy learning and the role of adults in promoting the "power and pleasure" of literacy
  • Analyze and select children's literature and other learning materials for a population of diverse learners, reflective of all
  • Recognize and create resources/activities that support (infant/toddler through 8 years old) oral language development and early literacy learning
  • Describe a developmental continuum and assessment practices for documenting reading and writing acquisition
  • Identify strategies for recognizing and responding to academic, linguistic and cultural differences in children

MUSIC/MOVEMENT & CREATIVITY: CREATIVE ART CURRICULUM

ECS 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4123 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 6 p.m. 10 p.m. T Sledge, S. Bldg. 14, Rm. 208

Credits: 5

Explore the different aspects of the early childhood curriculum in creative art, music, movement, and creativity.

Course Outcomes

  • Students will identify developmentally appropriate learning opportunities involving creative arts, dramatics, music and movement for young children
  • Students will develop skills to enhance their environments and curriculum to include music, movement, dramatic and creative arts
  • Students will learn to analyze the developmental benefits art, music and movement have on children
  • Students will demonstrate knowledge of a prop box and apply it a curriculum activity/lesson plan
  • Students will observe and evaluate art activities, music and movement sessions in a classroom in their choice
  • Students will understand the need for music, movement and the creative arts in the classroom and be able to identify how children benefit from them
  • Students will have developed a Music & Art Resource Activity notebook that includes activities, transitions to assist with a weekly lesson plans for young children
  • Students will explore creative and resourceful ideas to integrate music, movement, dramatics and creative arts into the classroom
  • Students will lead music, movement and/or creative art curriculum project with young children utilizing the techniques learned in the class and present the results to the class

ECE PRACTICUM

ECS 181

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41A3 0/20 Jan. 12, 2015 4 p.m. 5 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Provides the student with practical field experience. Students will work at community child care centers or the Hayes Child Development Center on the Lakewood Campus, allowing them to apply classroom study to on-the-job situations. Includes a scheduled seminar.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate work place behavior
  • Maintain successful employment
  • Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate understanding of the learning environment for children

PRACTICUM IV INFANTS AND TODDLERS

ECS 217

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41B3 0/20 Jan. 12, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with specialization in infants and toddlers. Additional Fee: $23.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior
  • Maintain successful employment or volunteer in an infant/toddler center
  • Apply transferable skills in the workplace
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in the area of specialization – infant and toddler development

CURRICULUM FOR SCHOOL AGE

ECS 220

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4153 0/20 Jan. 26, 2015 6 p.m. 9 p.m. M Felch, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 2

Focuses on curriculum suitable for the development of school-age children.

Course Outcomes

  • Explain positive guidance techniques with children 6 to 12 years of age
  • Design a schedule and environment to foster youth initiated activities
  • Describe the developmental domains and stages of school-agers and appropriate staff roles
  • Plan age appropriate self-selection activities for a group of school-agers
  • Describe methods of day-to-day communication with parents and various parent-child activities and events

PRACTICUM IV SCHOOL AGE

ECS 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41C3 0/20 Jan. 12, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with school-age specialization. Additional Fee: $23.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior
  • Maintain successful employment, or volunteer a t a school age center
  • Apply transferable skills in the workplace
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in the area of specialization- school age development

ISSUES AND TRENDS IN EARLY CARE AND EDUCATION

ECS 235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41M3 0/20 Jan. 12, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 2

Research that covers some of the current issues and trends in the ECE field. Additional Fee: $6.00

PROFESSIONALISM & ETHICS

ECS 277

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4173 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 6 p.m. 9 p.m. W Edmondson, R. Bldg. 10, Rm. 205

Credits: 2

Examines NAEYC’s Code of Ethical Conduct. Includes determining an Early Childhood professional’s responsibilities to children, families, colleagues, and the community, using frameworks for ethical decision-making and exploration of personal and professional growth.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify their own values: personal and professional
  • Determine the validity of the NAEYC Code of Ethics in the early childhood field
  • Determine ethical responsibilities to: children, families, colleagues and the community
  • Utilize frameworks for applying the ethical code in a variety of cases
  • Set goals for professional growth by developing a personal improvement plan

PRACTICUM IV - LEADERSHIP

ECS 286

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41D3 0/20 Jan. 12, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with a leadership specialization. Includes a seminar component and observations. There is a focus on emotional intelligence and conducting meetings. Additional Fee: $23.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate work place behavior
  • Maintain successful employment or volunteer at a center
  • Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in area of specialization-leadership

PRACTICUM IV - CHILD DEVELOPMENT

ECS 287

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41F3 0/20 Jan. 12, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with a preschool specialization. Includes a seminar component and observations. Additional Fee: $23.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate work place behavior
  • Maintain successful employment or volunteer at a center
  • Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in area of specialization-child development

PRACTICUM IV - FAMILY CHILDCARE PROFESSIONAL

ECS 288

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41G3 0/20 Jan. 12, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with a family childcare specialization. Includes a seminar component and observations. Additional Fee: $23.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate work place behavior
  • Maintain successful employment or volunteer at a center
  • Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in area of specialization-family child care

ECE PRACTICUM IV: SPECIAL NEEDS

ECS 297

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41H3 0/20 Jan. 12, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with specialization in special needs. Includes a seminar component. Additional Fee: $23.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate work place behavior
  • Maintain successful employment or volunteer at a center
  • Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in area of specialization-special needs

AC/DC: BASIC THEORY, FRACTIONS & OHM’S LAW

EFS 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5803 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 7

Introduces basic theory of electricity, electrical measurements of circuits, fractions, Ohm’s law, decimals, and decimal fractions. Formulas in electrical work, positive and negative numbers, exponents, powers of ten, and solving Ohm’s law. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of chapter one and end of chapter test, the student will be able to explain the basic theory of electricity, electrical measurements, and circuits
  • Upon the completion of chapter two and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to do fractions, ohms law, decimals, decimal fractions, and the metric system
  • Upon the completion of chapter three and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to do formulas, positive and negative numbers, formulas with exponents, units of measurements in electronics, solving the ohms law formulas for current, voltage and resistance
  • Upon the completion of chapter four and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to calculate and solve for voltage, resistance and current in a series circuit

AC/DC ELECTRICITY: SERIES PARALLEL & COMBINATION CIRCUITS

EFS 106

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5813 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to voltage, current, resistance, total values, and control of current in a series circuit. Introduction to parallel circuits, current and resistance, and voltage in a parallel circuit. Instructor permission required. Prerequisites: EFS 105, or instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of chapter five and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to calculate total current, total resistance and total voltage in a parallel circuit
  • Upon the completion of chapter six and at the end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to solve parallel series circuits, series parallel circuits, line drop and electrical distribution systems
  • Upon the completion of chapter seven and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to solve for power in a simple circuit, combine un-like terms, total power in an electrical circuit, solve the power formula for current or voltage, and solve exponential power formulas
  • Upon the completion of chapter eight and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to combine like terms, combine unlike terms, solve algebraic equations, solve equations by transposition and cross multiplication, and combine unlike involving signed numbers

AC/DC ELECTRICITY: ELECTRICAL & POWER APPLICATIONS

EFS 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5823 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 7

Introduces electric power in electric circuits, solving the power formula for current and voltage. Algebra for complex electric circuits. Resistance of wire of different sizes and length, sizing wire for a given load. Instantaneous values, maximum values and phase angles of an AC sine wave. Instructor permission required. Prerequisites: EFS 106, or instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of chapter eleven and at the end of chapter test, the student will be able to solve for percentages, evaluate conversion factors for electrical and mechanical power, find efficiency of electronic components, determine input and output of electrical devices, load matching and power transfer
  • Upon the completion of chapter twelve and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to solve ratios and proportions, learn the American Wire Gage Table (AWG), resistance of wire of different materials, resistance of wire of different lengths, resistance of wire of different cross sectional area, and resistance of wire of any diameter, any length, or any material
  • Upon the completion of chapter thirteen and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to determine the maximum current carrying capacity of wires, find the maximum size of wire to a given load. Calculate the correct size of wire to prevent excessive voltage drop
  • Upon the completion of chapter fourteen and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to explain and perform basic trigonometric functions of a right triangle and find the length of sides of a right triangle
  • Upon the completion of chapter fifteen and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to make and explain graphs, the generation of an AC voltage, instantaneous values, maximum values, phase angles of an AC sine wave, effective values of an AC sine wave, measuring an AC sine wave, vectors and phase’s and the Pythagorean theorems and power

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE PRINT READING

EFS 108

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5833 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to practical print reading as it applies to the National Electrical Code. Prerequisites: EFS 105, EFS 106, and EFS 107, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of each chapter of the NEC Print reading book, the student will demonstrate the ability to read prints as they apply to the National Electrical Code

NATIONAL ALARM INSTALLER TRAINING PROGRAM

EFS 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5843 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to basic alarm by completing the comprehensive lessons, viewing video, and completing lesson tests. With final test, the student will have a thorough exposure to alarm systems. Instructor permission required. Prerequisites: EFS 105, EFS 106, and EFS 107, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe basic alarm systems and components.
  • Getting started: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will explain the three units of electricity, voltage, current and resistance, and basic Ohm’s Law formula
  • Relays: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe relays, their operation, and uses in alarm systems
  • Protective Circuits: Upon completion of the reading assignments, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will explain voltage sources, intrusion detectors, connecting wiring, current indicators, protective loops, and end of line devices
  • Using a volt meter: Upon completion of the reading assignments, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of the lesson test, the student will demonstrate the use of volt ohm meters and their uses in the alarm industry
  • Installations tools: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate the proper respect for tools, different types of screwdrivers and their proper use, special purpose screwdrivers and common hand tools used in the alarm industry
  • Installation and wiring: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will explain the installation and wiring alarm systems in residential and commercial buildings, home running wiring, junction boxes, backbone or spine wiring, multi-conductor cables, wiring between floors of a building, concealing magnetic contacts, end of line resistors, and tamper switches

CCTV APPLICATION & DESIGN

EFS 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5853 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to basics of CCTV systems design and applications. Through individual lessons, the student will be exposed to the basics of CCTV systems design and applications. Prerequisites: EFS 105, EFS 106, and EFS 107, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Video Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe CCTV system and its components
  • Cameras & Lighting: Introduction: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test the student will explain camera sensitivity, definition of CCD explanation and attributes, advantage of the chip camera over the tube type camera, CCD chip definition and description, dummy cameras, common rules of thumb and spectral response charts
  • Lenses: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson tests, the student will describe lenses consideration and choices, color camera lenses, focal length, field of view, depth of field, zoom lenses, cs style cameras and lenses, IRIS and F stop explanation, 2X tele-converters, and lenses terminology
  • Industrial time-lapse video recorders: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate industrial recorders versus consumer VCR’s, video recording and playback , time-lapse procedures, location and environment, audio recording with time-lapse, event recording, and options
  • Housings & bracket: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will select camera housings and camera mounting brackets
  • Video motion detectors: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test the student will explain video motion detection used and digital computer interfaced motion detection
  • Video Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe CCTV system and its components

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES

EFS 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5863 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 6

Introduces National Electrical Codes. Through individual tests, the student will be able to research applicable electrical codes. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of NEC test the student will demonstrate the ability to use the computer and National Electrical Code for windows by query, search for a single word, search for more than one code with logical operators, search for exact phrase, search by section and tables, link tables, charts and exceptions together, insert bookmarks and highlight applicable text and references. All questions must be referenced to the appropriate NEC article and sub-paragraph

NATIONAL FIRE CODES

EFS 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5873 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 6

Introduces the National Fire Codes. Through individual tests, the student will be able to research applicable fire codes. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of NFPA test the student will use the computer and National Fire Code for windows by query, search for a single word, search for more than one code with logical operators, search for exact phrase, search by section and tables, link tables, charts and exceptions together, insert bookmarks and highlight applicable text and references. All questions must be referenced to the appropriate NFPA article and sub-paragraph

CCTV FIELD SERVICE & INSTALLATION

EFS 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5883 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 7

Introduces basic systems service and installation of CCTV systems. Through individual lessons, the student will be exposed to the basics of CCTV field service and installation. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Video Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate the use of a CCTV system and its components
  • Camera Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the video accompanying tape and completing the end of section test, the student will explain camera tube and CCD comparisons, CCD explanations and attributes, CCD chip definitions, descriptions and common rules of thumb concerning cameras
  • Lenses: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson tests, the students will explain lenses, consideration and choices, color camera lenses, focal length, field of view, depth of field, zoom lenses, CS style cameras and lenses, IRIS and F stop explanation, 2X tele-converters and lenses terminology
  • Protective Circuits: Lenses selection tools: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completion of the end of the lesson test, the student explain lenses selection, lenses slide rule focal length, field of view, illumination guide, lenses selection wheel and lenses view finder
  • Monitors: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completion of the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate the application and size of monitors, location and layout, operator fatigue and monitor terminology
  • Housings & bracket: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completion of the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate how to select camera housings and camera mounting brackets

WASHINGTON ADMINISTRATIVE CODES

EFS 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5893 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 2

Introduces the student to the Washington Administrative Codes pertaining to industrial safety and to electrical installations in the state of Washington. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of Washington Administrative Code test the student will describe the WAC as applied to the electrical trade. All questions must be referenced to the appropriate WAC article
  • Upon completion of WAC RCW 19.28, WAC296-46 and WAC 296-401A the student will explain the WAC Codes applicable to the Low Voltage Industry

ADDRESSABLE FIRE SLC SYSTEMS/DESIGN

EFS 207

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 7

Introduces Addressable and Intelligent Fire Alarm Systems using Signaling Line Circuits (SLC). Includes comprehensive lessons, lecture, and hands-on practical application and design. Prerequisites: Successful completion of the 78-Credit Hour Electrician Low Voltage Fire/Security Certificate, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of an Addressable Fire Alarm System
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of an Intelligent Fire Alarm System
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of a Signaling Line Circuit as used with a Fire Alarm System
  • Demonstrate by practical application the Installation, Design and Service of Addressable Fire Alarm Systems

BIOMETRICS ACCESS

EFS 211

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58B3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 7

Introduces biometrics access control. Various biometrics systems are explored, as well as computer programmed access-control systems. Includes comprehensive lessons, lecture, as well as hands-on practical application, installation and design. Prerequisites: EFS 207 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of various Biometric Systems as well as their application
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the computer programming of various Access Systems
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of networking of various Access Systems

ADVANCED VOICE EVACUATION FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS

EFS 216

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58C3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 7

Introduces Advanced Voice Evacuation Fire Alarm Systems as used in high-rise applications. Includes comprehensive lessons, lecture, and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 211 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of a Voice Evacuation Fire Alarm System
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of Initiating Devises and Zoning Application of High Rise Installations
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of a Notification Devices and Voice Evacuation of High Rise Applications
  • Demonstrate by practical application the Installation, Design and Service of Voice Evacuation Fire Alarm Systems and interconnections to Building controls such as elevator recall

FIRE CODES, NICET, NFPA

EFS 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58D3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 7

Introduces Fire Codes, AHJ (Authority Having Jurisdiction), NICET (National Institute for Certification of Engineering Technologies), and NFPA (National Fire Protection Association). Includes comprehensive lessons; lecture; and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 216 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of National and Local Fire Codes
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including Acceptance testing and required periodic Inspections
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the Requirements of the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technology
  • Demonstrate by practical application the National Fire Protective Association NFPA 72

HIGH SECURITY STRUCTURED CABLING

EFS 226

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58F3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 7

Introduces High Security Structured Cabling in residential and commercial applications. Explores cabling as a total package. Includes most applications of security and low voltage needs. Includes comprehensive lessons; lecture; and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 221 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of various applications of High Security Structure Cabling
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the Cable types and uses
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of NEC Code requirement for proper Installation of various cables
  • Demonstrate proper trouble shooting techniques on Structured wiring

CCTV DIGITAL NETWORK SOLUTIONS

EFS 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58G3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 213

Credits: 7

Introduces Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Digital Network Solutions. Explores applications that require the camera to be recorded and viewed digitally and or remotely via various networks. Includes comprehensive lessons; lecture; and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 226, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of various applications of Digital Recording
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the Various Networking Solutions of CCTV
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of Micro Applications using CCTV

BASIC READING AND WRITING

ENG 082

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W01 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Mollas, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
5W03 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Schwarder, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
5W02 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Schwarder, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205

Credits: 5

Introduces and develops basic reading and writing skills. Focus is on writing proper sentences and sound paragraphs that express a main idea clearly and fully with a minimum of errors in sentence structure, punctuation and spelling. Coursework emphasizes writing from observation as well as writing in response to reading. Helps refine reading comprehension and increase vocabulary for college-level reading requirements. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score. Additional Fee: $25.00.

Note: The 5W01 and 5W03 sections of Basic Reading and Writing are part of College Success through Basic Reading and Writing, which are linked with COLL 101 2PB3 and 2P83, respecitvely. Placed into English 082? Want to be a part of an active, social and engaging class? In this 7-credit Learning Community you will practice using time management, note taking and study skills while working on your English sentence structure, punctuation and spelling.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify, label, and explain the different parts of speech
  • Write using correct sentence structure, grammar, and punctuation
  • Construct a simple paragraph which clearly expresses a main idea
  • Increase vocabulary skills through reading and writing
  • Implement successful test-taking strategies
  • Use Canvas/technology to communicate and take tests

Spk & Lstn For Stu In Pr

ENG 092

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W04 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Stevens, H. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and pronunciation when speaking
  • Adapt speech to a variety of contexts and communicative tasks, demonstrating command of formal English when indicated or appropriate
  • Prepare for and participate effectively in a range of conversations and collaborations with diverse partners, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively
  • Demonstrate ability to clarify spoken information and respond appropriately
  • Monitor whether speaking purpose has been met and adjust strategies as needed

ADVANCED READING AND WRITING

ENG 094

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W11 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Irwin, K. Online
5W10 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Schwarder, C. Online
5W07 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Heath, T. Bldg. 14, Rm. 208
5W05 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Martindale, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202
5W06 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Irwin, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
5W09 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Heath, T. Bldg. 14, Rm. 208
5W08 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Schwarder, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205

Credits: 5

Enhances writing ability with emphasis on organization, unity, coherence and adequate development of short essays. Introduction to various types of paragraphs and essays and review of the rules and conventions of standard written English. Both paper and electronic communication tools will be used. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 82. Additional Fee: $25.00. Sections 5W05, 5W06, 5W07 and 5W08 are web enhanced.

Note: The 5W08 section of Advanced Reading and Writing is part of College Success through Advanced Reading and Writing, which is linked with COLL 101 #2P73. Does writing an essay stump you? Do you worry that you may not have the study strategies you need to succeed in college? Worry no more! This 7-credit Learning Community helps with these and other issues, preparing you for College English and giving you skills that will improve the way you manage time, take notes, and read effectively and efficiently. Students assessed for English 094 may enroll.

Course Outcomes

    ENG 094
  • Use a variety of skills and strategies to understand readings
  • Write clear, organized short essays which demonstrate organization, paragraph unity and coherence/clarity, sentence variety, and effective sentence structure
  • Understand the appropriate methods for incorporating other’s words and ideas into their own work

COMPOSITION: ARGUMENTATION & RESEARCH

ENG 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0542 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MWF Heath, T. Bldg. 14, Rm. 208

Credits: 5

Continues to develop writing skills practiced in English 101 with an emphasis on writing the research paper and writing analytical essays about literature. Through lecture, discussion, research, reading and writing, become familiar with the literary genres of prose, poetry and drama. Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENGL& 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate familiarity with the genres of prose, poetry and drama.
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the terminology associated with the various genres.
  • Analyze a literary piece, make relevant critical analysis about the piece, and support the analysis with evidence from the piece and/or other resources.
  • Write essays on various aspects of literature that have a clear thesis, adequate detail, sound reasoning and appropriate reasoning.
  • Use effective methods of research including note-taking, library and online resources to enhance oral and written critical discussions.
  • Follow ethical standards of documentation; provide MLA parenthetical documentation and works cited entries.
  • Demonstrate control of English grammar, usage, punctuation and spelling by editing own work and that of others with confidence and accuracy.
  • Use computer technology to enhance presentation of information.

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I

ENGL&101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0537 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Sorenson, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202
0535 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Sorenson, T. Bldg. 14, Rm. 212
0538 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Irwin, K. Online
0539 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Heath, T. Online
0534 0/12 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Martindale, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202
0533 0/12 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Martindale, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202
0536 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Heath, T. Bldg. 14, Rm. 208
0532 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Irwin, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
0541 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 6:30 p.m. 8:50 p.m. MW Sorenson, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
0540 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 4:50 p.m. Daily Sorenson, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205

Credits: 5

Introduction to expository writing where emphasis is placed upon unified, coherent essays. Learn to generate essays that support a thesis and to use the rhetorical modes of development (narration, description, comparison/contrast, cause and effect, persuasion) appropriately. Recognize writing as a process and use secondary MLA/ APA documentation styles to support critical thinking and writing. Prerequisite: COMPASS score of 77 in writing and 86 in reading. Placement score or successful completion of ENG 094. Additional Fee: $25.00. Sections 0532, 0533, 0534, 0535, 0536, 0537, and 0540 are web enhanced. Section 0541 is hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize writing as a process and effectively use processes of prewriting, drafting, rewriting, and editing in his or her work
  • Work in a collaborative community where critical analysis of writing, both professional and novice, is promoted as a means of cognitive and social development
  • State a purpose and develop it by using a variety of supports, including but not limited to, definition, illustration, description, cause and effect, and persuasion
  • Express ideas with clarity and specificity
  • Distinguish between central and supporting ideas
  • Demonstrate an awareness of audience, sensitivity to language, and competence in handling conventional, and some unconventional, grammatical, punctuation, and spelling rules
  • Use MLA or APA documentation to support a critical analysis of purpose and detailed bibliographic research
  • Use computer technology in the discovery process of critical research and to enhance essay presentation

MAPPING & SURVERYING

ENV 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4503 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MTW Smith, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 102

Credits: 2

Provides students with a wide variety of mapping skills necessary for many phases of environmentally related investigations. This will be accomplished using guided hands-on training with a wide variety of map resources and texts.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate map reading skills including:
    • knowledge of legends
    • Scales
    • conversion of scales to field measurements
    • Symbols
    • types of coordinate points
    • map orientation
    • magnetic declination
  • Demonstrate understanding of topographic maps including:
    • contours/elevations
    • scales
    • conversions scales
    • commonly-used symbols
    • major topographic features
    • location of features
    • vegetation
  • Student will create a topographic map to scale using a dumpy level and stadia rod

ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING METHODS

ENV 153

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4513 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MTW Smith, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 102

Credits: 2

Basic principles of environmental sampling of both water and soil will be covered. Students will practice sampling techniques and learn procedural requirements for defensible sampling methods.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate knowledge of general sampling protocols including chain-of-custody, sample documentation, and QA/QC
  • Perform water and soil sampling for chemical analysis to acceptable industry standards

ENVIRONMENTAL SITE ASSESSMENT

ENV 157

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4523 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Smith, K. Online

Credits: 4

Includes studying potential liability associated with property transfers. Students learn and implement historical research, site investigation, liability assessment, and regulatory assessment.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify the elements of a properly constructed Phase I site assessment
  • Complete a background historical document review
  • Perform a Phase I site assessment

ENVIRONMENTAL LAW I

ENV 161

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4533 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 11:20 a.m. MW Smith, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 102

Credits: 5

Provides an overview of the American legal system and how the branches of government work together to create and enforce laws. Focuses on environmental legislation and case law.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to convert units of measure from English to metric and vice-versa within 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to properly utilize significant figures within 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to provide examples of physical and chemical properties within 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to classify matter within 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to utilize a periodic table of elements to extract critical information within 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to distinguish between ionic and covalent bonds within 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to name common inorganic compounds using IUPAC and conventional naming systems within 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to write the formulas of compounds within 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to calculate the percent composition of chemical compounds within 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to balance chemical equations within 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to perform calculations utilizing the concept of the mole within 70% accuracy on practical examinations

RURAL TECHNOLOGIES

ENV 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4543 0/20 Jan. 8, 2015 9 a.m. 3 p.m. Th Fritz, A. Bldg. 16, Rm. 104

Credits: 4

Explore potential job areas in which the student might seek employment. The rural aspect examines agriculture, forestry, fish and wildlife. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all ENV 100-level courses, except ENV 134.

  • Demonstrate knowledge of forest stewardship, taking accurate silvicultural measurements and evaluating tools/practices that contribute to sound forestry management.
  • Identify issues regarding salmon recovery and actively participate in a class presentation and field trip on salmon issues.
  • Prepare and give an oral presentation to the class on an assigned rural technology topic.
  • Write a resume, search for potential internships and interview prospective employers, to industry standards.

INTERNSHIP

ENV 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4553 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Smith, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 102

Credits: 10

All students finishing the program are required to complete an internship. This is a temporary full-time position in the public or private sector where the student gains confidence and experience in a chosen area of employment. Students experience on-the-job opportunities as well as making a skilled contribution to the internship provider. Opportunities to find internships are provided, but the student is in charge of finding his or her own internship. Prerequisite: Successful completion of 4th-quarter courses, or instructor permission. Enrollment in ENV 246, Environmental Science Capstone required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Obtain an internship, sending both a resume and cover letter to them, using the telephone and having a personal interview
  • Perform internship of approximately 300 hours, both giving assistance and receiving educational instruction from the provider

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE CAPSTONE

ENV 246

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4563 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Smith, K. Online

Credits: 2

This course accompanies ENV 240 Internship. The Capstone Project integrates the CPTC core abilities with the internship and identification of how the core abilities apply in the workforce. Prerequisite: Successful completion of 4th-quarter courses, or instructor permission. Enrollment in ENV 240, Internship required. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Explain how each of the CPTC Core Abilities (Communication, Critical Thinking/Problem Solving, Information/Technological Literacy, and Personal/Professional Responsibility) is demonstrated in the individual’s internship experience
  • Identify skills learned in program coursework and how they are implemented in the internship experience
  • Identify skills learned during the internship not covered in program courses
  • Reflect how the internship process enhances the learning process and helps prepare one for employment

HYDROLOGY

ENV 248

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4573 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 11:30 a.m. MWF Fritz, A. Bldg. 16, Rm. 104

Credits: 6

Provides the basic principles of applied surface-water hydrology, ground-water hydrology, and water quality. Emphasis is placed on a watershed-based approach that uses water-quality standards to regulate surface-water quality. The concepts and principles of biologically based water quality standards are also introduced. The occurrence, movement, and quality of water beneath the earth’s surface; aquifers; well-testing methods; and sampling techniques are also covered. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all ENV 100-level courses, except ENV 134.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Perform nine water quality tests in a field laboratory setting using standard technique while maintaining safe conditions and obtaining repeatable results within 5%
  • Demonstrate ability to perform hydrologic measurements using approved methods in both indoor and outdoor 'laboratory' settings
  • Compare and contrast characteristics of salt and fresh water bodies on a written exam with at least 60% accuracy
  • Identify 10 different benthic macroinvertebrates as indicators of water quality with 90% accuracy Demonstrate understanding of groundwater hydrology and movement including concepts of porosity, specific yield and retention, heads and gradients, aquifers and confining beds

INTRODUCTION TO AIR POLLUTION

ENV 250

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4583 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. MWF Fritz, A. Bldg. 16, Rm. 104

Credits: 3

Provides a basic knowledge of the sources, mechanisms, and health effects of noise and atmospheric air pollution, and its interaction with the weather and other climatological conditions. Methods of regulatory-required air monitoring, sampling, and data interpretation will also be introduced. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all ENV 100-level courses, except ENV 134.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will be able to describe the interaction of the atmosphere with air pollutants and identify the meteorological factors that affect the transportation and concentration of air pollutants with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will understand the Ideal Gas Law and related calculations used to determine pollutant concentrations in the atmosphere with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will be able to identify primary and secondary air pollutants and their sources with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will understand the operation of air measuring instruments, pollutant sampling devices and methods of analyses for air pollutants with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will be able to perform fundamental atmospheric sampling statistical calculations with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations

WATERSHED ANALYSIS

ENV 261

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4593 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 9 a.m. 3 p.m. T Fritz, A. Bldg. 16, Rm. 104

Credits: 4

Focuses on issues associated with timber, fish, and wildlife watershed analysis. Study various modules and make an in-depth presentation to the class, using visual aids. Monitoring and analytical skills will be covered and demonstrated through the collection of field data in remote areas. Willingness to be outdoors in rough terrain is a consideration. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all ENV 100-level courses, except ENV 134.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given lecture, handouts, audio visual aids, discussion and practicum, students will able to identify eight modules developed for TFW watershed analysis units and be able to list components of each
  • Given class lecture and field practicum demonstrate knowledge of monitoring and analysis methods for watershed modules by collecting field data, taking measurements specific to each module with 90 % accuracy
  • Given lecture, oral presentations, handouts and independent research, students will work together as a team to produce a watershed analysis and management plan for a local watershed

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY FOR ESTHETICIANS

ES 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6203 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:30 a.m. 8:30 a.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 2

A comprehensive survey of the body systems and how they work as they relate to the practice of esthetics. Class projects include eukaryotic cell, cranial puzzle, muscles of the head and neck, and muscle flash cards. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Correctly draw and label a eukaryotic cell
  • Design a cranial puzzle of the facial skeleton and cranial bones
  • Create a model of the head and neck and identify 30 muscles without errors
  • Identify all body systems without errors
  • Explain homeostasis and negative feedback loop of the human body
  • Explain how knowledge of body systems informs all esthetic services
  • Understand how knowledge of anatomy and physiology helps estheticians practice safely and recognize contraindications for salon services

HISTOLOGY & PHYSIOLOGY OF THE SKIN

ES 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6213 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8:30 a.m. 9:30 a.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 3

A comprehensive examination of the epidermis, dermis and hypocutis, including specialty cells and dermal adnexa. Examination of the physiology of the epidermal basement membrane, accessory organs of skin and epidermal differentiation as they relate to the practice of esthetics. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Design and build a vertical cross-section of skin, including depth of UVR, hairy and hairless skin, desquamation model, and hair follicles
  • Recognize and name micro-domains of skin
  • Recognize and explain physiology of skin domains
  • Classify specialty cell functions of epidermis and dermis
  • Explain terminal differentiation as it relates to homeostasis and the negative feedback loop
  • Distinguish between intrinsic and extrinsic factors and explains how they impact each domain of skin
  • Accurately describe the source of biochemicals of the natural moisturizing factor and detail its function

INTRODUCTION TO COSMETIC CHEMISTRY

ES 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6223 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9:30 a.m. 10:30 p.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 3

Fundamentals of chemistry, including differences between organic and inorganic matter, simple chemical reactions, pH for estheticians, and composition of, as well as indications for, commonly used products for esthetic salon services. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Test common skin care products and evaluate their pH for compatibility with epidermis
  • Identify characteristics of: solutions, suspensions, and emulsions, and state uniqueness of each
  • Explain surfactant molecules accurately and draw one
  • Describe surface tension and how laundry is cleaned using surfactants
  • Articulate and write how skin pH is undermined by alkaline/base ingredients and how those ingredients are also used to facilitate extraction services without detriment to barrier functions
  • Explain tyrosinase inhibition
  • Explain transepidermal water loss and perturbations of epidermal barrier function remedied by occlusive formulations
  • Accurately decipher a skin care formulation back label
  • Research every ingredient in skin formulation with at least 10 ingredients

CHARTING AND MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY FOR ESTHETICIAN

ES 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6233 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 10:30 a.m. 11:30 a.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 4

Survey of common medical charting notations and terminology employed in medical practice, particularly as it relates to spa, salon, and medical office environments. Additional Fee: $64.00

Course Outcomes

  • Decipher 50 common medical chart notation abbreviations
  • Summarize purposes of HIPPA laws and describe when they apply to esthetic services and various office procedures
  • Complete workbook and flashcards for medical terminology and identify dermatological procedures using proper terms
  • Pronounce medical terms correctly

SKIN DISEASES & Disorder

ES 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6243 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 11:30 a.m. 12:30 p.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 5

Identify normal skin and anomalies of skin, including primary, secondary, and vascular lesions, as well as irregularities of skin pigmentation. Identification of skin diseases and differentiate them from common noncontagious lesions is included. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Create and maintain a compendium of all skin lesions listed in Milady’s textbook for use in industry and state board examination study
  • Recognize common skin lesions and which contraindicate salon services
  • Explain histopathology of basal, squamous, and malignant melanoma
  • Identify grades of acne

BACTERIOLOGY, SAFETY AND SANITATION

ES 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6253 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 1 p.m. 2 p.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 4

Overview of pathological and non-pathological microorganisms including bacteria, viruses, endo and ecto parasites, disease vectors and transmission. Levels of decontaminations pertaining to salon, spa and medical office venues. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Conduct online research of Material Safety Data Sheets, download and explain it
  • Distinguish between Decontamination Levels I and II
  • Explain diseases transmission common to salon services
  • Differentiate between Hepatitis A, B, and C and their viability outside the human body
  • Explain the difference between a self-limiting virus and bacterial infection
  • Understand salon safety and sanitation practices as they pertain to Washington state WAC 308-20-110
  • Differentiate between Herpes Simplex types I and II, and Herpes Zoster, and other skin infections that contraindicate salon services

FACIAL PROCEDURES I

ES 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6263 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 4

Introduction to facial procedures, including client intake and assessment, skin analysis, clinical indications and contraindications, European facial instruction, product selections and recommendations. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES128, ES130, ES132, ES134, ES136. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform European facial manipulations
  • Assess clinical indications as revealed by skin analysis
  • Provide appropriate product recommendations for treatment objectives and home-based care

TEMPORARY HAIR REMOVAL

ES 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6273 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 5

Survey of temporary hair removal, including contraindications, methods of epilation and safety and sanitation employed in the esthetics profession. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisites: ES125, ES130, ES132, ES134, ES137

MAKEUP APPLICATION

ES 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6283 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 2

History of makeup application. Course includes color theory and basic makeup application techniques. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES125,ES126, ES132, ES134, ES137. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Use of proper tools for successful makeup application
  • Safety and sanitation protocols for makeup application
  • Employ color theory and concepts to achieve desired application

SKIN CARE AND BODY TREATMENTS

ES 132

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6293 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 4

Body treatments to include mud wraps, body scrubs, wet and dry room techniques, back treatments, and cellulite body treatments. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES125, ES126, ES130, ES134, ES137. Additional Fee: $64.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform proper treatment assessment and draping
  • Proper product selections and use
  • Utilize correct equipment safely

MACHINE FACIALS

ES 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 4

Includes indications, contraindications and safety for electrical modalities including galvanic, high frequency, and microcurrent. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES125, ES126, ES130, ES132, ES137. Additional Fee: $64.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform proper treatment assessment and application of machine facials
  • Employ all safety and sanitation protocols for machine-based facials

SPA/CLINIC OPERATIONS

ES 137

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62C3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 1

Realistic training in our student-run clinic incorporating point of sale, dispensary, laundry, spa and clinical operations and management positions. Co-requisites: ES125, ES126, ES130, ES130, ES134.

CLINICAL APPLICATIONS I

ES 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62D3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. Bldg. 08, Rm. 325

Credits: 7

Realistic training in our student-run clinic incorporating every aspect of an exemplar esthetics practice. Co-requisites: ES143, ES159, ES146, ES136, ES152. Additional Fee: $64.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform clinic applications at an entry level esthetic practice

CLINICAL APPLICATIONS II

ES 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62F3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. Bldg. 08, Rm. 325

Credits: 7

Realistic training in our student-run clinic incorporating every aspect of an exemplar esthetics practice and advanced modalities. Additional Fee: $64.00

CORRECTIVE CONCEALING MAKEUP

ES 146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62H3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. Bldg. 08, Rm. 325

Credits: 1

Theory and application of corrective and concealing techniques for makeup applications Co-requisites: ES140, ES143, ES159, ES136, ES152 Additional Fee: $64.00

Course Outcomes

  • Safely and sanitarily apply concealing makeup as appropriate for existing clinical conditions
  • Skillfully apply concealing makeup as appropriate for existing clinical presentations

LASER THEORY AND APPLICATIONS

ES 148

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62J3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 5

Didactic applications of multiple laser modalities. Course will include all related safety and first aid components. Co-requisites: ES150, ES154, ES156, ES157, ES158 Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Define and discuss multiple laser applications including all clinical concepts
  • Hands on applications of multiple laser services for all clinical concepts if desired by student at outside facilities
  • Differentiate different laser platforms and the wavelength use

MEDIUM DEPTH PEELS

ES 150

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62K3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 2

Didacticapplications of clinical-based medium depth peels. Course includes all related safety and first aid measures. Co-requisites: ES140, ES143, ES159, ES136, ES152 Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate safe and effective application processes for all medium depth peels
  • Differentiate each chemical component and layer of the epidermis or dermis that is affected

PHARMACOLOGY FOR ESTHETICIANS

ES 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62L3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Beck, R. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 1

This course includes common medications and drug interactions as they pertain to esthetic skin-care services. Co-requisites: ES140, ES143, ES159, ES136, ES146. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify common medications and drugs that interact and effect treatments

ADVANCED SKIN CARE AND MASSAGE TECHNIQUES

ES 154

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62M3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 5

This course includes advanced modalities of skin care including MLD and other industry-related techniques. Co-requisites: ES148, ES150, ES156, ES157, ES158. Additional Fee: $50.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify applicable modality for specific clinical indications
  • Perform various modalities as indicated for specific clinical applications

ADVANCED COSMETIC CHEMISTRY

ES 156

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62N3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 4

In-depth study of cosmetic chemicals, product knowledge and how to review a medical study. Research papers produced consisting of chemical products, ingredients and contraindications that may occur during an esthetic treatment. Co-requisites: ES148, ES150, ES154, ES157, ES158. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify chemical ingredients in products
  • Describe the components of a medical study
  • Research products and develop/deliver a presentation of advanced cosmetic chemical components

ADVANCED COSMETIC CHEMISTRY

ES 157

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62Q3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 2

Independent research and preparation of a business plan and portfolio as capstone project. Co-requisites: ES148, ES150, ES154, ES156, ES158. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Create and present a complete business plan appropriate for submission to a bank, spa or medical clinic owner
  • Create and present a portfolio incorporating client treatment plan from inception to completion including photos and documentation of progressive treatments

STATE BOARD PREPARATION

ES 158

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62P3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 2

This course includes kit preparation and simulation of state board examinations. Co-requisites: ES148, ES150, ES154, ES156, ES157. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Comply with existing State of Washington Department of Licensing examination requirements

INTRO TO BUSINESS PLAN AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT

ES 159

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62G3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. Bldg. 08, Rm. 325

Credits: 1

Introduction to independent research and preparation of a business plan and portfolio as capstone project. Co-requisites: ES140, ES143, ES146, ES136, ES152

Course Outcomes

  • Online research of area demographics
  • Outline startup costs for opening a business

GPS TECHNOLOGIES

GEO 215

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
45A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 2 p.m. MWF Fritz, A. Bldg. 16, Rm. 104

Credits: 2

Use global positioning system equipment to create maps and to create files for use in ArcGIS (geographic information system). Focuses on Trimble GPS technologies. Analysis tools and layout features for map creation are covered. Additional Fee: $9.50. Web enhanced.

ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY

GEOL&110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
45B3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Smith, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 102

Credits: 5

Focus on the geological impacts associated with human activities. Emphasis includes internal and surface processes, and the basic formation of the earth. Also covers conflicts associated with resource development and human responses to natural hazards.

Section 45B3 has lab from 11 a.m. to 12:50 p.m. on Thursdays

DIGITAL IMAGING II

GTC 149

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8503 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. W Moyer, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 154

Credits: 5

Builds on the fundamentals of Photoshop and introduces advanced imagery to include blending, advanced layers, advanced selections, vector tools, filters and tonal correction. Prerequisite: GTC 133 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Through lecture, demonstration, hands-on projects and reading assignments, the successful student
  • will: use image editing, masking, color correction, the creation and management of layers
  • and channels to manipulate images
  • Competencies will be demonstrated by completing written tests with a minimum average of 70 percent accuracy, projects with an minimum average grade of C

PREPRESS I

GTC 164

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8513 0/20 Jan. 8, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. Th Moyer, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 154

Credits: 5

Students will create, edit, and manipulate PDF files. Combine files into portfolios, and secure PDF documents. They will also work with many of the advanced features of Adobe Acrobat, including OCR text recognition, pre-flight, print production tasks, touch up, commenting, proofing, and live collaboration. Additional Fee: $73.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Through reading assignments, lectures and demonstrations the student will use prepress equipment
  • and skills to produce negatives, stripp flats, impose books, proof jobs, and make plates
  • Competencies will be demonstrated by completing; written tests with a minimum average of 70
  • percent accuracy, projects with an minimum average grade of C

INTRO TO VECTOR-BASED ILLUSTRATION SOFTWARE

GTC 169

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8523 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. M Owens, D. Bldg. 11, Rm. 158

Credits: 5

Vector-based software, tools and features will be used to create text and logos, apply image effects and design web graphics. The course incorporates branding and identifiers when designing products and enables students to design for both print and web. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Identify interface and tools, using the Pen, Rectangle, Selection, Direct Selection tools
  • Create vector-based images for use in upcoming projects, such as Ads or Flyers
  • Select, identify, and color objects using the Color, Swatch, Gradient, Fill and Stroke panels
  • Draw basic shapes in conjunction with the Ellipse, Polygon, Rectangle and Star tools
  • Draw and modify paths and points using the Direct Selection tool
  • Align and Distribute objects, via Horizontal Right, Center, Left. Vertically Align, or Distribute Bottom, Center and Top
  • Create symmetrical patterns
  • Create and blend paths
  • Attach or place objects and text into paths

INDESIGN I

GTC 174

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8533 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. T Owens, D. Bldg. 11, Rm. 158

Credits: 5

Perform techniques of the application on the Macintosh computer. Create files for electronic output, create documents using color and color separations for creating ads, brochures, menus and other documents. Explore PDF files, EPS files and production work. Prerequisite: GTC 143 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Given assigned reading and lecture, the student will study and produce style sheets (paragraph and character) for complex forms, and documents, apply terms, vocabulary, concepts, and techniques that will maintain style, continuity and format throughout and concepts pertaining specifically to these documents and the various software and hardware used in producing these documents
  • Given assigned reading and lecture, the student will examine and produce a menu, a newsletter design or complex tabular material and apply techniques that will maintain style, continuity and format throughout with the use of tabs, tables or both elements
  • Given assigned reading and lecture, the student will demonstrate knowledge of proofing and explain the various steps associated with proofing and customer changes using customer relations and techniques to resolve situations that arise in regard to changes, extra charges, miscommunications and deadlines. Projects involving timed test with quick reproduction and font recognition will be created

PREFLIGHT

GTC 203

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8543 0/20 Jan. 8, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. Th Owens, D. Bldg. 11, Rm. 158

Credits: 5

Explore the prepress environment using page layout, vector object-oriented and imaging software applications. Creating projects in color for collect for output and packaging of files. Perform electronic and laser separations for digital output. Prerequisites: GTC 223, GTC 276 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the steps necessary to produce projects and a flow chart of the production process, specific to Print and Web
  • Apply terms, verbage, concepts, techniques that pertain specifically to design and production processes ie. Designer/CSR/Prepress Operator
  • Identify and use the correct high-quality images for print; explain the various steps associated with the use of these images for high-quality output
  • Demonstrate knowledge of file formats, file transfer methods, the different types of printing; explain the various steps associated with Collect for Output /Packaging files, color separations, Postscript, EPS and PDF files for output to a Service Provider
  • Demostrate typography and proofreading skills and apply as it relates to the customer correction cycle

ADVANCED PAGE LAYOUT PRINCIPLES

GTC 225

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8553 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. W Owens, D. Bldg. 11, Rm. 158

Credits: 5

Apply page advanced layout techniques using industry-standard software to produce files for output. Preflight and package press-ready files. Output composite and separations to postscript. Impose jobs for output service provider. Prerequisite: GTC 276,209,164 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Produce Preflight and Packaged press-ready files using page layout software. Must provide and produce Mockup/Dummy for all projects. Booklets, and compact disk covers
  • Create a Package design project from Mockup to Production Flat
  • using a Dieline
  • Repurpose and Prepare an Interactive page layout document based on an original print layout file. Must show proficiency in file format changes
  • Objective 4 Demonstrate a basic knowledge of proofreading skills, customer relations and interaction skill sets

CAPSTONE CLASS

GTC 254

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8563 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. M Moyer, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 154

Credits: 5

Preparation of personal job hunting package of student’s chosen specialty within the graphic technologies program, including industry research, business cards, cover letters, envelopes, resumes, personal sales pitches, and portfolios. Prerequisites: GTC 223, GTC 243 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Using acquired skills and knowledge, lectures and demonstrations the student will use prepress
  • equipment and skills to produce a well-organized Job skills portfolio to include; resume' , cover
  • letter, archived capstone projects
  • Research job opportunities. Demonstrate quality control, professional work habits, troubleshooting techniques
  • Competencies will be demonstrated by completion of Portfolio demonstrating competency of graphic technologies skills

PAPER, PRICING, AND ESTIMATING

GTC 264

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8573 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. T Moyer, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 154

Credits: 5

Explore paper production, paper quality choices and cost within the printing industry. Estimate both materials and time for various printing processes. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Using acquired skills and knowledge, lectures and demonstrations the student will categorize paper by weight, texture, and surface characteristics
  • Explore paper pricing. Match job quality to paper choices
  • Impose jobs according to final size and run size
  • Estimate production cost and overall value of common printing jobs
  • Competencies will be demonstrated by completing assignments with an minimum average grade of C

BASIC ELECTRICITY

HAC 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1803 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 5

Discusses the structure of matter, movement, electrons, conductors, insulators, direct and alternating current, and electrical units of measurement. The electrical circuit will also be studied along with electrical measurements, Ohm’s law, series and parallel circuits, and electrical power. Magnetic fields, inductance, transformers, capacitance, impedance, sine waves, and using electrical measuring instruments are also included. Additional Fee: $43.75

Course Outcomes

  • Explain and define the basic concepts of current, voltage, resistance and power as applied to direct and alternating current and be able to take electrical measurements using meters and apply Ohm’s law and the power formula
  • Recognize AC and DC series, parallel and combination circuits and understand their implications on voltage, amperage, resistance and wattage
  • Recognize basic AC and DC circuit components, their symbols as used in electrical diagrams/schematics and describe their functions
  • Explain the basic concepts of magnetism and electromagnetism to include their effects in electrical circuits, generators, power supplies and basic motors
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab using personal protective equipment and appropriate safety procedures
  • Identify electrical conductors and their proper applications to include the proper methods and materials to make wire connections and terminations
  • Build simple electrical circuits using an electrical diagram and be able to identify electrical short circuits and open circuits
  • Document newly learned skills

ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

HAC 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1813 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 4

Discusses types of automatic control devices that respond to thermal change, the bimetal device, control by fluid expansion, the thermocouple, and electronic sensing devices. Covers space temperature controls (both high and low voltage), sensing temperatures of solids, pressure-sensing devices, oil-pressure safety controls, air-pressure controls, devices that control fluid flow, and maintenance of mechanical and electromechanical controls. Additional Fee: $39.00

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize the types of basic automatic controls and their components
  • Recognize and understand the functions and operation of devices responding to thermal changes and fluid expansion to include bimetal devices, mercury switches, thermocouples and electronic temperature sensing devices
  • Explain the application and maintenance of low voltage and line voltage temperature controls, pressure sensing devices and controls, transducers, gas pressure switches, regulators, mechanical and electromechanical controls
  • Install and demonstrate switches, a light and receptacles including three-way/four-way switches
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab to include lockout/tagout procedures, recognizing hazardous locations and application of electrical safety requirements
  • Install a two station signaling circuit and do a complete circuit analysis of the installation
  • Use a circuit tracer to locate the Over Current Protective Device for that circuit
  • Correctly identify and install a plug on a cord
  • Complete a solder connection using proper soldering technique
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good work habits, good attendance and good communication

ADVANCED CONTROLS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

HAC 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1823 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 4

Control terminology, applications, and electronic control circuits are covered. Pneumatic controls and direct digital controls are also explored, along with programmable thermostats. Also covers procedures for troubleshooting basic and complex circuits, thermostats, and high-voltage circuits controlled by thermostats. Describes procedures for measuring amperage and voltage in low-voltage circuits and discusses pictorial and line diagrams. Additional Fee: $39.00

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize the types of advanced automatic controls/control systems and their components
  • Recognize and understand the functions and operation of advanced automatic controls/control systems to include pneumatic controls, direct digital controls (DDC’s). and program logic controllers (PLC’s)
  • Demonstrate the ability to read and interpret ladder diagrams as related to DDC/PLC control system
  • Write ladder programs to demonstrate common PLC logic functions
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab to include recognizing potentially hazardous situations and applying appropriate electrical safety procedures/practices
  • Demonstrate through written examination your ability to successfully troubleshoot PLC systems
  • Explain and be able to successfully troubleshoot simple and complex circuits to include thermostats, various types of switches and loads using electrical meters and pictorial and line diagrams
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good work habits, good attendance and good communication

SIEMENS CONTROLS

HAC 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1853 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 2

Serves as an introduction to the concepts of direct digital controls (DDC training). The course is a generic approach to understanding DDC terminology, the fundamentals of today’s new building control systems, how they work, features, and troubleshooting. Improve your control of HVAC systems, fire, security, access, control, lighting, and energy management. Additional Fee: $29.50

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize Siemens controls and components and understand their operation
  • Explain the many and varied applications for Siemens controls in the HVAC/R and building systems environment
  • Explain the unique installation requirements for Siemens controls as they apply to the HVAC/R and building systems environment
  • Define typical troubleshooting logic and techniques for Siemens controls as they apply to the HVAC/R and building systems environment
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good attendance and good communication

ELECTRIC MOTORS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS

HAC 162

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1833 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 4

Types of electric motors are discussed, along with starting and running components and characteristics, motor speeds, and power supplies. Specific topics also included are single and split phase motors, the centrifugal switch, electronic replay, capacitor start motors, capacitor run motors, permanent split capacitor motors, shaded pole motors, single phase hermetic motors, positive temperature coefficient motors, and variable speed motors. Discussions will take place pertaining to various characteristics and insulations, bearings, mountings, and motor drives. Additional Fee: $39.00

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize the types and characteristics of single and three phase motors and as well as their components, component functions and their proper electrical connection
  • Recognize and understand the functions and operation of various motor starting devices to include start windings, centrifugal switches, current relays, potential relays, PTC’s, shaded poles, and start & run capacitors
  • Explain the application and cooling of motors in the HVAC/R trade, especially special motors such as hermetic motors, two-speed and variable speed motors, converters, invertors, electronically commutated motors (ECM’s), power supplies
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab to include recognizing potentially hazardous situations and applying appropriate electrical safety procedures/practices
  • Inspect and install A/C and D/C rotating equipment
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good work habits, good attendance and good communication

ELECTRIC MOTORS & TROUBLESHOOTING

HAC 164

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1843 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 3

Discusses mechanical and electrical motor troubleshooting. This includes drive assemblies, belt tension, pulley alignment, open and shorted windings, shorts to ground, capacitor problems, wiring and connectors, and troubleshooting hermetic motors. Additional Fee: $34.25

Course Outcomes

  • Create an electrical ladder diagram and wiring diagram for each motor control circuit that is constructed
  • Build a two-wire control circuit for a single-phase motor
  • Build a three-wire control circuit for a single-phase motor
  • Demonstrate safe work practices needed for installation and troubleshooting of motor controls and control circuits
  • Build an on-delay motor control circuit
  • Build an on-delay/off-delay motor control circuit for two single-phase motors
  • Troubleshoot four basic motor control circuits

GREEN AWARENESS

HAC 167

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1863 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 3

When it comes to HVAC/R electrical, “green” means maximizing the energy efficiency of existing equipment, specifying the most efficient systems available for the application and the available budget using renewable and sustainable fuel sources, and conserving water. Those items will be discussed along with the core knowledge of energy management and analysis, green heating, ventilation, air conditioning, refrigeration, electrical generation and consumption, and “green” plumbing. Additional Fee: $34.25

Course Outcomes

  • Understand Energy Management and Audits
  • Understand Renewable and Sustainable Energy
  • Discuss Solar and Wind Energy
  • Discuss "Green" Plumbing
  • Discuss our Carbon Footprint
  • Learn Heat Load Calculations
  • Discuss the various agencies involved with "Green Awareness"

HEATING I

HAC 170

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1873 0/40 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Anderson, R. Bldg. 25, Rm. 402

Credits: 7

This course covers controls, thermal physics, electrical, and equipment for residential and light commercial heating system installation and servicing with emphasis on electric and gas heating. Co-requisite: HAC 170, 175, 181, and 183. Prerequisite: HAC 102 - 167. Additional Fee: $53.25. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate through class participation and written examinations, a basic knowledge and understanding of both LP and natural gas heating systems
  • This will include, but not be limited to, the ability to identify the components of a gas heating system, explain how they function as well as define in detail the electrical systems and operation of a typical gas heating system
  • Demonstrate through use of computer simulators, the ability to troubleshoot and “repair” faults for both LP and natural gas heating systems
  • Through Skills Checks associated with technical videos, demonstrate the ability to work as a team member to develop team answers to questions regarding gas heating principles and systems. Through class participation, state and explain such answers
  • Realize the importance demanded in the industry of taking personal responsibility for an appropriate attendance/tardy record
  • Demonstrate through class participation and written examinations, an entry knowledge and understanding of basic safety practices

HEATING I LAB

HAC 175

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1883 0/40 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Pearce, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 300

Credits: 5

Will teach students to competently troubleshoot and repair electric heat and gas-burning appliances. Also covers thermal physics and equipment for heating-system analysis and efficiency. This is a hands-on class using live projects. Prerequisite: Must have required hand tools of the trade and be enrolled in Heating I. Additional Fee: $43.75

Course Outcomes

  • Check a thermocouple for proper millivolt reading
  • Change a thermocouple
  • Check a gas valve for proper milivolt output
  • Change a gas valve
  • Check an electronic spark module for proper operation
  • Remove, clean and reinstall burners. Check burners for proper operation
  • Adjust gas pressure on a furnace
  • Check rollout and all other safety controls
  • Demonstrate the proper threading of black iron pipe
  • Demonstrate the proper assembly of threaded pipe fittings
  • Demonstrate the proper technique of silver brazing
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance

HEATING II

HAC 181

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1893 0/40 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Anderson, R. Bldg. 25, Rm. 402

Credits: 6

This course covers controls, thermal physics, and equipment for residential and light commercial heating system installation and servicing with emphasis on oil and hydronic heating. Prerequisite: Must have required hand tools of the trade and be enrolled in Heating I. Additional Fee: $48.50. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate through class participation and written examinations, a basic knowledge and understanding of electric, oil, and hydronic heating systems. This will include, but not be limited to, the ability to identify the components of a such heating systems, explain how they function as well as define in detail the electrical systems and operation of a typical electric, oil or hydronic heating systems
  • Demonstrate through use of computer simulators, the ability to troubleshoot and “repair” faults for oil heating systems
  • Through Skills Checks associated with technical videos, demonstrate the ability to work as a team member to develop team answers to questions regarding electric, oil and hydronic heating principles and systems. Through class participation, state and explain such answers
  • Realize the importance demanded in the industry of taking personal responsibility for an appropriate attendance/tardy record

HEATING II LAB

HAC 183

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
18A3 0/40 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Pearce, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 300

Credits: 4

Will teach students to competently troubleshoot and repair electric, oil, and hydronic heating equipment. Also covers thermal physics and equipment for heating-system analysis and efficiency. This is a hands-on class using live projects. Prerequisite: Must have required hand tools of the trade and be enrolled in Heating I. Additional Fee: $39.00

Course Outcomes

  • Check a heating element and a fan motor for voltage and proper operation. Test all safety controls
  • Check a packaged sequencer and step sequencer for proper timing of heaters and fan sequence
  • Check a step down transformer for input and output voltage. Install a thermostat and adjust for proper operation
  • Check the temperature rise across the inlet and outlet of a furnace
  • Check safety controls on heating equipment
  • Change the nozzle in a burner assembly
  • Check a high voltage transformer and primary control
  • Check the oil pump on an oil furnace for proper oil pressure
  • Complete an efficiency test on an oil furnace to include; CO2 measurement, smoke test, draft check, and temperature rise
  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness
  • Demonstrate safe working habits
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance

ADVANCED REFRIGERATION SYSTEM

HAC 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
18B3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Pearce, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 300

Credits: 10

Troubleshooting and repair of refrigeration equipment, thermal physics, equipment for refrigeration systems analysis and efficiency. Prerequisites: Must have required hand tools of the trade. Must be enrolled in HAC 249, 256. Additional Fee: $67.50

Course Outcomes

  • Explain how and why we use vacuum and evacuate a refrigeration system
  • Explain how to recover, recycle and reclaim refrigerant
  • Wire a current, potential or solid state relay into a motor circuit.
  • Demonstrate proper flaring, cutting and swaging of copper tubing
  • Demonstrate the proper set up of an oxygen/acetylene torch
  • Evaluate the performance of a system with a capillary tube or TXV metering device
  • Evaluate the performance of a refrigeration system using R134A, R414 B, R22 & R404A
  • Demonstrate safe working habits
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance

JOB READINESS

HAC 249

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
18C3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Pearce, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 300

Credits: 5

Covers resume writing, cover letter preparation, Internet job search, Work Source job readiness workshop, and tips on filling out job applications. Prerequisites: Must be enrolled in HAC 201, 256. Additional Fee: $43.75

Course Outcomes

  • Check heating element and fan motor for voltage and operation
  • Check packaged, step sequencers for proper timing of heating elements and fan
  • Check a step down transformer for input and output voltage. Install Thermostat adjust for proper operation
  • Check temperature rise across inlet and outlet of furnace
  • Check safety controls on heating equipment
  • Change nozzles in burner assembly
  • Check high voltage transformer and primary controls
  • Check oil pump on oil furnace for proper oil pressure
  • Do an efficiency test on an oil furnace, including CO2, smoke test and temperature rise across heat exchanger
  • Demonstrate safe working habits
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance
  • Prepare a resume & cover letter for a proper job search

COMMERCIAL HEAT PUMPS

HAC 256

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
18D3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Pearce, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 300

Credits: 7

Troubleshoot and repair residential and commercial heat pumps through study material and DVD format. Heat pump fundamentals, heat pump electrical, and heat pump charging are explored. Prerequisites: Must have required hand tools of the trade. Must be enrolled in HAC 201, 249. Additional Fee: $53.25

Course Outcomes

  • Students will describe a reverse- cycle heat pump
  • Students will explain a change over valve (COV) or reversing valve (RV). Identify what type of metering device is use
  • Students will check the COV for failure, either electrical or mechanical, using meters and a gauge manifold
  • Students will list and identify the components of a heat pump
  • Students will learn sequence of operation of a heat pump
  • Students will identify the various heat sources for heat pumps, and explain auxiliary heat
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance

HEALTH INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

HDT 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8803 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. Daily Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 3

Covers the issues, trends, and impacts of electronic and networked information technology upon the provision of health care services in general and explores specific issues related to the hemodialysis technician profession. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Assess a computing system in relation to the specific needs of a Hemodialysis Technician
  • Know how Health IT has, is, and will continue to impact the field of Hemodialysis
  • Master the technology used in the practice of a Hemodialysis Technician
  • Explain the importance of and methods for maintaining patients' privacy and security using Electronic Medical Records
  • Practice patient-centered principles when using a Health IT system and electronic medical records
  • Know how to keep current on Health IT

PHLEBOTOMY FUNDAMENTALS

HDT 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
68H3 0/12 Feb. 26, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Markovits, K. Bldg. 21
68G3 0/12 Jan. 5, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Markovits, K. Bldg. 21
8873 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. TTh Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 4

Develop the skills necessary to draw blood specimens for analysis in a laboratory. Includes an introduction to the structure and function of a clinical laboratory. Safety procedures and universal precautions are included. Hands-on practice in phlebotomy skills will be provided. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $54.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe safety procedures and universal precautions
  • Demonstrate his/her phlebotomy skills by drawing a blood specimen
  • List proper order of blood tubes for drawing multiple blood specimens

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS/KEYBOARDING

HDT 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8813 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. Daily Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 2

Students will use computers to develop touch control and proper keyboarding and keypad techniques with emphasis on alpha/numeric data entry. Course includes keyboarding alphabetic, figure, symbol keys, and skill building; continued keyboarding drills and practice to develop a minimum speed and accuracy of 35 wpm. Introduction to MS Office Suite for basic business correspondence. Internet navigation will be used for student research projects. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Keyboard accurately minimum of 25 wpm with 98% accuracy
  • Find specified internet web sites
  • Use MS Office Suite Outlook to send and receive e-mail
  • Ten touch key at 150 kspm with 98% accuracy

HEMODIALYSIS TERMS ANATOMY PHYSIOLOGY

HDT 122

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8823 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. Daily Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 6

Provides the basic techniques of medical word building to be applied in acquiring an extensive medical vocabulary. Introduces anatomical, physiological, and pathological terms relating to body systems and medical abbreviations. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

    HDT 122
  • Meet or exceed knowledge of basic techniques of Medical word building
  • Demonstrate knowledge of anatomical, physiological & pathological terms
  • Identify medical abbreviations
  • Meet or exceed the ability to apply medical terms specific to the renal system

FIRST AID/CPR/HIV

HDT 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8883 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 3 p.m. MT Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 1

CPR, First Aid and rescue breathing for adult patients. Includes history, causes, virility of blood-borne pathogens, bodily substance isolation, and personal protection devices relating to dealing with HIV/Aids patients. Proper lifting techniques and body mechanics will be covered. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $54.00. Section 8811 is hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate CPR competency
  • Meet or exceed knowledge of causes & virility of blood borne pathogens relating to and dealing with HIV/AIDS patients
  • Identify situations that require personal protection, device & body substance isolation

HEMODIALYSIS PRINCIPLES & PROCEDURES

HDT 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8833 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. Daily Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 4

Defines the basic principles of diffusion, filtration, fluid dynamics and osmosis relating to the dialysis process. Overviews of the dialysis environment and kidney functions. Patient vitals and monitoring the treatment, including normal and abnormal values. Perform laboratory tests and use patient documentation procedures. Identify causes, signs, and symptoms, preventions and interventions for medical and technical complications that may occur during dialysis. Includes patient dietary and nutrition requirements. Additional Fee: $95.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Define basic principles of diffusion, osmosis relating to dialysis
  • Identify normal kidney function
  • Explain how dialysis treatment replaces some of the normal kidney function
  • Initiate, monitor and terminate a dialysis treatment
  • Identify complications of dialysis treatment

MACHINE SETUP/MAINTENANCE

HDT 138

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8843 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. Daily Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 4

Covers use and setup of hemodialysis machines. Instruction focuses on organizing and setting up the dialysis machine and equipment, priming and dry machine stringing. Various testing equipment commonly used in dialysis units are studied, as well as preparation and mixing of hemodialysis concentrates. Includes standard precautions and aseptic techniques. Prepares student to initiate monitor and terminate a routine hemodialysis treatment. Additional Fee: $29.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Strip, clean and setup a dialysis machine in 5 minutes
  • Prime a dialysis machine using standard procedures and aseptic techniques
  • Prepare and mix solution for a dialysis treatment
  • Demonstrate use of conductivity/pH meters, test strips by reading and applying correctly
  • Simulate TX on and off procedure

WATER TREATMENT

HDT 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8893 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 9 a.m. TTh Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 3

Basic concepts of water treatment and dialyzer reuse are covered, including instruction on the varied devices used in hemodialysis. Also studied are advantages and disadvantages of filters, carbon tanks, deionizers, ultraviolet light, and reverse osmosis in the treatment of water for dialysis. Students will prepare a typical water treatment monitoring schedule. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $39.25. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the function of the devices used to treat water for hemodialysis
  • Demonstrate knowledge of AAMI regulations as they relate to dialysis
  • Prepare a typical water treatment-monitoring log
  • Perform a chloramines test, hardness test and pH test using various equipment

VASCULAR ACCESS

HDT 149

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
88A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 11:30 a.m. TTh Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 3

The history and importance of vascular access are reviewed, including the major types of permanent and temporary vascular access. Use of appropriate needle insertion for arteriovenous fistulae and grafts. Instruction in catheter care and connections. Use the four types of anastomosis used for internal arteriovenous fistulae. Management of thrombosis, infection, hematoma, bleeding, steal syndrome, aneurysm, and catheter dislodgement. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $39.25. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate knowledge of the history & importance of vascular access
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the major types of vascular access
  • Connect and disconnect dialysis following standard procedures and aseptic techniques
  • Insert fistulae needles into grafts and fistulae training arms using correct angles of insertion

PROFESSIONAL PATIENT INTERACTION

HDT 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
88B3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 10 a.m. TTh Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 3

Explores the relationship and psychological boundaries between the technician, the patient, and the renal facility. Includes concepts of patient education. Basic interpersonal verbal and non-verbal communication is covered, with a focus on adapting to an individual’s special needs or cultural orientation. Students will be given the tools to develop listening skills by practicing assertive communication and developing appropriate interpersonal relationships using the concepts of patient confidentiality. Covers body mechanics and proper lifting techniques. Includes information on sexual harassment. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $39.25. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Understand the relationship and psychological boundaries between the patient and technician
  • Use proper body mechanics & lifting techniques
  • Demonstrate proper communication with patients, coworkers and the dialysis facility

CLINICAL PRACTICUM

HDT 161

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
88C3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged MWF Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 6

During the clinical experience, the student will participate in a dialysis facility as a member of the health care team in applying principles of hemodialysis, standard precautions, fluid management, initiating and concluding a dialysis treatment, patient and equipment monitoring, and treatment of routine hemodialysis problems in accordance with the standard dialysis procedures and policies of the facilities. Student will need to complete a total of 300 hours in the clinic. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $39.00. Section 8851 is hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Remove old tubing, clean machine and set-up dialysis machine for next patient
  • Identify and use proper lifting techniques
  • Initiate and conclude a dialysis treatment using standard precautions and aseptic techniques
  • Program and monitor dialysis machine correctly for each patient
  • Perform test and duties needed

FIELD STUDY

HDT 163

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8853 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. Daily Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 1

Familiarizes the student with various dialysis companies in the greater Puget Sound area. The students will be partnered in small groups and will be required to contact four different dialysis companies in the area in order to conduct an interview with a staff member. The information gathered will be collected into a notebook to be submitted at the end of the class. Information to be included: interview notes, locations of individual dialysis units, maps to each unit, contact person for each of the units, size of the company, etc. The notebook will be a reference for the student when seeking a dialysis technician position at the end of the course. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Student will compile information for future reference
  • Student will make contact with staff members for the purpose of networking. To help obtain employment when finished with Hemodialysis Technician program

HISTOTECHNOLOGY II

HISTO120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5603 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Haggerty, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 232

Credits: 10

Covers and expands upon the knowledge and skills learned in Histotechnology I. Students will begin to learn the theory and principles of hematoxylin and eosin staining, as well as the basic principles and procedures of carbohydrate stains. Prerequisites: Successful completion of HISTO 105, 110, and 115.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Continued theory of gross descriptions of common tissue types
  • Continued theory in Microtomy and embedding
  • Theory in work up of the H&E stain
  • Continued education of microscopic tissue identification
  • Theory of Carbohydrate and amyloid staining
  • Development of Standard operating procedures
  • State the steps, functions and results of frozen sectioning and staining
  • Development of resumes
  • Continued student professionalism
  • Theory of Connective tissue and muscle stains
  • State the steps, functions and results for all carbohydrate and amyloid stains
  • State the steps functions and results of all connective tissue and muscle stains
  • Identify troubleshooting errors of the H&E stain
  • Identify troubleshooting errors of all carbohydrate and amyloid stains
  • Identify troubleshooting errors of all connective tissue and muscle stains
  • Build trifold
  • Practice and develop professionalism in the classroom

HISTOTECHNOLOGY LAB II

HISTO125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5613 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Haggerty, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 232

Credits: 5

Expands upon the knowledge and skills learned in Histotechnology Lab I. Students will continue to increase their skills in embedding and tissue sectioning, including the cutting and staining of frozen tissue specimens. Students will learn to do carbohydrate and Amyloid stains. Prerequisites: To be taken concurrently with HISTO 120.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • The student will continue to gross common specimens such as gallbladder, placenta and uterus
  • The student will gain hands on experience in microtomy and embedding, and perform special microtomy
  • The student will correctly work up the H&E stain. And identify all troubleshooting errors associated with the H&E stain
  • The student will correctly identify microscopic identification of assigned tissue types
  • The student will cut at least 20 blocks per hour and embed 25 blocks per hour
  • The student will perform cutting multiple tissue sections of various tissue type
  • The student will perform frozen sections and staining of frozen sections
  • The student will correctly work up and demonstrate assigned Carbohydrates and Amyloid stains
  • The student will practice professionalism in the student laboratory
  • The student will create a staining manual for each topic area
  • Demonstrate all assigned connective tissue and muscle stains
  • Identify all troubleshooting errors associated with carbohydrate and amyloid stains
  • Identify all troubleshooting errors associated with connective tissue and muscle stains

MATH APPLICATIONS FOR HISTOLOGY

HISTO130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5623 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Haggerty, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 232

Credits: 3

Introduces laboratory mathematics with an emphasis on solution preparation. Prerequisites: To be taken concurrently with HISTO 120 and 125.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • The student will state the definitions of molar, percent, and normal solutions
  • The student will state laboratory safety relating to manipulation of solutions
  • The student will perform percent solutions and manipulate stock and working solutions
  • The student will perform conversions
  • The student will practice professionalism

INTERNSHIP I

HS 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2403 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 5 p.m. Daily Hauzinger, I. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

Students will participate in on-the-job training in the human services field of their choice. Duties and tasks are supervised. Students perform relevant job duties and tasks within an agency of their choice, attend supervision meetings, identify applicable community resources, and perform other job duties as assigned. Instructor permission is required for site choice. Prerequisites: Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons. Students must complete the following first-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 237, HS 127, HS 123, HS 115, HS 225, HS 110. Additional Fee: $39.00. Section 2401 is web enhanced. Section 2442 is hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Under agency supervision, correctly identify the duties associated with the position selected
  • Under agency supervision correctly identify the target client base, available services, and eligibility criteria for services related to the specific position
  • Under agency supervision demonstrate expected workplace behavior appropriate for the specific position
  • Complete self-evaluations and professional portfolio of internship work product and experiences

MENTAL HEALTH ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

HS 226

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2423 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

Explores current perspectives of mental health in the helping professions by focusing on the identification, definition, diagnostic criteria, and assessment and evaluation of psychological disorders. An emphasis will be placed on the continuum that exists between normal and abnormal behavior by examining biological, psychological and socio-cultural causal factors as they relate to adults and children. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following first-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 237, HS 127, HS 123, HS 115, HS 225, HS 110. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.HS 226

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify, explain and apply the primary methods for gathering information during an interview & assessment
  • Effectively utilize the DSM-IV to assess diagnostic criteria for a variety of mental disorders
  • Complete topical research and summarize through the use of existing research an analysis of issues relating to a specific interviewing topic
  • Effectively summarize client interactions using documentation styles commonly required in human services settings

DYNAMICS OF VIOLENCE

HS 228

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2413 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TTh Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 3

Presents an overview of the dynamics of violence in relationship to both the perpetrator and the victim. Areas of emphasis include child neglect, child sexual and physical abuse, missing and exploited children and adolescents, domestic violence, the cycle of violence, elder abuse, and the impact on the family system. Strategies for treatment and community intervention are explored. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following first-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 237, HS 127, HS 123, HS 115, HS 225, HS 110. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe a range of issues affecting victims of abuse and their families/caregivers throughout the life-span
  • Demonstrate knowledge of physical abuse and family violence issues including the cycle of violence
  • Demonstrate knowledge of sexual abuse and perpetrator issues
  • Correctly identify disorders, strategies for treatment and community intervention
  • Define professional protocol for mandatory reporters of known or suspected abuse per state WAC’s & RCW’s

CASE MANAGEMENT

HS 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2443 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MWF Hauzinger, I. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

This course introduces students to the fundamentals of case management practice. Students will review different models of case management and learn about common case management functions such as outreach, engagement, assessment, planning, accessing resources, coordination, and advocacy. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following third-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 220, HS 227, HS 221, HS 244. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate knowledge of fundamental case management skills
  • Describe the different models of case management presented during the course
  • Correctly identify case management functions such as outreach, engagement, assessment, planning, accessing resources, coordination and advocacy and their practical applications to the service population
  • Demonstrate the ability to produce a case management plan for a human services client

CULTURALLY COMPETENT PRACTICE

HS 234

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2453 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MWF Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Provides students with an awareness of the historical, cultural, socio-economic, biological and psychosocial influences that define diversity. Examines culturally competent standards that influence best practice standards for human service workers. Students will explore culture, guidelines for culturally sensitive practices, the impact of inequality on a variety of service populations, racism, prejudice, and inclusion strategies. Instructor permission required. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following first-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 237, HS 127, HS 123, HS 115, HS 225, HS 110. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Examine the historical, cultural, socio-economic, biological and psychosocial influences that define diversity
  • Demonstrate knowledge of culturally competent practice standards for human service workers
  • Correctly identify culturally sensitive guidelines for working with a variety of diverse groups of clients
  • Define the impact of inequality on a variety of service populations from a sociocultural viewpoint

SPECIAL PROJECTS

HS 238

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2463 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Callahan-McCain, T. Online

Credits: 5

Increases the student’s knowledge and skill by formulating and implementing a special project related to the Human Services field. Students must obtain authorization from the instructor for the project prior to enrolling in course.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the process involved in project management
  • Take an in-depth look at chosen topic by performing research associated with the project
  • Write a detailed critical analysis of the project

SELECTED TOPICS

HS 239

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2473 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Callahan-McCain, T. Online

Credits: 5

Students will be responsible for performing either a literature review and/or research on a human services-related topic. Students must obtain authorization from the Instructor for the project prior to enrolling in the course.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the process involved in research
  • Take an in-depth look at their chosen topic by performing research associated with the project
  • Write a detailed critical analysis of the project

SURVEY OF ADDICTION

HS 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2433 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Hauzinger, I. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Focuses on addiction in modern society by surveying prevalent addictions and common co-occurring disorders. Students will gain an overview of causal factors and the consequences of addiction as they relate to the individual, family and community. A strengths-based perspective will focus on the biological, psychological and socio-cultural factors influencing addiction and recovery. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following third-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 220, HS 227, HS 221, HS 244. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Develop knowledge regarding addictions in our modern society
  • Identify the casual factors and consequences of addiction
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the strengths based perspective
  • Identify factors that contribute to treatment and recovery

INTERNSHIP II

HS 244

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2483 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 5 p.m. Daily Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Students will participate in on-the-job training in the human services field of their choice. Duties and tasks are supervised. Students perform relevant job duties and tasks within their agency of choice, attend supervision meetings, identify applicable community resources, and perform other job duties as assigned. Instructor permission is required for site choice. Successful completion of Internship I is required. Prerequisites: Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons. Students must complete the following second-quarter Human Services Program courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 226, HS 234, HS 228, HS 151. Additional Fee: $39.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Under agency supervision, correctly identify the duties associated with the position selected
  • Under agency supervision correctly identify the target client base, available services, and eligibility criteria for services related to the specific position
  • Under agency supervision demonstrate expected workplace behavior appropriate for the specific position
  • Complete self-evaluations and professional portfolio of internship work product and experiences

GROUP PROCESS

HS 246

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2493 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MWF Hauzinger, I. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 3

An introduction to the dynamics of group interaction with emphasis on the student’s firsthand experience as a group leader and member. The factors involved in problems of communication, effective emotional responses, and personal growth will be highlighted. Emphasis will be placed on group process as a means of changing behavior. This course is designed to assist human services students who will function as group leaders and co-leaders. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following third-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 220, HS 227, HS 221, HS 244.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Participate in group experience as a group leader & co-leader
  • Identify & apply group counseling techniques as a way to change behavior
  • Identify the process for beginning a new group
  • Define the factors involved in problems of communication, and demonstrate how to teach effective emotional responses

INTERNSHIP III

HS 258

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
24A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 5 p.m. Daily Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Students will participate in on-the-job training in the human services field of their choice. Duties and tasks are supervised. Students perform relevant job duties and tasks within their agency of choice, attend supervision meetings, identify applicable community resources, and perform other job duties as assigned. Instructor permission is required for site choice. Successful completion of Internship II is required. Prerequisites: Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons. Students must complete the following third-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 220, HS 227, HS 221, HS 244. Additional Fee: $39.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Under agency supervision, correctly identify the duties associated with the position selected
  • Under agency supervision correctly identify the target client base, available services, and eligibility criteria for services related to the specific position
  • Under agency supervision demonstrate expected workplace behavior appropriate for the specific position
  • Complete self-evaluations and professional portfolio of internship work product and experiences

Intro To Chem Dependency

HSCD 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
24B3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 5 p.m. 7:15 p.m. W Fitzgerald, C. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112
243T 0/0 Jan. 5, 2015 3:30 p.m. 6:30 p.m. M Anderson, C. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 3

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe the primary effects of the abuse of alcohol and other major drugs of abuse
  • Demonstrate basic skills in recognizing substance abuse in persons and groups
  • Identify various models of addiction and a variety of treatment strategies used in addiction treatment
  • Understand and demonstrate issues of cultural diversity in chemically dependent clients

ETHICS FOR CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROFESSIONALS

HSCD 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
24C3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7:45 p.m. 10 p.m. W Fitzgerald, C. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112
243F 0/0 Jan. 8, 2015 3:30 p.m. 5:30 p.m. Th Anderson, C. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 2

Focuses on understanding the obligations to adhere to ethical and behavioral standards of conduct in the helping relationship as well as the importance of supervision and continuing education.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate knowledge of state and federal regulations related to the scope and practice of addiction treatment
  • Demonstrate knowledge of discipline specific ethics codes
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the benefits of clinical supervision and professional growth
  • Demonstrate knowledge of supervision principles and methods

CASE MANAGEMENT & RECORDKEEPING FOR THE CDP

HSCD 215

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
24D3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged French, S. Online
243M 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 3:30 p.m. 6 p.m. TW Anderson, C. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

Focuses on the basic case management skills of service coordination, referral practices, community services, ongoing evaluation of treatment progress, client needs, and learning documentation standards and applicable laws.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate knowledge of resources of community service network and how to access & transmit information necessary for the referral
  • Demonstrate knowledge of appropriate confidentiality regulations
  • Demonstrate knowledge of treatment planning, implementation of the treatment plan, and ongoing evaluation of client needs
  • Demonstrate knowledge of clinical documentation skills & consulting

SPECIAL PROJECTS

HSCD 256

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
24F3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Callahan-McCain, T. Online

Credits: 5

Students will be responsible for formulating and implementing ideas to complete a special project related to the human services field. Students must obtain authorization from the instructor for the project prior to enrolling in the course.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the process involved in project management
  • Take an in-depth look at chosen topic by performing research associated with the project
  • Write a detailed critical analysis of the project

SELECTED TOPICS

HSCD 259

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
24G3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Callahan-McCain, T. Online

Credits: 5

Explores a human services chemical dependency related topic by students performing either a literature review and/or research on a human services related topic. Students must obtain authorization from the instructor for the project prior to enrolling in the course. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the process involved in research
  • Take an in-depth look at their chosen topic by performing research associated with the project
  • Write a detailed critical analysis of the project

INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH UNIT COORDINATOR

HUC 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8103 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. Daily Briggs, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 7

This course will focus on orientation and introduction to campus policies and rules of conduct. This course will also introduce the student to program policies, dress code, attendance, classroom, and workplace rules of conduct, program goals, and grading system. The focus also in this unit will be instruction and demonstrations on the use of various communication devices and introduction to the EMR/HER and related Windows programs used in the hospital. Additional Fee: $33.25. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • In a group discussion, accurately describe:
    • The rules, standards, and policies of Clover Park Technical College
    • The rules, standards and policies of the Health Unit Coordinator program
  • Accurately state college policies concerning attendance, holidays, student services, campus speed limits, smoking areas, and fire drills
  • Accurately state the program policies concerning attendance, dress code, grading system, grade average, and student evaluation process
  • Correctly describe the leadership duties of the student health unit coordinator
  • Accurately operate the nursing unit communication systems: computer terminal, telephone, imprinter device, and embosser
  • Correctly prepare patient consent forms
  • Effectively manage the patient’s charts
  • Effectively recognize and maintain the nursing unit supplies
  • Consistently and correctly practice within the professional ethical framework of health unit coordinating
  • Communicate effectively with the instructor, classmates, and members of the health care team
  • Accurately define medical terms and abbreviations related to this unit
  • Accurately discuss stages of how health unit coordinating evolved
  • Accurately discuss the overall functions of the health unit coordinator
  • Accurately discuss the name of nursing units and describe the services provided by each unit
  • Accurately identify the title of physicians serving in a medical specialty field
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate rules of telephone etiquette as presented in class
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate the use of the telephone hold button as presented in class
  • Accurately discuss computer components that are usually located at the nurse’s station
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate items to be recorded when taking a telephone message as presented in class

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY FOR HEALTH UNIT COORDINATOR

HUC 106

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8113 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. TTh Briggs, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduces basic word elements used in building medical terminology and identifies the different types of word elements present in each medical term by name. Introduces medical terms, body structure, and pathology in relation to each body system: integumentary, musculoskeletal, sensory, circulatory, nervous, endocrine, and digestive systems. Prerequisite: HUC 102. Additional Fee: $14.25. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • In a group discussion, accurately describe:
    • The rules, standards, and policies of Clover Park Technical College
    • The rules, standards and policies of the Health Unit Coordinator program
  • Accurately state college policies concerning attendance, holidays, student services, campus speed limits, smoking areas, and fire drills
  • Accurately state the program policies concerning attendance, dress code, grading system, grade average, and student evaluation process
  • Correctly describe the leadership duties of the student health unit coordinator
  • Accurately operate the nursing unit communication systems: computer terminal, telephone, imprinter device, and embosser
  • Correctly prepare patient consent forms
  • Effectively manage the patient’s charts
  • Effectively recognize and maintain the nursing unit supplies
  • Consistently and correctly practice within the professional ethical framework of health unit coordinating
  • Communicate effectively with the instructor, classmates, and members of the health care team

UNIT COORDINATOR TASKS & PROCEDURES I

HUC 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8123 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. M Briggs, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 8

Enables identification of the forms commonly used in the patient’s chart and enables students to explain the purpose of a patient’s chart and recognize the charting responsibilities for each health care team member. Presents instruction and procedures for scheduling appointments by telephone, computer and writing. Also focuses on students’ performance in the computer skill laboratory, demonstrating their cognitive knowledge for maintaining medical records; ordering laboratory and diagnostic exams; accurately transcribing physicians’ orders; recognizing treatment orders; ordering nursing supplies; identifying abbreviations, symbols, and terms used in a medication order; and charting information accurately to the appropriate forms and the Kardex for their pseudo patients. Prerequisites: HUC 102; enrollment in HUC 106. Additional Fee: $111.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define terms and abbreviations related to each body system
  • Accurately distinguish between anatomy and physiology
  • Accurately list the main functions of each body system
  • Correctly complete statements concerning the characteristics of each body system
  • Accurately state the meaning of basic combining forms, prefixes, and suffixes of medical terms related to each body system
  • Accurately complete statements concerning pathology of each body system
  • Given the meaning of medical conditions relating to each body system, build the word elements and identify the corresponding medical terms
  • Accurately name the organs and describe the functions of each body system
  • Accurately identify medical terms, which are surgical procedures, as well as those, which are diagnostic studies in relation to each body system

UNIT COORDINATOR TASKS & PROCEDURES II

HUC 112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8133 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. MThF Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 4

Focuses on cognitive knowledge and performance skills in the computer laboratory. The student will demonstrate performance skills for maintaining medical records, accurately transcribing physicians’ orders to the appropriate chart forms and Kardex, as well as completion of pseudo patient charts. Prerequisite: HUC 109: completion of 104, 106, 113, and 120. Additional Fee: $19.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms, abbreviations, and symbols related to this course
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate the procedure for preparation of forms for patient activities
  • Correctly maintain confidentiality of patient information
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for admission, transfer, and discharge orders
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate maintenance of patient charts
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for standing, standing prn, stat, one-time, and short series orders for medication and treatment orders
  • Correctly interpret and demonstrate procedures for physician orders to nursing staff and other hospital departments
  • Accurately complete pseudo patient charts

INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION IN THE HUC ROLE

HUC 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8143 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. Daily Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 1

Enables the student to describe and utilize good listening skills as a means of preventing and/or solving conflicts with a variety of people in different situations. The focus will also include developing skills for the role of the communicator for the nursing unit. The student will also be given the tools for developing and practicing assertive communication, interpersonal relationships, and confidentiality skills. Prerequisite: HUC 102. Additional Fee: $4.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Correctly define medical terms and abbreviations related to this unit of instruction
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities of the Health Unit Coordinator for effective communication skills
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities of the Health Unit Coordinator for interpersonal relationships when interacting with physicians, other hospital staff, patients, and visitors

ADVANCED COMMUNICATIONS APPLICATIONS IN THE HUC ROLE

HUC 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8153 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. MTTh Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 2

Improve communication among diverse culture and incorporate the relevant needs of culturally diverse groups in the medical field. Provide the student with an overview and understanding of the fundamentals of communication. Additional Fee: $9.50. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms, abbreviations, and symbols related to this course
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate the procedure for preparation of forms for patient activities
  • Correctly maintain confidentiality of patient information
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for admission, transfer, and discharge orders
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate maintenance of patient charts
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for standing, standing prn, stat, one-time, and short series orders for medication and treatment orders
  • Correctly interpret and demonstrate procedures for physician orders to nursing staff and other hospital departments
  • Accurately complete pseudo patient charts

UNIT MANAGEMENT

HUC 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8163 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. W Briggs, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Covers management responsibilities for the nursing unit, including time management and identification of possible fire and safety hazards on the nursing unit. Prerequisite: HUC 102; enrollment in HUC 106, 109, and 113. Additional Fee: $14.25. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms, abbreviations and symbols related to this unit of instruction
  • Accurately discuss hospital departments and describe the purpose of each
  • Accurately identify standard chart forms and requisitions, and describe the purpose of each
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities for transcribing, communicating, and preparation of forms for patient activities
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate methods used to maintain confidentiality of patient information
  • Accurately discuss the purpose of the patient chart and kardex / pathway
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for transcribing, communicating, and demonstrate maintenance procedures of patient’s chart
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for transcribing, communicating and demonstrate, admission, transfer and discharge procedures
  • Correctly describe the cause, treatment, prevention techniques, and ways of protection for the spread of AIDS
  • Accurately define standing, standing prn, stat, one-time, and short series orders for medication and treatment orders
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for interpreting and communicating physician’s orders
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for transcribing, communicating, and demonstrate ordering treatments from other hospital departments
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities for preparation and completion of fourteen pseudo patient charts

UNIT MANAGEMENT II

HUC 122

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8173 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. TW Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Focus is on cognitive knowledge for managing the nursing unit and developing communication skills using verbal and written communication. The student will develop leadership and performance skills by practicing classroom management. Prerequisites: Completion of HUC 113 and 120. Additional Fee: $14.25. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Correctly define medical terms and abbreviations related to this course
  • Accurately and effectively demonstrate verbal and written communication skills to convey information
  • Accurately discuss areas of management on the nursing unit in a hospital
  • Accurately define the term manage, as it relates to the duties of the Health Unit Coordinator
  • Accurately and effectively demonstrate leadership skills

LEGAL/ETHICAL ASPECTS OF UNIT COORDINATING

HUC 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8183 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. WF Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 2

Enables the student to identify legal elements that are necessary in regard to preparing legal documents, discussing hospital and patient confidentiality, or witnessing signatures on consents for treatment. The ethics of this profession will be explored and how to apply these ethics in professional behaviors. AIDS education, blood-borne pathogens, HIPAA and hepatitis information will also be covered. Prerequisites: Completion of HUC 102, 106, 109, 113, and 120; enrollment in HUC 112, 118, and 122. Additional Fee: $9.50. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms and abbreviations related to this module
  • Accurately discuss professional standards for health unit coordinators
  • Accurately describe and demonstrate ethical behavior

CLINICAL EXPERIENCE

HUC 132

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8193 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. Daily Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 7

Enables the student to use the cognitive and performance objectives from courses HUC 102 through 126 in the clinical setting. The focus is on preparation of a resume, employment application, and an employment interview. In order to participate in the clinical aspect of the program, students must receive a No Record on File report from the Washington State Patrol regarding Crimes Against Persons. Clinical hours vary from six to eight hours per day, four days a week. Students unable to complete course HUC 132 will have the option of completing clinical rotation with the next available program, on approval from the instructors, within six months. Prerequisite: Completion of HUC 102, 106, 109, 113, 120, 112, 122, and 126. Additional Fee: $14.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate basic skills and knowledge in professional behavior expected of a Health Unit Coordinator in the work place
  • Demonstrate responsibility and accountability for performance of non-clinical skills that are necessary in the hospital, clinic, extended care facility, and physician’s office
  • Accurately transcribe physician orders, utilizing knowledge of anatomy and physiology, medical terms and abbreviations
  • Demonstrate proficiency in meeting performance objectives in a clinical setting
  • Demonstrate effective communicate skills with patients, visitors, and members of the health care team
  • Accurately discuss and prepare a resume and employment application.
  • Accurately discuss strategies for planning and preparation for an employment interview

ECG MONITOR TECHNICIAN

HUC 204

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
81A3 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 6:15 p.m. 9:15 p.m. TWThF Perez, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

This course will examine basic cardiac function, normal and abnormal cardiac rhythms, etiology of arrhythmias and interpretation of EKG tracing. Class time will consist of lectures, identifying rhythms and group challenges. Cardiac rhythms can be relatively straight or amazingly confounding. Not to worry! The purpose of this course is to provide you with an excellent baseline understanding of both the simple and more complex rhythms.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe electrical activation of the normal heart related to EKG tracing
  • Implement a systematic approach to reading rhythm strips
  • Identify equipment required for cardiac monitoring
  • Understand the concept of paper time in order to calculate heart rate
  • Identify the Atrial and Ventricular rhythms
  • Describe or identify Precordial Shock or Cardioversion
  • Describe or identify EKG manifestations associated with Electrolyte changes and Ischemia

MEDICAL ASSISTANT THEORY & APPLICATION II

MAP 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3803 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 6 p.m. MTWTh Stroup, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 7

Caring for patients with disorders of the integumentary, musculoskeletal, and respiratory systems. Instruction will include anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, pharmacology, and terminology. Learn wound and burn care, assisting with sutures, and suture removal. The course also includes hands-on experience with fiberglass cast application and cast removal. Students will learn to use peak flow meters and small volume nebulizers. Learn and demonstrate asepsis and infection control, assist with minor office surgery, and assessment of pediatric patients. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all quarter 1 courses.

MEDICAL OFFICE PROCEDURES

MAP 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3813 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 6:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. MTWTh Stroup, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 6

Emphasis on customer service, within the health care field, while projecting and promoting a positive image of the profession and the office. This course also includes telephone techniques, chart management, business correspondence for the medical office, including preparation of cover letter and resume. Define law and ethics relating to the healthcare field focusing on components specific to medical assistants. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all Quarter 1 courses.

BODY SYSTEMS THEORY 102

MAP 147

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3843 0/20 Jan. 13, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. TTh Jones, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 4

Caring for patients with disorders associated with opthathmology and otolaryngology, pulmonary medicine, neurology and mental health, and cardiology. Instruction will include anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, pharmacology, and terminology. Prerequisites: Completion of MAP 121 and 124. Corequisites: MAP 163, 171 and 179.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Define and describe the structures and functions of the sensory system, pulmonary system, neurology & mental health and cardiovascular system
  • Identify the most common pathological conditions affecting the sensory system, pulmonary system, neurology & mental health and cardiovascular system
  • Specify drug classifications related to the sensory system, pulmonary system, neurology & mental health and cardiovascular system
  • Build, analyze, define, pronounce and spell words related to the sensory system, pulmonary system, neurology & mental health and cardiovascular system
  • Cite diagnostic procedures commonly used in the sensory system, pulmonary system, neurology & mental health and cardiovascular system

BODY SYSTEMS APPLICATIONS 102

MAP 163

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3853 0/20 Jan. 14, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. WF Jones, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 122

Credits: 3

Practice fundamental skills relating to Body Systems Theory 102. Skills include practicing care and usage of the otoscope, ear/eye exams, audiometry, peak flow meters and small volume nebulizers, and performing ECGs. Prerequisites: Completion of MAP’s 121 and 124. Co requisites: MAP 147, 171 and 179.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate the care and use of the ophthalmoscope and the otoscope
  • Perform audiometry testing and perform vision testing and record results
  • Demonstrate the use of a peak flow meter and small volume nebulizer
  • Obtain throat specimens for culturing, perform rapid strep A test
  • Perform a basic 12-lead electrocardiogram and mount an electrocardiogram strip for reading
  • Participate in mock clinic at assigned level

PREPARATION FOR EXTERNSHIP

MAP 167

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3823 0/25 Jan. 23, 2015 8 a.m. 3 p.m. F Keith, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 122

Credits: 2

Demonstrate competencies of entry-level skills acquired throughout the Medical Assistant Program. Each student will perform and must pass the following skills: urinalysis, hematocrit, blood pressure, workups, blood glucose check, audio and visual exam, electrocardiogram, telephone techniques within the medical office, and electronic record and chart management. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all first quarter courses through MAP 168, excluding MAP 221, 222, and 232. This course must be taken the quarter immediately prior to taking MAP 221. If more than one quarter passes before beginning the fifth quarter of the program, students will have to repeat this course. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $120.00. Hybrid.

AUTOMATED COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

MAP 171

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3863 0/20 Feb. 12, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TWThF Jones, M. TBD

Credits: 4

Practice fundamental skills relating to ICD9 and CPT coding using the computer. Included are computerized patient scheduling and procedures for accounts receivable management for both private patients and insurance companies. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MAP 182 and 184. Corequisites: MAP 166, 169, 179 and 213.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Covers the general flow of information in a medical office and the role that computers play
  • Input data, and use Medisoft software to simulate billing patients, filing claims, recording data, printing reports, and scheduling appointments
  • Introduce the topic of electronic health records

HEALTH INSURANCE, CODING PRACTICES & BILLING & COLLECTING

MAP 179

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3873 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TWThF Jones, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Acquire information regarding private and public insurance programs. Practice fundamental skills relating to ICD-9 and CPT coding using the computer and specific software. Includes patient scheduling and procedures for accounts receivable management for both private patients and insurance companies. Prerequisite: Completion of MAP 182 and 184. Corequisites: MAP 147, 163 and 171

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify and describe types of medical insurance, including group, individual and government-sponsored (public) health benefit plans and explain the differences between them
  • Explain the system of Managed Care and how this concept legally and ethically affects patient care
  • Outline the fundamentals of insurance billing, including the information required on a medical claim form and explain why each piece of information is needed
  • List and discuss the two major coding systems used to describe diseases, injuries and procedures in the medical practice environment and describe the relationship between coding and reimbursement
  • Identify and/or perform patient scheduling & billing procedures including payment at time of service, credit policy, and manual billing methods and cite the legal considerations in extending credit and credit collection

Invasives

MAP 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3893 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Keith, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 122

Credits: 4

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Define and spell the key terms
  • Obtain blood specimens by venipuncture as instructed in previous course
  • Obtain blood specimens utilizing the butterfly collection system
  • Calculate drug dosages using the ratio-proportion formula with estimation components
  • Prepare an injection
  • Administer intradermal, subcutaneous, and intramuscular injections
  • Administer an intramuscular injection using the Z-track method
  • Calculate drug dosages using the ratio-proportion formula
  • Observe patient safety and comfort
  • Follow Universal/Standard Precautions
  • Participate in mock clinic at assigned level

Externship

MAP 215

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
38A3 0/20 Jan. 20, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Keith, L. Arranged

Credits: 8

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Participate as a member of the health care team on a student medical assistant level
  • Demonstrate principles of professional appearance, conduct, and attendance according to program standards
  • Apply both administrative and clinical basic knowledge to patient care
  • Use Universal/Standard Precautions in the delivery of patient care
  • Use criticism to improve performance
  • Maintain patient confidentiality

COMMUNITY EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES AND LOCATIONS

MAP 222

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3833 0/20 March 18, 2015 10 a.m. 3 p.m. MWThF Stroup, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 1

Locate the major medical employers (including hospitals) in the student’s community, along with their human resource department. This course also includes interviewing techniques, updating your resume, and methods of applying for employment through a variety of sources. Prerequisites: Co-requisites: MAPs 215 and 210. Additional Fee: $29.75. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify the major medical employers in the community
  • Locate employment opportunities through the newspaper, internet, employment agencies, etc
  • Identify human resource department for large healthcare employers
  • Update cover letter and resume in preparation for job searching, along with participate in mock interview process
  • Complete forms to exit program and prepare for national certification exam

ANATOMY PHYSIOLOGY AND PATHOLOGY I

MASST110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1203 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 9 a.m. 11:30 a.m. TTh Slegers, E. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 5

Introduces the student to anatomy and physiology, cytology, integumentary, osteology, mycology and the nervous system. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • MASST 110
  • Demonstrate knowledge of normal Anatomy and Physiology
  • Demonstrate knowledge of pathological changes
  • Demonstrate how these systems relate to massage therapy

DEEP TISSUE MASSAGE THEORY

MASST133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1213 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 11:30 a.m. MW Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 4

Introduces the student to a variety of massage treatment techniques, providing groundwork for clinical massage applications. Indications, contraindications, and treatment modifications will be identified and discussed. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 114 and MASST 117. MASST 133 must be taken concurrently with MASST 134. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform a posture and gait analysis, identifying asymmetries, and factors that could lead to posture and gait deviations
  • Explain indications and contraindications for various massage techniques and modalities
  • Identify sites of caution and the structures within
  • Explain why a specific deep tissue massage technique would be used to best serve their clients

DEEP TISSUE MASSAGE PRACTICE

MASST134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1223 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 12:15 p.m. 3:30 p.m. MW Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 4

Building on the massage techniques learned in Swedish massage theory and practice, students become proficient in a variety of deep tissue techniques. Prerequisite: Completion of MASST 114 and MASST 117. MASST 134 must be taken concurrently with MASST 133

Course Outcomes

  • Perform and document a postural and gait analysis
  • Demonstrate and apply deep tissue massage techniques
  • Determine treatment protocol to safely perform massage on a variety of clients in a variety of settings

COMPLEMENTARY MASSAGE MODALITIES II

MASST136

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1233 0/20 Jan. 9, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. F Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 2

Introduces the student to a variety of massage modalities that can be safely integrated into a massage practice. Modalities covered include pregnancy massage, sports massage, and hydrotherapy, including hot stone massage. Indications, contraindications, and treatment modifications will be identified. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 114 and MASST 117. Additional Fee: $85.00

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the treatment modifications for pregnant clients bases upon a variety of variables
  • Apply hydrotherapy in a safe and effective manner
  • Recognize common indications and contraindications for the modality that they are using

KINESIOLOGY: HEAD AND NECK

MASST137

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1243 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 12:15 p.m. 3:30 p.m. TTh Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 1

Continue the study of movement. This course builds upon the principles and skills for locating and identifying bony landmarks and muscles of the head and neck, using palpation techniques, movement, and anatomical terminology. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 126. Additional Fee: $85.00

Course Outcomes

  • Use proper anatomical terminology to explain movements and relationships between different body areas
  • Identify and palpate muscles of the head and neck by origin, insertion, fiber direction and actions
  • Demonstrate safe, effective and professional palpation skills

MASSAGE BUSINESS AND ETHICS II

MASST144

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1253 0/20 Jan. 28, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. MW Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 2

Learn and demonstrate a variety of successful business strategies, from marketing to record keeping, in addition to becoming knowledgeable regarding state and local laws that govern massage therapy in Washington State. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 143. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Develop a winning business brochure and card
  • Create a marketing presentation for a specific target market
  • Set up office files, furnishings and supplies
  • Students will write and review both a resume and cover letter
  • Students will know and understand state and local laws as they pertain to massage therapy

KINESIOLOGY: LOWER EXTREMITY

MASST146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1263 0/20 Jan. 29, 2015 12:15 p.m. 3:30 p.m. TTh Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 2

Continue the study of movement. This course builds upon the principles and skills for locating and identifying bony landmarks and muscles of the lower extremity using palpation techniques, movement and anatomical terminology. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 126. Additional Fee: $85.00

Course Outcomes

  • Use proper anatomical terminology to explain movements and relationships between different body areas
  • Identify and palpate muscles of the lower extremity by origin, insertion, fiber direction and actions
  • Demonstrate safe, effective and professional palpation skills

MASSAGE CLINIC I

MASST162

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1273 0/20 Feb. 13, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. F Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 2

Gain first-hand knowledge and experience by running a massage clinic. In addition to providing relaxation and deep-tissue massage, each student will also have an opportunity to experience the more administrative positions in a clinic by rotating through the positions of receptionist, cashier and scheduling manager. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 114 and MASST 117. Student must have current First Aid/CPR certification and must have completed a minimum of four hours HIV-AIDS training. Students must have a report from the Washington State Patrol. Some results from the background check may prevent individuals from participating in the student clinic. Additional Fee: $64.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform an effective and quality Swedish massage on public client
  • Gather health and injury information from client in a timely manner
  • Chart sessions in a timely manner
  • Set up a massage business with appropriate money handling procedures and record keeping

FUNDAMENTALS OF ARITHMETIC

MAT 060

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W15 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 14, Rm. 104
5W12 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 14, Rm. 104
5W14 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 14, Rm. 104
5W16 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 14, Rm. 104
5W13 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 14, Rm. 104

Credits: 5

Comprehensive instruction in basic arithmetic including whole numbers, fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages. Math vocabulary and problem solving strategies and approaches are taught. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score is required.

Course Outcomes

  • Understand whole numbers and their place value system.
  • Use standard notation, expanded notation, and word name to express whole numbers.
  • Understand and perform the basic operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication and division of whole numbers.
  • Apply the rules of rounding-off when estimating appropriate answers.
  • Understand the fractional parts of whole numbers and apply the concept in real-life applications.
  • Use the basic operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to solve fractional problems.
  • Understand and identify place value.
  • Use the basic operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to solve decimal problems.
  • Understand and solve conversions between decimals and fractions.
  • Understand percent word problems and perform conversions from decimal to percent; percent to decimal; and percent to fraction.
  • Use a ratio to compare quantities.
  • Determine whether a portion is a true portion.
  • Analyze and solve everyday problems that involve unit pricing, rate of discount and sales tax.
  • Become familiar with computer-assisted learning skills. {Skills Tutor}.

MATH FOR MEDICAL SPECIALTY

MAT 072

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8863 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. Daily Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 4

Emphasis on fractions, combined percentages, metric, apothecary measurements and conversions, Roman numerals and dosage calculation formulas. Self-paced lab. (For hemodialysis students only). Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score is required. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Students will be able to solve story problems involving the metric system, roman numerals, and calculate percentages and convert fractions
  • Use math skills to calculate UFR goals and program machines for dialysis patients
  • Demonstrate dosage and medicine calculations with emphasis using apothecary measurements

PRE-ALGEBRA

MAT 082

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W28 0/0 Jan. 10, 2015 9 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Sa Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W27 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 1:30 p.m. 3:50 p.m. TTh Lingenfelter, R. South Hill Campus Room 107
5W26 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TWTh Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W25 0/0 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Schmeling, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 208
5W24 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 6:30 p.m. 8:50 p.m. TTh Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W23 0/0 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 6:20 p.m. MW Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W21 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Mollas, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
5W20 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Mollas, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
5W19 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Mollas, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
5W18 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 14, Rm. 208
5W22 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 16, Rm. 202
5W17 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Sandoval, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 5

Covers basic operations with whole numbers, fractions, decimals, percentages, ratios and proportions, signed numbers, algebraic expressions, linear equations, order of operations, basic geometry, units of measurement, and introduction to statistics. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 60 is required. Sections 5W17, 5W18, and 5W19 are web enhanced.

Note:

The classes below are bucket math classes. These courses are self-paced labs, which gives students the opportunity to finish the course in a higher math than what they started in based upon the amount of work achieved by the students. These are ideal for those needing the extra help, since these classes also have assigned tutors.;

Bucket Classes:: 5W26, 5W27, 5W22, 5W23, 5W24, 5W25.

Course Outcomes

  • Use basic operations to solve whole number problems
  • Use basic operations to solve decimal problems
  • Use basic operations to solve fraction problems
  • Solve problems using ratios and proportions
  • Solve percentage problems
  • Understand and use the metric system of measurement
  • Understand and use the United States conventional system of measurement
  • Apply problem solving strategies to solve word problems
  • Understand and use basic geometry
  • Understand and do some basic statistics

INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA

MAT 091

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W40 0/0 Jan. 10, 2015 9 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Sa Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W39 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 1:30 p.m. 3:50 p.m. TTh Lingenfelter, R. South Hill Campus Room 107
5W38 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TWTh Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W35 0/0 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Schmeling, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 208
5W37 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 6:30 p.m. 8:50 p.m. TTh Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W36 0/0 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 6:20 p.m. MW Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W33 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W32 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Sandoval, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 113
5W31 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Sandoval, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 113
5W34 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Schmeling, L. Online
5W29 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Sandoval, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 113
5W30 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. Daily Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Develops algebraic topics including algebraic expressions, solving linear equations and inequalities, coordinate graphing, systems of equations, polynomials, factoring and introduction to rational expressions. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 082 is required.

Note:

The classes below are bucket math classes. These courses are self-paced labs, which gives students the opportunity to finish the course in a higher math than what they started in based upon the amount of work achieved by the students. These are ideal for those needing the extra help, since these classes also have assigned tutors.;

Bucket Classes: 5W38, 5W39, 5W37, 5W36.

Course Outcomes

  • Apply order of operations to simplify or evaluate algebraic expressions
  • Solve linear equations and inequalities
  • Understand and use roots and exponents
  • Use basic operations to simplify polynomials
  • Graph linear equations and inequalities
  • Solve linear systems
  • Apply basic operations to rational expressions

INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

MAT 099

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W48 0/0 Jan. 10, 2015 9 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Sa Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W45 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TWTh Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W47 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 1:30 p.m. 3:50 p.m. TTh Lingenfelter, R. South Hill Campus Room 107
5W43 0/0 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Schmeling, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 208
5W46 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 6:30 p.m. 8:50 p.m. TTh Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W44 0/0 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 6:20 p.m. MW Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W42 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Schmeling, L. Online
5W41 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 15, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Expands on algebraic topics including solving equations and inequalities, graphing of linear and nonlinear equations, and rational expressions. Develops topics including roots and radicals; solving absolute value equations and inequalities; solving quadratic, exponential and logarithmic equations; and introduction to functions. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91. Additional Fee: $23.75.

Note:

The classes below are bucket math classes. These courses are self-paced labs, which gives students the opportunity to finish the course in a higher math than what they started in based upon the amount of work achieved by the students. These are ideal for those needing the extra help, since these classes also have assigned tutors.;

Bucket Classes:: 5W44, 5W45, 5W46, 5W47.

Course Outcomes

  • Solve multiple step equations and inequalities
  • Simplify radical expressions
  • Solve radical equations
  • Solve quadratic equations
  • Graph linear and quadratic functions
  • Recognize and graph exponential functions
  • Solve exponential and logarithmic equations
  • Solve nonlinear systems

MATH FOR INDUSTRIAL PROFESSIONS

MAT 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0515 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 14, Rm. 208
0516 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 16, Rm. 113

Credits: 5

Develops elements of algebra, geometry, metric measure, and trigonometry to calculate areas, volumes, and angles for polygonal objects, objects with smooth curves, and composite objects. With applications to material strength, tapers, pulleys, gears, screw threads, and elementary engines. Scientific calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform basic mathematical operations that require problem solving and critical thinking skills
  • Express mathematical ideas orally and in writing by using appropriate mathematical terminology/symbols; read, understand, evaluate, and solve mathematical expressions and relations
  • Use estimation to check the reasonableness of results, especially those obtained by technology
  • Solve algebraic equations, use formulas, calculate areas and volumes, and apply trigonometric functions to solve problems that have real-world application
  • Recognize similarities and discriminate differences among mathematical expressions and relations
  • Recognize connections between mathematical areas like algebra, geometry, and trigonometry, and their applications to industrial disciplines

BUSINESS MATHEMATICS

MAT 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0518 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online
0519 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 16, Rm. 202
0517 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 03, Rm. 205

Credits: 5

Develops elements of algebra applied to percentages, markup and markdown, discounts, payroll, and simple and compound interest. Scientific calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Perform basic mathematical operations that require problem solving and critical thinking skills
  • Express mathematical ideas orally and in writing by using appropriate terminology/ symbology; read, understand, and evaluate mathematical expressions and statements involving mathematical expressions
  • Use estimation to check the reasonableness of results, especially those obtained by technology
  • solve algebraic equations, use formulas, and solve problems that have business related applications
  • Recognize relationships and discriminate differences among mathematical expressions
  • Recognize connections between mathematical areas like basic mathematics, algebra, statistics and their applications to business disciplines
  • Define and identify arithmetic, algebraic, and statistical terms and apply problem-solving skills involving them

MATH FOR HEALTH OCCUPATIONS

MAT 108

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0522 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online
0521 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 03, Rm. 205
0520 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 03, Rm. 205

Credits: 5

Develops elements of algebra including quadratic equations with real roots and unit conversion processes applied to U. S. and metric measure, calculation of dosages and intravenous infusions. Covers solutions and dilutions, elementary chemical calculations, and elementary non-linear functions. Scientific calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform mathematical operations that require problem solving and critical thinking skills
  • Express mathematical, physical, and chemical ideas orally and in writing by using appropriate mathematical terminology/symbols; read, understand, and evaluate mathematical expressions and physical and chemical statements
  • Use computation, estimation, and ratios to solve problems and check the reasonableness of these results
  • Solve algebraic equations, use formulas, and solve problems that have health related program application
  • Recognize relationships and discriminate differences among mathematical, physical, and chemical expressions and relations
  • Recognize connections between mathematical areas via basic mathematics, algebra, and statistics, and their applications to other disciplines
  • Define and identify arithmetic, algebraic, statistical, physical, and chemical terms and apply problem-solving skills involving them

MATH FOR NON-SCIENCE MAJORS

MAT 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0523 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online

Credits: 5

Covers a variety of topics including probability, statistics, finance, modeling, sets and counting, matrix operations, and exponential and logarithmic functions. Graphing calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 99. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform mathematical operations that require problem solving and critical thinking skills
  • Express mathematical ideas orally and in writing by using appropriate mathematical terminology/symbols; read, understand, evaluate, and solve mathematical expressions and relations
  • Use estimation to check the reasonableness of results, especially those obtained by technology solve algebraic equations; calculate probabilities, make inferences based on elementary statistical methods, solve problems involving simple and compound interest, solve problems involving exponential and logarithmic functions
  • Recognize similarities and discriminate differences among mathematical expressions and relations
  • Recognize connections between mathematical areas like algebra, set theory, probability, and statistics
  • Apply arithmetic, algebraic, and transcendental expressions, equations, and functions to solve problems in finance, exponential growth and decay, and logarithmic scales

PRE CALCULUS I

MATH&141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0524 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Schmeling, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 208

Credits: 5

Covers linear, quadratic, polynomial, rational, absolute value, exponential, logarithmic, and inverse functions and equations; composite functions, linear and quadratic inequalities, graphs of functions, relations, and inequalities; and graphic transformations. Introduces limits, linear and quadratic curve fitting, and mathematical modeling including exponential growth and decay. Graphing calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 99. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform mathematical operations that require problem solving and critical thinking skills
  • Express mathematical ideas orally and in writing by using appropriate mathematical terminology/symbols; read, understand, and evaluate mathematical expressions
  • Use computation and estimation to solve problems and check the reasonableness of these results, especially those obtained by technology
  • Solve algebraic and transcendental equations and inequalities, graph algebraic and transcendental functions, and solve problems involving polynomial, rational, exponential, and logarithmic functions that have real-world application
  • Recognize similarities and discriminate differences among mathematical expressions and relations
  • Recognize connections between algebraic and transcendental expressions and relations and their applications to other disciplines
  • Define and identify algebraic and transcendental expressions and relations and apply problem-solving skills involving them

PRE CALCULUS 2

MATH&142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0526 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Schmeling, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 208
0525 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Staff Online

Credits: 5

Covers circular, trigonometric, and inverse-trigonometric functions and graphs; trigonometric and inverse trigonometric identities; trigonometric equations; vectors and elementary vector operations; De Moivre’s theorem and equations with complex solutions; and polar and parametric equations and their graphs. Graphing calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MATH& 141 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform mathematical operations that require problem solving and critical thinking skills
  • Express mathematical ideas orally and in writing by using appropriate mathematical terminology/symbols; read, understand, and evaluate mathematical expressions
  • Use computation and estimation to solve problems and check the reasonableness of these results, especially those obtained by technology
  • Solve trigonometric, vector, parametric, and polar equations and inequalities, and systems of equations and inequalities and apply skills involving these to real-world applications
  • Recognize similarities and discriminate differences among mathematical expressions and relations
  • Recognize connections between expressions and relations specific to trigonometric, vector, parametric, polar, and matrix forms and their applications to other disciplines
  • Define and identify trigonometric, vector, parametric, polar, and matrix expressions and relations and apply problem-solving skills involving them

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS

MATH&146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0527 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 4:50 p.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 16, Rm. 113
0543 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online

Credits: 5

Descriptive and inferential statistics, including measures of central tendency, dispersion or variation, and skewness. The student is introduced to basic concepts in probability, as well as discrete and continuous probability distribution functions. Statistical inference includes sampling, elementary experimental design, and hypothesis testing using normal, Student’s t, and F-distributions; linear regression and correlation; and the chi-square distribution. Graphing calculator is required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 099 is required. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Compute and apply measures of central tendency and dispersion
  • Construct Statistical charts, tables, and graphs
  • Perform elementary computations in probability; mutually exclusive and complementary events, statistical independence, conditionality, and rules of addition and multiplication
  • Apply the central limit theorem to hypothesis testing and determination of confidence limits
  • Demonstrate facility with discrete probability distributions including the general, binomial, and hypergeometric
  • Describe parameters of the Gaussian Distribution and their use in problem solving
  • Clearly delineate the steps of hypothesis testing and their applications
  • Estimate population parameters with sample statistics
  • Perform hypothesis testing for comparison of means, variances, proportions, as well as for single population means and proportions
  • Perform linear regression analysis, including fitting regression lines and interpreting linear correlation coefficients
  • Communicate problems, methods of solution, and their reasonableness to a diverse audience of technically oriented people

SHOP SAFETY

MCH 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7803 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 2

Provides an overview of the program, orientation to shop procedures, and the responsibilities associated with personal safety and the safety of others. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $39.50

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly apply machine shop rules, regulations and procedures
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to recognize safe and unsafe work practices in a shop
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to perform their job in a manner that is safe for themselves and for other workers

SHOP MATH/BLUEPRINT

MCH 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7813 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Provides a review of basic arithmetic, using addition, subtraction, fractions, and decimal fractions. Study of drawings and prints, and an overview of basic measuring tools. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to perform basic arithmetic
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to describe what a print is, parts of a print, and line usage
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify, select, and properly use basic measuring tools

SHOP MATH/BLUEPRINT II

MCH 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78R3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 6 p.m. 9:45 p.m. MTWTh Staff Bldg. 25, Rm. 105
7843 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Provides study of basic geometry concepts and introduction to calculators. Advanced study of prints and reading of machine details. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly apply basic geometry concepts
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to perform basic operations on calculators
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify and apply machine details on prints

SHOP MATH/BLUEPRINT III

MCH 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7873 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

An introduction to trigonometric functions, practical machine mathematical applications, the Cartesian coordinate system, geometric dimensioning, and tolerancing. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to perform and apply right triangle trigonometric functions
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to assess and perform practical machine mathematical operations
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to define the meaning of geometric symbols on a print

SHOP MACHINE AND TOOLS

MCH 111

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7823 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Use and care of hand and machine tools used in measurement, layout and inspection. Beginning machine tool operation of pedestal grinders, drill presses and power saws. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly select and use various hand tools, properly, and in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly operate drilling machines in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly operate power saws in a safe manner

LATHES I

MCH 117

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78S3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 6 p.m. 9:45 p.m. MTWTh Staff Bldg. 25, Rm. 105
7833 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Progressively difficult operations on lathes with emphasis on setups, speeds and feeds, turning, facing, grooving, threading, and tapers. Actual turning jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to operate Lathes & Mills in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly identify and state the purpose of the main parts of a Lathe and Milling Machine
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly use lathe and milling machine Cutting Tools

SAFETY IN THE WORKPLACE

MCH 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7853 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Progressively difficult operations on milling machines, with emphasis on setups, speeds and feeds, end milling, side milling, shell milling, drilling, and tapping. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to operate Lathes & Mills in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly identify and state the purpose of the main parts of a Lathe and Milling Machine
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly use lathe and milling machine Cutting Tools

LATHES & MILLS II

MCH 122

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7863 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 8

Intermediate calculations and machining operations with emphasis on accessories for lathes and milling machines. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $68.00

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly operate Lathes & Mills in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to calculate the proper speeds and feeds for lathes and milling machines
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly identify and state the purpose of various lathe and milling accessories
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to perform and apply intermediate calculations and setups on lathes and mills

LATHES & MILLS III

MCH 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7883 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 10

Progressively advanced turning and milling techniques with emphasis placed on precision setup using geometric dimensioning and tolerancing. Actual machining jobs from industry may be utilized. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $77.50

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly operate Lathes & Mills in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to perform and apply advanced calculations and setups on lathes and mills
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly machine internal diameters, groves, and threads, on a lathe

LATHES & MILLS IV

MCH 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78A3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 8

Progressively advanced turning and milling techniques with emphasis placed on the use of all shop equipment to complete advanced precision projects. Actual machining jobs from industry may be utilized. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $68.00

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly operate Lathes & Mills in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly perform indexing operations on milling machines
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly perform taper turning on a lathe
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly perform gear-cutting operations on milling machines

SURFACE GRINDING

MCH 129

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7893 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 4

Progressively difficult grinding operations with emphasis on surface grinding, mounting, dressing and truing grinding machine wheels. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $49.00

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to operate surface grinders surface grinders in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly identify major component parts of a surface grinding machine
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to select the correct grinding wheel for each type of work material
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly true and dress a grinding wheel on the surface grinder
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly set-up and operate a surface grinder

TOOL & CUTTER GRINDER

MCH 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78B3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Progressively difficult tool and cutter grinding with emphasis on milling cutters, reamers and form tools. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $53.75

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to operate the universal tool and cutter grinder in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly identify and state the purposes of the main parts of a tool and cutter grinder
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly define milling cutter nomenclature
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to select the proper grinding wheel to be used for each type of cutter
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly set up and operate a tool and cutter grinder
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly grind clearance angles on end milling cutters and reamers

CATIA I

MCH 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78M3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Gain introductory knowledge of 3D and parametric design using CATIA V5 software to create basic parts and assemblies in solids and wireframe. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $53.75. Hybrid.

INTRODUCTION TO CNC

MCH 202

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78C3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 7

Introduction to CNC programming software and setups using CAD/CAM interfacing and project milling, drilling and lathe turning. Actual machining jobs from industry may be utilized. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $63.25. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify safe and unsafe CNC (Computer Numerical Control) machining procedures
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify the fundamentals of CNC (Computer Numerical Control)
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to perform CNC machining setups
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to apply basic NC programming
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to apply basic CAD/CAM

CATIA II

MCH 203

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78N3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Build upon modeling and parametric design using CATIA V5 software to apply graphic skills to create parts, assemblies and profiles in solids and wireframe. Additional Fee: $44.25. Hybrid.

CATIA III

MCH 206

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78P3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Apply more advanced modeling and parametric design using CATIA V5 software to create complex parts and assemblies in solids and wireframes. Additional Fee: $44.25. Hybrid.

MEASUREMENT INSPECTION & EQUIPMENT

MCH 211

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78D3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 10

Understanding and operating Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machinery. Writing programs and manual data input. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $77.50. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify safe and unsafe CNC (Computer Numerical Control) machining procedures
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to apply intermediate Programming Fundamentals
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to plan an efficient and safe program with proper sequencing
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to execute a program at the machine
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to define the meanings of various G & M codes as related to CNC machining

ADVANCED CNC

MCH 216

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78H3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 12

Progressively advanced CNC machining techniques with emphasis placed on program troubleshooting and increased production. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $87.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify safe and unsafe CNC (Computer Numerical Control) machining procedures
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to apply advanced programming fundamentals
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to apply the use of multiple tools through manual programming and CAD/CAM software
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to construct 2D & 3D CAD (Computer Aided Design) geometry
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to complete assigned projects applying Mastercam software in design and manufacturing

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

MCH 219

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78F3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 4

Covers writing a resume, researching employers and job search techniques. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $49.00

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will complete a working resume
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will identify career opportunities
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will research potential employers
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will contact employers and setup a field trip

INSPECTION TECHNIQUES

MCH 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78G3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Proper use of inspection tools and equipment. Emphasis is on applied use of geometric dimensioning and tolerancing, with use of granite layout surfaces. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to measure heights using a vernier height gage
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to measure heights using gage blocks
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to make angular measurements to an accuracy of 5’ (minutes) of a degree using a sine bar, gage blocks, and a dial indicator
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to demonstrate methods of comparison measurement
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to apply measurement using various gages

METALLURGY & HEAT TREATMENT

MCH 229

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78J3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 4

Provides insight into the study of the properties and compositions of metals. Emphasis is on heat treatment of metals. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $49.00

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to define six properties of metals
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify the effect of alloying elements on steel
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify nonferrous metals used in industry
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to select the proper grade of steel for a work piece
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to harden and temper a carbon-steel work piece

MANUFACTURING RESOURCES & RESEARCH

MCH 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78K3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 4

Study of resources for machining information with emphasis on methods of research. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $49.00

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will identify Thread Classifications as they apply to the machinist trade
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to research information as needed regarding Three Methods of Calculating Threads, Bolt Circles, and Indexing Head Rotations
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to research information as needed regarding Threads and Tools Used for Methods of Measurement
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to research information as needed regarding Alternate Manufacturing Methods, EDM, Laser, Injection Molding, Extrusion Molding

TRAINING & PRACTICE

MCH 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78Q3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105
78L3 0/18 Jan. 5, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 15

Special instruction to suit the individual’s needs. Repeated enrollment ensures progressively advanced training. The number of times one may enroll is based on the student’s needs, and is at the instructor’s advisement. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will complete special individualized, competency-based training, in an area of instruction as determined by the instructor

CLINICAL EXPERIENCE II

MLT 235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4803 0/15 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Daily Guinn, D. Off Campus

Credits: 9

Continues the clinical training begun in MLT 232. Students continue for six weeks of training (either five eight-hour days each week or four nine-hour days each week), rotating through those departments not yet experienced and continuing to meet objectives listed in the MLT 232 syllabus. Some clinical sites may assign 1-2 weeks of either swing or night shift as part of the clinical phase. As in MLT 232, staff of the affiliated laboratory directly supervises students, and there is ongoing contact with the instructor in the form of bi-weekly site visits, as well as Wednesday afternoon class sessions. This course is offered winter quarter. Prerequisite: MLT 232

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Collect and process biological specimens for analysis
  • Perform analytical tests on body fluids, cells, and products
  • Recognize factors that affect procedures and results, taking appropriate actions within predetermined limits when corrections are indicated
  • Monitor quality control within predetermined limits
  • Perform preventive and corrective maintenance of equipment and instruments or refer to appropriate source for repairs
  • Demonstrate professional conduct and interpersonal communication skills with patients, laboratory personnel, other healthcare professionals and with the public
  • Recognize the responsibilities of other laboratory and health care personnel and interact with them with respect for their jobs and patient care
  • Apply basic scientific principles in learning new techniques and procedures
  • Relate laboratory findings to tie diagnosis and treatment of diseases and conditions
  • Recognize and act upon individual needs for continuing education as a function of growth and maintenance of professional competence

CLINICAL EXPERIENCE III

MLT 236

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4813 0/15 Feb. 17, 2015 Arranged Arranged Daily Guinn, D. Off Campus

Credits: 7

Complete the clinical training begun in MLT 232 and 235. Students complete five more weeks of training (either five eight-hour days or four nine-hour days each week), completing the remainder of the objectives in the MLT 232 syllabus. Some clinical sites may also assign 1-2 weeks of either swing or night shift as part of the clinical phase. This course is offered winter quarter. Prerequisite: MLT 235

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Collect and process biological specimens for analysis
  • Perform analytical tests on body fluids, cells, and products
  • Recognize factors that affect procedures and results, taking appropriate actions within predetermined limits when corrections are indicated
  • Monitor quality control within predetermined limits
  • Perform preventive and corrective maintenance of equipment and instruments or refer to appropriate source for repairs
  • Demonstrate professional conduct and interpersonal communication skills with patients, laboratory personnel, other healthcare professionals and with the public
  • Apply basic scientific principles in learning new techniques and procedures
  • Apply basic scientific principles in learning new techniques and procedures
  • Relate laboratory findings to the diagnosis and treatment of diseases and conditions
  • Recognize and act upon individual needs for continuing education as a function of growth and maintenance of professional competence

PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF CLEANING AND DISINFECTION

MMN 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8303 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 3 p.m. TWTh Wagers, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 107

Credits: 6

Classroom and laboratory experience in the fundamentals of cleaning and disinfection. Topics include water quality, water purification systems, chemical cleaning and disinfecting agents, handling and transporting of patient care equipment, and general cleaning protocols for instruments and equipment. The proper and safe handling of infectious waste is included. Web enhanced. Prerequisite: MMN 103, 106, 109, 124. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75% be able to identify the fundamental concepts of cleaning, decontamination, and disinfection. Differentiate the differences between the three processes
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, identify various chemicals and their properties as used in cleaning, decontamination, and disinfection Identify the appropriate chemicals to use for a variety of situations and materials
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, the internet, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, be able to decontaminate all types of equipment, including instruments, powered equipment, and endoscopes. An understanding of various washers/decontaminators will be demonstrated
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, be able to identify factors that impact water quality and their effects on common materials found in the Central Service Department
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, be able to explain the basics of distillation, deionization, and reverse osmosis water purification systems, including the effects of each
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, have an understanding of the safety and prevention issues associated with the chemicals and equipment used in the decontamination process
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, explain the management of infectious waste

PRINCIPLES & PRACTICES OF STERILIZATION

MMN 129

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8313 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 3 p.m. TWTh Wagers, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 107

Credits: 6

Classroom and laboratory experience in the packaging, assembly, and sterilization of procedural trays, instrument sets, and sterile supplies. Major topics include methods of high- and low-temperature sterilization, sterilization chemicals, and packaging materials. Guidelines for point of use processing are discussed. Operations, parameters, and maintenance of various sterilizers are included, as well as monitoring of the sterilization process and quality control. Proper storage and storage concerns for sterile supplies are included. Prerequisite: MMN 103, 106, 109, 124, 126. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, identify and explain the various methods of high and low temperature sterilization, and the parameters, advantages, disadvantages, and safety concerns associated with each
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, demonstrate the knowledge and skills of proper loading, operation, and unloading of various sterilizers in the lab
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, be able to identify the principles and methods of packaging and types of packaging materials. The student will demonstrate proper packaging and wrapping of various items for the appropriate method of sterilization
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, lab and clinical practice, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, demonstrate knowledge of special considerations for proper storage and handling of sterile supplies
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, lab and clinical practice, the student will at a minimum level of 70%, explain the differences in properties and usage of chemical, biological, and technical control indicators. The importance of thorough record keeping will be learned

MATERIEL MANAGEMENT/CENTRAL SERVICE APPLICATIONS

MMN 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8323 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 3 p.m. TWTh Wagers, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 107

Credits: 4

Overview of the handling and distribution of materiels in a medical facility. Inventory management, replenishment methods, and tracking systems are included. Students become familiar with quality assurance measures and techniques. Prerequisite: MMN 103, 106, 109, 124, 126, 129. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, identify the essential principles associated with the distribution of supplies and equipment. Identify and explain the differences among the various replenishment systems found in healthcare
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, define terms associated with inventory management and identify key principles associated with inventory control
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, the internet, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, be able to differentiate between disposable and reusable items
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, identify available tracking methods and the purpose of tracking instruments and equipment
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, understand the definition of quality. Identify the different quality control methods available, who the customers are, and what impact customer service has in the healthcare setting
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, describe the differences in guidelines for Ambulatory Surgery Centers and VA facilities as they compare to guidelines for other acute hospitals

JOB SKILLS

MMN 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8333 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. M Wagers, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 107

Credits: 1

Using the online classroom, this self-paced hybrid course will guide the student to prepare a resume, cover letter, and application. Interviewing tips and techniques will be covered, as well as the online application process. Students will return to the classroom the last two to three days of the class to demonstrate clear understanding of the process and to be given job search information. Hybrid. Prerequisite: Completion of MMN 103, 106, 109, 124, 126, 129, 131.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Utilizing handouts, the internet, and online discussion, the student will prepare a letter of introduction, a resume, and a thank you letter
  • Utilizing handouts, lecture, the internet, and discussion, the student will demonstrate an understanding of the interview process, including appropriate conduct before, during, and after, as well as knowledge of appropriate dress and posture
  • Utilizing the internet, newspapers, and other resources, the student will provide current job market information for positions available to them relative to the training the program has provided
  • MMN 213
  • Participate as a member of the health care team on a student level
  • Demonstrate principles of professional appearance, conduct, and attendance according to program standards
  • Apply Central Service, Sterile Processing, and Materiel Management concepts to clinical practice
  • Use Standard Precautions at all times
  • Utilize criticism to improve performance
  • Maintain confidentiality of patients, staff, peers and health care facility

FUNDAMENTALS OF WELDING FOR NON WELDING MAJOR

MS 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0973 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Black, C. South Hill Campus Room 115

Credits: 5

Identify, perform or witness various basic welding processes for prospective visual and non-destructive inspectors. Additional Fee: $ 45.00

FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPOSITES FOR THE NON-COMPOSITE MAJOR

MS 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0983 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Staff South Hill Campus Room 115

Credits: 4

Introduces the various kinds of composite parts. Explore the different types of resin, matrices, fibers, cores and laminates. Explore their mechanical properties and the advantages of each type of composite structures. Covers the layup, winding, molding, curing and repair of composite parts. Explore the role of NDT in testing composite parts after fabrication and after repair and the kinds of defects found. Additional Fee: $45.00

BLUEPRINT READING FUNDAMENTALS

MS 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0993 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Black, C. South Hill Campus Room 115

Credits: 3

Covers basic lines and views of drawings, identifying and interpreting weld and fabrication symbols, and locating NDT requirements. Additional Fee: $ 25.00

MUSIC APPRECIATION

MUSC&105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0544 0/30 Jan. 8, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Arranged Online

Credits: 5

Learn about elements of music, that is, the building blocks: pitch, melody, harmony, rhythm, texture, timbre and dynamics. Study the evolution of music through the ages. This will not be a music history class, but rather an investigation of how music changed through time. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/ SLEP score; or successful completion of ENG 094 is required. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Read and explain selected portions of a printed program from a formal symphony, choral, wind ensemble concert or opera
  • Identify standard musical instruments, voice categories and forms
  • Analyze and discuss in groups specific works of music in terms of form and structure, timbre, character, melody, harmony, texture and rhythm
  • Identify elements of musical structure from listening assignments (melody, harmony, rhythm, texture and dynamics)
  • Discuss in group work, the additional readings by Danziger, Copland and Green, applying information accrued in course work and text reading
  • Identify specific works from and assigned list by listening

NURSING ASSISTANT THEORY

NAC 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS03 0/40 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 3 p.m. TWTh Hernandez, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 211

Credits: 6

The Nursing Assistant Certified Program prepares students for employment as a basic patient care provider under the supervision of a professional licensed provider such as a Registered Nurse. This course is an introduction to the role and responsibilities of being a Nursing Assistant. Prerequisites: Ability to lift up to 50 pounds. This occupation requires medium physical activity and lifting/handling objects weighing up to 50 pounds. Nursing assistants are often standing for long periods of time. For safety and protection of patients, the student nurse must be able to perform basic cardiac life support, including CPR, and function in stressful and/or emergency situations. Students must be able to safely assist a patient in moving from bed to a chair, commode, or cart. Students must sign an affidavit that they meet the physical requirements before they can be placed in a clinical setting. Additional Fee: $70.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the functions and role of a nursing assistant in a long-term care facility
  • Discuss the Omnibus budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA) requirements for nursing assistant training
  • Define types of abuse and neglect and describe the signs that indicate abuse and neglect
  • List the types of transmission of infection precautions that are to be used in addition to standard precautions
  • Describe ways a nursing assistant can most effectively prevent the spread of any communicable disease including AIDS/HIV
  • Describe the influences of culture in the resident’s response to health, wellness and illness
  • Identify the age-related changes and abnormalities of the body systems
  • Identify the different common and therapeutic diets
  • Demonstrate accurate measuring and recording of food and fluid intake and output
  • Demonstrate a working knowledge of medical terminology and abbreviations
  • Identify the causes and preventative measures of pressure ulcers
  • Describe the signs and symptoms and actions for airway obstruction in the responsive and unresponsive victim
  • Describe and demonstrate the steps of CPR

NURSING SKILL FUNDAMENTALS

NAC 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS13 0/20 Feb. 2, 2015 7:30 a.m. 2 p.m. MT Hernandez, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 137
NS23 0/20 Feb. 4, 2015 7:30 a.m. 2 p.m. WTh Sword, Y. Bldg. 21, Rm. 137

Credits: 4

Prepares students for employment as a basic patient care provider under the supervision of professional licensed providers such as a registered nurse. This course includes the minimum requirements for skill competencies. Students must correctly demonstrate 100% of the steps for each skill tested. Students will not be allowed to participate in the final skills exam unless attendance for all clinical hours has been fulfilled. Prerequisites: Documentation of required immunizations, ability to lift up to 50 pounds, and no record on file from the Washington State Patrol and DSHS. Successful completion of NAC 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate lifting an object using proper body mechanics
  • Demonstrate proper hand-washing techniques
  • Demonstrate proper lifting, moving, positioning and transfer techniques
  • Demonstrate proper range of motion
  • Demonstrate the proper technique and documentation weight, blood pressure, pulse respirations and temperature
  • Demonstrate proper bathing techniques
  • Demonstrate proper personal care and grooming techniques
  • Demonstrate proper techniques of the “NNAAP Skills” identified by regulatory agencies
  • Demonstrate the correct techniques for feeding a client
  • Demonstrate the correct and safe application of TED stockings

UNIT BASED CLINICAL EXPERIENCE

NAC 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS33 0/40 Feb. 26, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Hernandez, K. Arranged

Credits: 3

Prepares students for employment as a basic patient care provider under the supervision of professional licensed providers such as a registered nurse. The course includes content describing principles of documentation, accurate observation, reporting of residents’ conditions, and philosophy of restorative nursing as well as clinical practice experience under the supervision of the NAC instructor. Students must demonstrate skills at an acceptable or exceeds standard level to pass this course. Students must correctly demonstrate 100% of the steps for each skill tested. Students will not be allowed to participate in the final skills exam unless attendance for all clinical hours has been fulfilled. Prerequisites: Documentations of required immunizations, ability to lift up to 50 pounds. Nursing assistants are often standing for long periods of time. For safety and protection of patients, the student nurse must be able to perform basic cardiac life support, including CPR, and function in stressful and/or emergency situations. Students must be able to safely assist a patient in moving from bed to a chair, commode, or cart. Students must sign an affidavit that they meet the physical requirements before they can be placed in a clinical setting; have no record on file for crimes against children or vulnerable adults from the Washington State Patrol and DSHS. Successful completion of NAC 101. Additional Fee: $10.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate resident care activities including personal care and bathing
  • Demonstrate the practice of standard precautions and their application in the health care setting
  • Identify emergency practices and procedures and their applications in a health care setting
  • Demonstration of the proper techniques of the “NNAAP Skills” identified by regulatory agencies
  • Demonstrate proper techniques for feeding residents

NURSING SKILL FUNDAMENTALS

NAC 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS3F 0/0 Jan. 6, 2015 4 p.m. 8 p.m. TWTh Collar, S. Bldg. 21, Rm. 211

Credits: 4

Prepares students for employment as a basic patient care provider under the supervision of a professional licensed provider such as a registered nurse. Explore the principles of providing basic patient care; includes the minimum requirements for skill competencies as required under the Washington State and Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA) requirements for the Nursing Assistant Training, as well as those fundamental skills required by the Licensed Practical Nurse program. Students must correctly demonstrate 100% of the steps for each of the skills tested. Prerequisites: Documentation of required immunizations, ability to lift up to 50 lbs., and a No Record on File from the Washington State Patrol and DSHS.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate lifting an object using proper body mechanics
  • Demonstrate proper hand-washing techniques
  • Demonstrate proper lifting, moving, positioning and transfer techniques
  • Demonstrate proper range of motion
  • Demonstrate the proper technique and documentation weight, blood pressure, pulse respirations and temperature
  • Demonstrate proper bathing techniques
  • Demonstrate proper personal care and grooming techniques
  • Demonstrate proper techniques of the “NNAAP Skills” identified by regulatory agencies
  • Demonstrate the correct techniques for feeding a client
  • Demonstrate the correct and safe application of TED stockings

UNIT BASED CLINICAL EXPERIENCE

NAC 139

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS3C 0/0 Feb. 10, 2015 Arranged Arranged TWTh Collar, S. Arranged

Credits: 3

Prepares students for employment as a basic patient care provider under the supervision of professional licensed providers such as registered nurses. The course includes content describing principles of documentation, accurate observation, and reporting of resident’s conditions and philosophy of restorative nursing program as well as clinical practice experience under the supervision of the NAC instructor. Students must demonstrate skills at an acceptable or exceeds-standards level to pass this course. Students must correctly demonstrate at least 100% of the steps for each skill tested. Students will not be allowed to participate in the final skills exam unless attendance for all clinical hours has been fulfilled. Prerequisites: Documentation of required immunizations, no record on file for crimes against children or vulnerable adults from the Washington State Patrol and DSHS. This occupation requires medium physical activity and lifting/handling objects weighing 10-25 pounds (occasionally up to 50 pounds). Nursing assistants are often standing for long periods of time. For safety and protection of patients, the student nurse must be able to perform basic cardiac life support, including CPR, and function in stressful and/or emergency situations. Students must be able to safely assist a patient in moving from bed to a chair, commode, or cart. Students must sign an affidavit that they meet the physical requirements before they can be placed in a clinical setting. Successful completion of NAC 1XX, NAC 1XX and NAC 131.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate resident care activities including personal care and bathing
  • Demonstrate the practice of standard precautions and their application in the health care setting
  • Identify emergency practices and procedures and their applications in a health care setting
  • Demonstration of the proper techniques of the “NNAAP Skills” identified by regulatory agencies
  • Demonstrate proper techniques for feeding residents
  • Demonstrate appropriate observation skills and reporting appropriate information to licensed supervisory staff
  • Demonstrate the proper techniques for taking and recording blood pressure, pulse, respiration, temperature and weight

ULTRASONIC TESTING

NDT 150

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Musson, C. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 5

Introduces ultrasonic principles of sound wave propagation and term definitions. Introduces the student to the calibration of ultrasonic equipment and the various straight beam testing methods. Also covers linearity and immersion testing, Snell’s law, and angle beam calibration and testing. Prerequisite: MAT 099.

ULTRASONIC TESTING II

NDT 180

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09B3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Musson, C. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 5

Covers the use of angle beam testing to locate and size welding flaws. Immersion inspection of composite materials will also be covered. At the completion of this course, the student will be given level-one general, specific, and practical tests. Prerequisite: MAT 099.

ULTRASONIC TESTING III

NDT 220

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09C3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Musson, C. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 5

Covers the application of advanced ultrasonic techniques, procedures, codes and specifications as they apply to industry. Advanced applications will be performed using normal beam testing, angle beam testing, and immersion techniques. Techniques will be applied to a variety of industries, such as power, construction, manufacturing and aircraft inspection. Also exposes students to computerized ultrasonic applications. Prerequisite: MAT 099.

IT ESSENTIALS I

NSS 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4703 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 3 p.m. MWF Morris, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 107

Credits: 5

Introduces students to the knowledge and skills necessary to competently install, build, configure, upgrade, troubleshoot and repair PC compatible hardware, including troubleshooting basic networks and Internet connectivity. Additionally, this course will cover the latest memory, bus, peripherals and wireless technologies. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Identify basic terms, concepts and functions of computer system
  • Identify
  • Understand and describe the importance of addressing and naming schemes at various layers of data networks in IPv4 and IPv6 environments
  • Design, calculate and apply subnet masks and addresses to fulfill given requirements in IPv4 and IPv6 networks

IT ESSENTIALS II

NSS 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4713 0/30 Feb. 9, 2015 8 a.m. 3 p.m. MWF Morris, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 107

Credits: 4

Introduces students to the knowledge and skills necessary to competently use, install, configure, upgrade, and troubleshoot current operating systems technologies. Prerequisites: NSS 101 or equivalent knowledge and skills. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Describe basic internet architecture
  • Describe Internet servers and their functions
  • Identify Internet protocols and their purpose
  • Describe Internet clients and their relationship to Internet servers
  • Identify, use and configure Internet clients
  • Describe basic Internet security issues
  • Identify and use Internet troubleshooting practices
  • Describe Internet, Intranet, Extranet business concepts

CISCO NETWORKING I

NSS 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47P3 0/30 Jan. 7, 2015 6 p.m. 9 p.m. W Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209
4723 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. TTh Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 5

The first of four courses in the new Cisco NetAcad CCNA Routing and Switching curriculum, CCNA1, Networking Basics curriculum, which teaches basics of Ethernet technologies, cabling LANSs and WANS, network media, basics of TCP/IP and IP addressing and routing fundamentals.

Course Outcomes

  • Understand and describe the devices and services used to support communications in data networks and the Internet
  • Understand and describe the role of protocol layers in data networks
  • Understand and describe the importance of addressing and naming schemes at various layers of data networks in IPv4 and IPv6 environments
  • Design, calculate and apply subnet masks and addresses to fulfill given requirements in IPv4 and IPv6 networks
  • Explain fundamental Ethernet concepts such as media, services and operations
  • Build a simple Ethernet network using routers and switches
  • Use Cisco command-line interface (CLI) commands to perform basic router and switch configurations
  • Utilize common network utilities to verify small network operations and analyze data traffic

MS DESKTOP SUPPORT I

NSS 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4733 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 3 p.m. MWF Lanphier, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 207

Credits: 5

Introduces students to the knowledge, skills, and tasks necessary to troubleshoot basic problems computer users will face while running a desktop operating system. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Installing and upgrading Windows Vista
  • Configuring and troubleshooting Post-installation system settings
  • Configuring Windows security features
  • Configuring network connectivity
  • Configuring applications included with Windows Vista
  • Maintaining and optimizing systems that run Windows Vista
  • Configuring and troubleshooting mobile computing

MS DESKTOP SUPPORT II

NSS 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4743 0/30 Feb. 9, 2015 8 a.m. 3 p.m. MWF Lanphier, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 207

Credits: 4

Introduces students to the knowledge, skills and tasks necessary to troubleshoot basic problems computer users will face related to configuring and maintaining applications running on a desktop operating system. Prerequisites: NSS 120 or equivalent knowledge and skills. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Deploying Windows
  • Managing Windows Security
  • Managing and Maintaining Systems That Run Windows
  • Configuring and Troubleshooting Networking
  • Supporting and Maintaining Desktop Applications

IMPLEMENTING SYSTEM SECURITY

NSS 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4753 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 11:30 a.m. 1:30 p.m. TTh Hollowell, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 111

Credits: 4

Capstone course of general security concepts, communications security, infrastructure security, basics of cryptography and organizational security. Includes access, attacks, auditing, vulnerabilities, devices, algorithms, protocols, disaster recover and documentation. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify security threats to a computer system
  • Harden internal IT system and Services
  • Harden internet work devices and services
  • Secure network communications
  • Manage a public key infrastructure
  • Manage certificates
  • Enforce organizational security policy
  • Monitor the security infrastructure

SERVER OS INSTALLATION AND CONFIGURATION

NSS 139

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4763 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 8 a.m. 10:30 a.m. TTh Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 4

Introduces knowledge, skills and tasks necessary to deploy, support, and secure windows server network operating systems in a variety of stand-alone and enterprise network environments. Provides hands-on training for Information Systems Security professionals responsible for managing accounts and resources, maintaining server resources, monitoring server performance, safeguarding data, and securing server network operating systems. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification.

Course Outcomes

  • Plan and Install Server Operating Systems
  • Modify, Maintain and Secure System Configurations
  • Configure and Manage hardware devices
  • Configure and secure network configurations
  • Develop and Implement Performance strategies
  • Develop and Implement fault tolerance and recovery
  • Create and manage user and group accounts

INTRO TO DATA ANALYSIS

NSS 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4773 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m. TTh Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Introduces the use of software to perform recovery of deleted or corrupted data. Techniques will be used to demonstrate the use of statistical analysis practices to predict or show trends involving security issues of access, crime or loss prevention. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Intro to the history of computer forensics
  • Intro to the procedures for an investigation
  • Outline physical requirements and equipment
  • How to acquire data
  • Explain search warrants and the nature of the case
  • Discussion of most common operating systems
  • Exploration of most common forensics tools

SHAREPOINT SERVICES ADMINISTRATION

NSS 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4783 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 11:30 a.m. 1:30 p.m. TTh Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 4

Introduces the knowledge and skills necessary for systems administrators to successfully install, manage and support SharePoint services. Successful students will learn and introduction to Administration, Content Management, and configuration of SharePoint services in a variety of network settings. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the purpose of SharePoint Services
  • Install SharePoint
  • Manage Accounts
  • Configure Service Applications
  • Monitor the SharePoint environment
  • Backup and Restore a SharePoint environment

CYBER SECURITY FUNDAMENTALS

NSS 156

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4793 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. MWF Morris, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 107

Credits: 4

This course introduces students to the evolving field of cybersecurity. Students will learn about common cyber attacks and the techniques used to identify, detect, and defend against cybersecurity threats. They will also gain a basic understanding of personal, physical, network, internet, and enterprise security, as well as a foundation for more advanced study of cybersecurity Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Introduction to Security
  • Desktop Security
  • Internet Security
  • Personal Security
  • Network Security
  • Enterprise Security

INTRODUCTION TO LINUX

NSS 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47A3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. MWF Hollowell, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Introduces the fundamentals of the UNIX operating system, concepts, architecture, and administration. The student will practice these basic concepts and approaches using LINUX. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the LINUX operating system and Linux as it relates to UNIX
  • Explain the function of LINUX shells and the syntax for entering UNIX/LINUX commands
  • Describe the different types of packages based on the machines “role” (Workstation, Server, Custom)
  • Install and configure a LINUX system and applications after installing the operating system based upon a business need.
  • Describe the LINUX file system and a LUNIX file system partition
  • Describe the basic LINUX file manipulation commands
  • Identify the classifications of the LINUX` utility programs

ADMINISTERING WINDOWS SERVER OS

NSS 162

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47B3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 10:30 a.m. MWF Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 4

Introduces the knowledge and skills necessary for systems administrators to successfully implement core services in windows server operating systems. Provides hands on exercises where the successful student will be able to configure and manage a wide range of services including windows deployment services, distributed file system, backup and recovery procedures. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification Prerequisite: NSS 139 Server OS Installation and Configuration.

Course Outcomes

  • Implement File Server Resource Manager
  • Implement Distributed File System
  • Configure Network Policy Server
  • Maintain Active Directory

VIRTUALIZATION AND CLOUD TECHNOLOGIES

NSS 164

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47C3 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 8 a.m. 10:30 a.m. TTh Hollowell, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 111

Credits: 4

Introduces the virtualization and cloud technologies needed to advance in today's technology workplace. This class includes opportunities for hands-on learning experiences to build the skills necessary for a successful career in the computer industry increasingly focused on cloud technologies using virtualization. Additional Fee: $69.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe Virtualization Technologies
  • Explain the uses of Virtualization Technologies
  • Install and work with Virtual Workstations
  • Install and work with Virtual Servers
  • Work with Virtual Networks
  • Explain Virtual Security
  • Describe Virtual Machine Managers

CONTINGENCY PLANNING

NSS 165

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47D3 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 12 p.m. 2 p.m. TTh Morris, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 107

Credits: 4

Course consists of an introduction to disaster recovery and contingency planning from an Information Technology (IT) aspect. It covers risk assessment, hazard analysis, business impact analysis, basic plan development and long-range contingency planning, all of which provide basic concepts and recommended processes for long-range contingency planning. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Work in teams to begin developing or revising an Emergency Operations Plan (EOP) for the organization. This includes developing and/or revising
  • Develop and/or revise sections of a jurisdiction profile
  • Develop and/or revise a risk index that ranks hazards according to the threat they pose to the jurisdiction
  • Develop and/or revise one or more sections of the jurisdiction’s basic plan
  • Develop and/or revise annex(es) and appendices
  • Develop and/or revise implementing instructions that are required to support the annex(es) and appendices for which they are responsible
  • Develop and/or revise identified personal and/or agency action items and timeframes for completion of the final draft plan
  • Use a five-step process to develop an operational plan for simulated emergency situations

INTERNSHIP I

NSS 180

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47F3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 112

Credits: 2

On-the-job practical field experience combining classroom study with related work experience under the supervision of an employer. Includes scheduled seminars. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Describe basic help desk procedures
  • Follow directions
  • Complete scheduled task in a timely manner
  • Learn server and client software support
  • Identify, use and configure clients
  • Describe basic security issues
  • Identify and use troubleshooting practices
  • Describe Internet, Intranet, Extranet business concepts

ADVANCED LINUX

NSS 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47G3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. MWF Hollowell, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Advanced fundamentals of the Linux operating system, the operating system of the Internet, servers and desktop computers. This course is a hands-on, practical approach to the advanced abilities and usage of Linux system concepts, architecture and administration. Prerequisites: Successful completion of NSS 160. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Install and Describe the Linux operating system and how it relates to the Desktop and Server environment
  • Explain and use the functions of the Linux shells and the syntax for entering advanced Linux command
  • role
  • Install and compile different types of packages based on the computers role and needs
  • Install and configure an advanced Linux system using different distributions and applications based upon business needs
  • Install a Linux file system and a Linux file system partition
  • Use the basic and advanced Linux file manipulation commands
  • Identify different Linux distributions and the package managers they use

ADVANCED WINDOWS SERVER CONFIGURATION

NSS 205

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47H3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 11:30 a.m. 1:30 p.m. MWF Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

Introduces the knowledge and skills necessary for systems administrators to successfully implement advanced services in windows server operating systems. Provides extensive hands on exercises where the successful student will be able to configure and manage a wide range of services including Network Load Balancing, Clustering, DHCP, DNS, and Direct Access. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification.
Prerequisites: NSS 162 Administering Windows Server OS.

Course Outcomes

  • Configure Network Load Balancing
  • Configure Advanced File Services
  • Configure and Optimize Storage
  • Describe Trust Relationships
  • Describe the purpose of Active Directory Sites
  • Describe the purpose of Certificates

INTERNSHIP II

NSS 250

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47J3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 112

Credits: 2

This course provides practical field experience in a security-related specialty area. Includes a scheduled seminar. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior
  • Maintain successful employment
  • Apply transferable skills in the workplace

OVERVIEW OF HACKING & PENETRATION TESTING

NSSB 202

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47K3 0/30 Feb. 9, 2015 8 a.m. 12 p.m. MTWTh Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Introduces the history of hacking, its various forms, and some examples of the latest attacks, tools, and techniques employed by today’s hackers as well as countermeasures that illustrate how to protect against these devastating maneuvers. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the different security threats created by hacking and cracking
  • Describe the process used to footprint a computer of communications service
  • Describe the different approaches to computer operating system hacking
  • Describe the different approaches to computer network hacking
  • Describe the different approaches to computer software hacking
  • Describe different approaches to communications hacking.
  • Identify countermeasures to hacking and cracking

NSSB SECURITY LEARNING LAB I

NSSB 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47M3 0/30 Jan. 9, 2015 8 a.m. 12 p.m. F Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 112

Credits: 3

Provides opportunities for students to gain knowledge, enhance their skills, and receive hands-on experience necessary to be successful in the security field. Additional Fee: $64.25

WEB SECURITY

NSSB 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47L3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 12 p.m. MTWTh Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Analyze the risks involved and determine what level of security is needed to operate a web site. Topics include how to protect a web setup from intrusion, sabotage, eavesdropping and tampering, and view the website with existing tools and techniques of hackers. Develop a secure website plan to select, secure, configure, and set up firewalls, as well as secure an extended and distributed enterprise network or Virtual Private Network. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the threats to business use of the World Wide Web (WWW)
  • Describe common methods to scan networks and web sites for possible exploitations
  • Describe the process used to protect a website
  • Identify the common methods and tools that will secure an internet server
  • Identify the methods and tools that will secure an internet transaction
  • Describe the methods and tools that will secure web site communication and client services
  • Identify the requirements of the Internet Mercantile Protocol and Digital commerce

CISCO NETWORKING III

NSSC 203

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47S3 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TThF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 5

The third of four courses in the new Cisco NetAcad CCNA Routing and Switching curriculum, CCNA3. Includes VLSM, basics of OSPF and EIGRP, switch concepts and configuration, Spanning Tree Protocols, VLANs and VTP. Prerequisites: Successful completion of NSSC 201. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Configure and troubleshoot DHCP and DNS operations for IPv4 and IPv6
  • Configure and troubleshoot STP, VTP, and RSTP operations
  • Understand and describe the operations and benefits of link aggregation and Cisco VLAN Trunk Protocol (VTP)
  • Configure and troubleshoot basic operations of routers in a complex routed network for IPv4 and IPv6 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol (single-area OSPF and multi-area OSPF)
  • Configure and troubleshoot basic operations of routers in a complex routed network for IPv4 and IPv6 Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP)
  • Manage Cisco IOS® Software licensing and configuration files

CISCO NETWORKING IV

NSSC 205

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47T3 0/30 Feb. 10, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TThF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 5

The last of four courses in the new Cisco NetAcad CCNA Routing and Switching curriculum. Includes ISDN, DDR, Frame Relay, PPP, NAT, PAT, DHCP and WAN technologies. Prerequisites: Successful completion of NSSC 203. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Understand and describe different WAN technologies and their benefits
  • Understand and describe the operations and benefits of virtual private networks (VPNs) and tunneling
  • Configure and troubleshoot serial connections
  • Configure and troubleshoot broadband connections
  • Configure and troubleshoot IPSec tunneling operations
  • Monitor and troubleshoot network operations using syslog, SNMP, and NetFlow
  • Design network architectures: Borderless networks; Data centers and virtualization; Collaboration technology and solutions

CISCO LEARNING LAB I

NSSC 207

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47U3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. MWF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 3

Provides opportunities for students to gain the knowledge, skills, and hands-on experience needed to prepare for the Cisco CCENT certification exam. Prerequisites: Concurrently enrolled in NSSC 200 (Cisco Networking I) & NSSC 201 (Cisco Networking II). Additional Fee: $64.25

Course Outcomes

  • Understand and describe the devices and services used to support communications in data networks and the Internet
  • Understand and describe the role of protocol layers in data networks
  • Understand and describe the importance of addressing and naming schemes at various layers of data networks in IPv4 and IPv6 environments
  • Design, calculate and apply subnet masks and addresses to fulfill given requirements in IPv4 and IPv6 networks
  • Explain fundamental Ethernet concepts such as media, services and operations
  • Build a simple Ethernet network using routers and switches
  • Use Cisco command-line interface (CLI) commands to perform basic router and switch configurations
  • Utilize common network utilities to verify small network operations and analyze data traffic

CISCO LEARNING LAB II

NSSC 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47V3 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. TThF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 3

Provides opportunities for students to gain the knowledge, skills, and hands-on experience needed to prepare for the Cisco CCNA certification exam. Prerequisites: Concurrently enrolled in NSSC 203 (Cisco Networking III) & NSSC 205 (Cisco Networking IV). Additional Fee: $64.25

ADMINISTERING WINDOWS SERVER OS

NSSD 202

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47W3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

Introduces the knowledge and skills necessary for systems administrators to successfully implement core services in Windows server operating systems. Provides hands-on exercises where the successful student will be able to configure and manage a wide range of services, including Windows deployment services, distributed file system, backup and recovery procedures. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Monitor Server Performance
  • Implement File Server Resource Manager
  • Implement Distributed File System
  • Configure Network Policy Server
  • Maintain Active Directory

ADVANCED WINDOWS SERVER CONFIGURATION

NSSD 208

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47X3 0/30 Feb. 13, 2015 1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

Introduces the knowledge and skills necessary for systems administrators to successfully implement advanced services in Windows server operating systems. Provides extensive hands-on exercises where the successful student will be able to configure and manage a wide range of services, including Network Load Balancing, Clustering, DHCP, DNS and Direct Access. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification.

Course Outcomes

  • Configure Network Load Balancing
  • Configure Advanced File Services
  • Configure and Optimize Storage
  • Describe Trust Relationships
  • Describe the purpose of Active Directory Sites
  • Describe the purpose of Certificates

PHARMACOLOGY IN NURSING

NURS 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8003 0/60 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. M Staff Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 3

Presents pharmacological concepts and principles for preparation and administration of medications along with related client assessment and teaching. The role and responsibility of the practical nurse in drug therapy is emphasized. The student is prepared to participate safely and effectively in medication therapy. Prerequisites: NURS 117, 120, 122, 123, 124. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Discuss legislative acts controlling drug use and abuse
  • Explain principles of drug actions and interactions
  • Explain the steps of the nursing process as it applies to pharmacology
  • Demonstrate the ability to administer oral and parenteral medications to clients across the life-span
  • Identify opportunities for client education and health promotion

BASIC HEALTH ASSESSMENT AND SKILLS II

NURS 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8013 0/60 Jan. 7, 2015 12 p.m. 1 p.m. W Cooper, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 3

Students will demonstrate competence in selected nursing skills using simulation equipment or other nursing students as clients. Students will also have a clinical experience focusing on safe nursing practice, nursing process, communication, documentation and client teaching. Prerequisites: NURS 117, 120, 122, 123, 124.

Lab schedules will be given by instructors

Course Outcomes

  • Discuss conceptual difference between health, disease, illness and wellness
  • Describe models of health, illness and health promotion
  • Demonstrate acceptance of diversity by incorporating individual cultural beliefs and diversity into health promotion
  • Gather baseline data about a person’s health status and recognize deviation from baseline
  • Use physical assessment skills during routine nursing care
  • Describe physical assessment techniques to be used in each body system

CONTEMPORARY MATERNITY NURSING

NURS 128

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8023 0/60 Jan. 5, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. M Anderson, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 3

Focuses on the care of childbearing women and their families through all stages of pregnancy and childbirth as well as the first six weeks after birth. Prerequisites: NURS 117, 120, 122, 123, 124. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate effective communication skills
  • Identify the principles of the chain of infection, infection control, standard precaution, and surgical asepsis
  • Integrate elements of critical thinking to form judgments and make clinical decisions by applying the nursing process
  • Apply principles of caring through providing presence, comforting, touch, listening, knowing the patient, and fostering a healing environment
  • Describe the physiology of pain; and traditional and alternative ways to manage pain and promote comfort
  • Identify ways to promote patient safety

NURSING OF CHILDREN

NURS 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8033 0/60 Jan. 6, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. T Bahrt, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 3

Presents the principles necessary for the student to care for clients throughout the age continuum with special emphasis on developmental stages and how they impact self care. Common diseases and disorders related to each developmental stage are explored. Prerequisites: NURS 117, 120, 122, 123, 124. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Differentiate developmental stages from infancy through adolescence
  • Discuss the common disorders related to the developmental stages including care at time of death
  • Apply the nursing process when developing nursing diagnoses and interventions for different disease conditions that are prevalent throughout childhood
  • Identify the needs and concerns of families when family-centered nursing care is provided in the pediatric setting
  • Demonstrate cultural awareness by describing beliefs and practices about parenting, and health care practices
  • Identify measures to promote wellness and prevent common childhood injuries

MEDICAL/SURGICAL NURSING II

NURS 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8043 0/60 Jan. 7, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. W Westberry, C. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 3

Focuses on use of the nursing process in care of clients with selected health disturbances. Emphasis is given to psychological, sociocultural, and developmental factors. Pharmacologic and nutritional consideration and client teaching are integrated. Prerequisites: NURS 117, 120, 122, 123 and 124.

Course Outcomes

  • Explain pathology, etiology, diagnostic tests, clinical manifestations and medical and pharmacological treatment of clients with selected medical-surgical disorders and diseases
  • Utilize the nursing process to develop a plan of care which identifies client needs and goals and nursing interventions, for a diverse population of clients presenting with selected medical-surgical disorders and diseases
  • Develop and provide a patient education to address needs identified for individual patient with selected medical-surgical disorders and diseases

MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING III

NURS 144

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8053 0/60 Jan. 5, 2015 10:30 a.m. 4 p.m. M Westberry, C. Bldg. 21, Rm. 108

Credits: 6

Focuses on the use of the nursing process in care of clients with selected health disturbances. Emphasis is given to psychological, sociocultural, and developmental factors. Pharmacologic and nutritional considerations and client teaching are integrated. Prerequisites: NURS 102, 109, 112, 113, 115, 119, 120, 125, 128, 130, 132, 135, 136, 147. Additional Fee: $175.00. Web enhanced.

ISSUES & TRENDS IN NURSING II

NURS 154

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8063 0/60 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 10 a.m. M Staff Bldg. 21, Rm. 108

Credits: 2

Prepares the student for entry into nursing practice. Emphasis is on concepts of leadership, role of the practical nurse, and nursing laws governing practice. Career opportunities, preparation for licensure, and opportunities for further education in nursing are explored. Prerequisites: NURS 133, 149, 153. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the scope and practice of the professional nurse in today’s society
  • Explore methods for the professional nurse to work competently and collaboratively with other health care professionals and examine methods to prepare to be a member of the nursing workforce
  • Develop a plan for maintaining personal competency in nursing, examine proficiencies in preparation to take the NCLEX-PN and prepare for licensure as a practical nurse

CLINICAL PRACTICUM III

NURS 157

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8073 0/60 Jan. 6, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Andreas, K. Arranged

Credits: 5

Provides an opportunity for the student to provide care to clients in long-term care, acute, and community settings. Experience involves direct client care, nursing procedures, and administration of medication to diverse clients of every stage of life. Focus is on safe nursing practiced, nursing process, communication, practice in providing complete care for two or more clients. Prerequisites: NURS 133, 149, 153. Additional Fee: $39.00. Web enhanced.

CLINICAL PRACTICUM IV

NURS 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8083 0/60 Jan. 6, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Andreas, K. Arranged

Credits: 5

Provides an opportunity for the student to provide care to clients in long-term care, acute, and community settings. Experience involves direct client care, nursing procedures, and administration of medication to diverse clients of every stage of life. Focus is on safe nursing practices, nursing process, communication, and practice in providing complete care for two or more clients. Prerequisites: NURS 133, 149, 153. Additional Fee: $39.00

PHARMACOLOGY II

NURS 206

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8093 0/25 Jan. 8, 2015 4 p.m. 7 p.m. Th Staff Bldg. 21, Rm. 214

Credits: 3

Examines the nursing process as it relates to pharmacology. Addresses groups of medicines related to patient diagnosis. Nursing implications of pharmacological interventions are emphasized. Prerequisites: NURS 202, 207, 228

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the nursing process as it relates to pharmacology
  • Demonstrate ability to develop and implement patient education based on individual patient needs
  • Identify medications relevant to diagnoses

CLIENT CARE: MANAGEMENT PRACTICE I

NURS 217

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
80A3 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Staff Bldg. 21, Rm. 130

Credits: 5

Provides the opportunity to examine and evaluate current clinical experiences and competencies in the acute hospital setting of adult and pediatric clients. Prerequisites: NURS 202, 207, 228.

Course Outcomes

  • Begin to develop a portfolio of clinical nursing practice
  • Have developed a learning plan, based on self-evaluation, to expand nursing competence
  • Begin to implement the plan, given a client/s in acute care setting
  • Demonstrate safe and effective nursing practice
  • Evaluate clinical performance and experiences to determine if the practice standards were met
  • Modify clinical experience plan to expand portfolio and meet standards of nursing practice as defined in the WACs, NCLEX-RN, and NLN Roles and Competencies

COMPLEX MEDICAL SURGICAL II

NURS 219

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
80B3 0/25 Jan. 6, 2015 4 p.m. 7 p.m. T Staff Bldg. 21, Rm. 214

Credits: 3

Using a conceptual framework of systems review, this course focuses on the principles of nursing process in relation to complex medical/surgical issues related to selected physiological systems in a diverse population. Prerequisites: NURS 202, 207, 228.

COMPLEX MENTAL HEALTH NURSING

NURS 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
80C3 0/25 Jan. 5, 2015 4 p.m. 8:30 p.m. M Murphy, H. Bldg. 21, Rm. 214

Credits: 4

Focuses on mental health throughout the lifespan with integration of multicultural beliefs and practices. Prerequisites: NURS 202, 207, 228.

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the pathophysiology, risk factors, etiology, types, effects, interventions, and management of complex mental health disorders in a diverse population
  • Identify factors affecting mental health in the community an describe components and services of community based health care facilities
  • Operate nursing skills, critical thinking and strategies in the care and treatment of complex mental health disorders
  • Describe, discuss, and incorporate the nursing process, skills, critical thinking and strategies in the care and treatment of common mental health disorders
  • Develop, discuss, and incorporate nursing care strategies, interventions, and implications for care planning for culturally diverse clients and populations with mental health disorders

GENERAL PHYSICS

PHYS&114

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0566 0/10 Jan. 6, 2015 2 p.m. 3:30 p.m. TTh Staff South Hill Campus Room 119

Credits: 5

Covers problem-solving concepts in physics including one- and two-dimensional kinematics, force, Newton’s laws of motion, uniform circular motion, universal gravitation, work, energy, linear momentum, rotational motion, and angular momentum in an algebra-based approach. Prerequisites: MAT 099.

Course Outcomes

  • Distinguish between a vector and a scalar quantity, add vectors graphically, find components of a vector, work with vectors in standard position and apply basic right angle trigonometry using vectors
  • Distinguish between speed and velocity, evaluate the difference between velocity and acceleration, use vectors to illustrate and solve velocity and acceleration problems, analyze and solve two dimensional and projectile motion problems
  • Relate force and the law of inertia, apply the law of acceleration, identify vector components of friction, analyze and solve forces in one dimension, distinguish between weight, mass, and gravity and analyze how the law of action and reaction is used
  • Use impulse and momentum in describing motion, state the law of conservation of momentum and apply it to physical problems, analyze elastic and inelastic collisions of two objects
  • Find the vector sum of concurrent forces, analyze equilibrium and concurrent force situations, distinguish between compression and tension, apply the torque equation to rotational problems, solve parallel force problems, express the conditions of equilibrium, use the center of gravity to solve parallel force problems
  • Distinguish between the common and technical definition of work, analyze how power is used and described in technical applications, relate kinetic and potential energy to the law of conservation of mechanical energy
  • Distinguish between rectilinear, curvilinear and rotational motion; find angular displacement, velocity and acceleration; use conservation of angular momentum to describe rotational motion; find centripetal force; find power in rotational systems; analyze how gears, gear trains, and pulleys transfer rotational motion
  • Describe how gravitation acts between objects with mass; calculate weight on various planes; explain gravitational field; explain objects orbiting the earth; determine the connection between orbit the earth and free fall
  • Describe the properties of matter; apply Hooke’s law; describe the properties of solids, liquids and gases; solve density and specific gravity problems; calculate stress on objects
  • Describe the behavior of fluids; determine pressure using the hydraulic principle; distinguish between gauge pressure and absolute pressure; calculate buoyancy using Archimedes principle; analyze fluid flow and Bernoulli’s principle
  • Distinguish between temperature and heat; express temperature in different scales; apply heat transfer theories; determine final temperature through the method of mixtures; relate heat transfer to expansion/contraction of liquids and solids; find change of phase heat needed for solids, liquids and gases
  • Through group lab assignments students will develop leadership and/or teamwork skills

PSYCHOLOGY OF THE WORKPLACE

PSY 112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0555 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. Arranged Loveless-Morris, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 203
0554 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wheeler, M. Online

Credits: 5

Introduces general psychological principles and their application to the workplace, emphasizing critical thinking with regard to self-awareness, interpersonal relations, motivation, and teamwork. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 094. Section 0552 is hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Utilize elementary psychological principles
  • Apply psychological principles to the workplace
  • Recognize the complexities of interpersonal relationships
  • Recognize personal psychological traits
  • Demonstrate skills of observation and interpretation of behavior
  • Demonstrate competency with elementary research techniques

GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY

PSYC&100

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0553 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Arranged Loveless-Morris, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 203
0551 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Arranged Loveless-Morris, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 203
0550 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Rose-Pennisi, T. Online
0549 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Wheeler, M. Bldg. 16, Rm. 203
0548 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Rose-Pennisi, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 203
0547 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Wheeler, M. Bldg. 16, Rm. 203
0545 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wheeler, M. Online
0552 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 1:15 p.m. 3:45 p.m. MW Lingenfelter, R. South Hill Campus Room 107
0567 0/30 Jan. 8, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Arranged Online
0546 0/30 Jan. 8, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Staff Online

Credits: 5

Surveys the knowledge and methods of the discipline of psychology. A broad view of this subject is presented and establishes the foundation for further study of the discipline. Emphasis will be placed on the application of psychological knowledge to daily situations, and on accessing and assessing information about behavior from a variety of sources. Skills in scientific reasoning and critical thinking will be developed. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 094. Additional Fee: $25.00. Sections 0548 and 0550 are hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe psychological concepts
  • Demonstrate understanding of psychological principles
  • Describe the nature of psychological research
  • Explain the concepts of psychology in their application to personal and professional life
  • Demonstrate the ability to conduct literature reviews in academic journals and the popular press using electronic data bases

LIFESPAN PSYCHOLOGY

PSYC&200

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0556 0/30 Jan. 8, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Arranged Online
0557 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sperry, D. Online

Credits: 5

This course provides an introduction to the milestones of human development from conception to death. It describes the physical, cognitive, and social growth of people, with special attention to various cultural contexts of development and the rich diversity of individuals. The content is drawn from research and theories in developmental psychology. Students are expected to integrate their personal experiences, knowledge of psychology, and their observations of human development with the content of this course. Implications for parenting, education, and social policy making will be discussed so that the student may apply course information to meaningful problems. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PSYC& 100. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate knowledge of various theoretical concepts pertaining to human development
  • Appreciate how different aspects of development are interrelated- of how body, personality and intellect develop through interaction
  • Apply developmental concepts to various situations across the lifespan
  • Demonstrate knowledge of physical, cognitive, and psychosocial development through each life stage

ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY

PSYC&220

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0558 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sperry, D. Online

Credits: 5

A study of the development and symptoms of mental health disorders. Topics covered include schizophrenia, mood disorders, anxiety disorders, personality disorders, psychosomatic disorders, sexual deviation, organic disorders, and the process of adjustment to stress. Attention is given to biosocial, cognitive, and cultural factors and their role in mental health. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PSYC& 100 or PSY 112. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Accurately identify the individual diagnoses within the categories of adjustment disorders, anxiety disorders, mood disorders, somatoform disorders, dissasociative disorders, personality disorders, substance abuse disorders, sexual disorders, schizophrenia and disorders of childhood
  • Effectively utilize the DSM-IV to access diagnostic criteria for a variety of mental disorders
  • Complete topical research and summarize through writing an APA style paper using existing research and an analysis of issues relating to the specific mental disorder
  • Correctly identify each of the Axis 1-5 criteria as they relate to psychological evaluations of persons with mental disorders

PHARMACOLOGY PART II

PT 128

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2723 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 7:30 a.m. 10 a.m. W Sparks, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 214

Credits: 5

Continues the exploration of drug action mechanisms, the routes of administration, and the effects on body systems. Emphasis on the uses, effects, and side effects of the major drug classes and the systems they are used on. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PT 121, PT 124, PT 130, PT 144, PT 156 with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $48.75. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Define therapeutic effects
  • Use drug terminology correctly in written and oral communication
  • Discuss the basic mechanisms of drug actions
  • Analyze basic drug use concepts
  • Explain the side effects of the major drug classes

CLINICAL CAPSTONE RESEARCH

PT 148

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2733 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 10 a.m. 12 p.m. W Sparks, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 214

Credits: 4

Discover local pharmacies and the requirements for internship. Explore professional conduct and appearance. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PT 121, PT 124, PT 129 and PT 143 with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $39.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Research and identify pharmacies for internship opportunities
  • Discuss the attitude and appearance likely to impress a prospective employer
  • Complete informational interviews to secure one clinical site rotation with signed preceptor agreement

HOSPITAL PRACTICE

PT 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2743 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 11:30 a.m. Th Sparks, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 226

Credits: 6

Introduces students to formularies, manual and electronic distribution systems, and procedures for hospital practice. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PT 121, PT 124, PT 130, PT 144, PT 156 with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $53.50. Hybrid.

Section 2743 has a lab from 8:30-11:30 a.m. on Tuesdays.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Discuss the origins and purposes of a formulary
  • Describe universal precautions and how to avoid contamination
  • Demonstrate correct unit dose procedures
  • Transcribe medications orders
  • Analyze the variety of automated distribution systems and how they have changed pharmacy practice

GENERIC DRUG NAMES PART II

PT 153

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2753 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 7:30 a.m. 8:30 a.m. T Sparks, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 3

Continues the exploration of the top 200 drugs prescribed in the United States each year, adding the component of drugs used. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PT 121, PT 124, PT 130, PT 144, PT 156 with a grade of B or above.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify the Brand name to the generic name of the top 200 drugs
  • Identify the therapeutic class
  • Recognize the common dosage forms
  • Compare the routes of administration
  • List the most commons diluents, and intravenous fluids used in hospital practice with drugs specific to that setting

STERILE PARENTERAL PRODUCT PREPARATIONS

PT 159

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2763 0/20 Jan. 6, 2015 12 p.m. 1:30 p.m. TTh Sparks, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 226

Credits: 3

Apply the techniques learned to make intravenous admixture and chemotherapy products. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PT 121, PT 124, PT 130, PT 144, PT 156 with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $39.25. Hybrid. Section 2782 is web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate aseptic technique
  • Discuss the equipment and procedures used in preparing parenterals
  • Discuss resources, personnel utilization, and general economic considerations of sterile product preparation
  • Demonstrate positive/negative pressure
  • Discuss total parenteral nutrition solutions and their components
  • Demonstrate the ability to correctly prepare parenteral products

COMMUNITY PHARMACY CLINICAL CAPSTONE

PT 163

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2703 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Autry, T. Arranged

Credits: 7

Students will spend five and a half weeks in a Community Pharmacy setting. While in this capstone experience, students will perform the duties of a community pharmacy technician under the direct supervision of a pharmacist preceptor. There will be ongoing contact with the instructor in the form of site visits and seminars. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all in-class pharmacy technician requirements with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $14.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate effective communication skills with customers and members of the pharmacy team
  • Demonstrate the ability to process prescriptions in a timely manner
  • Apply basic phone communication principles in the pharmacy setting
  • Participate as a member of the health care team on a student pharmacy technician level
  • Demonstrate principles of professional appearance, conduct and attendance according to program standards
  • Construct a professional resume
  • Demonstrate confidence in interview setting
  • Complete and pass the National Certification Exam recognized by Washington State
  • Develop career seeking skills

INSTITUTIONAL CLINICAL CAPSTONE

PT 165

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2713 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Autry, T. Arranged

Credits: 7

Students will spend five and a half weeks in an institutional pharmacy setting. While in this capstone experience, students will perform the duties of an institutional pharmacy technician under the direct supervision of a pharmacist preceptor. There will be ongoing contact with the instructor in the form of site visits and seminars. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all in-class pharmacy technician requirements with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $14.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate effective communication skills with customers and members of the pharmacy team
  • Demonstrate the ability to process medical orders in a timely manner
  • Apply basic phone communication principles in the pharmacy setting
  • Participate as a member of the health care team on a student pharmacy technician level
  • Demonstrate principles of professional appearance, conduct and attendance according to program standards
  • Construct a professional resume
  • Demonstrate confidence in interview setting
  • Complete and pass the National Certification Exam recognized by Washington State
  • Develop career seeking skills

SUCCESSFUL CAREER DEVELOPMENT

RBM 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57D3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 3

Participate in self-analysis, goal setting, career exploration, personal appearance and grooming, resume writing, application letter writing, the employment interview, communication of ideas, interviewing practice, and other techniques of successful career development. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the types of jobs they’d like (Identify Your Target)
  • Develop relationships with prospective employers (Network and Interview)
  • Develop professional presentation techniques
  • Produce a resume and cover letter
  • Create a brag book

CUSTOMER SERVICE STRATEGIES

RBM 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5753 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Concepts of effective customer service, step-by-step suggestions for improving your skills, and valuable references for delivering exceptional internal and external customer service skills. Also offered online. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the elements of service culture
  • Describe the advantages of customer focused behavior
  • Explain the four steps in the listening process
  • Identify techniques for reducing stress
  • Explain how to establish and maintain trust with customers

ESSENTIALS OF BUSINESS COMMUNICATION

RBM 128

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5743 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Prepares students to communicate effectively in business settings by helping them develop superior written and oral communication skills. This course focuses on traditional and web-based forms of communication, as seen in business today, including email, letters, memos, reports, proposals, and presentations. Upon completion of Business Communications, students will know how to plan, write, and revise communications for a variety of audiences, both in print and online. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Define communication as a process and explain how it applies to business
  • Identify different kinds of business communication and explain when and why they are used
  • Demonstrate how to write for different purposes, including positive communications.
  • Identify appropriate workplace behavior, including how to communicate effectively with coworkers and teammates

SPEAKING FOR SUCCESS

RBM 129

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5723 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 4

Theory and practice in composing and presenting oral business communications, both impromptu and prepared. Effective writing of business documents, methods of research, and presentation of oral class reports. Additional Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate written and verbal effective communication skills
  • Present one’s ideas through oral communication
  • Demonstrate professional presentation techniques
  • Understanding how ethics can be applied to the public speaking context
  • Demonstrate how to effectively organize a speech

EFFECTIVE SELLING

RBM 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57G3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Nature and scope of selling and understanding buying motives with strong emphasis on the selling process, prospecting, pre-approach, demonstration of products and services, and closing. While we use the traditional selling tenets as its foundation, this course adapts the concepts to the rapidly changing world of business in today’s environment, including the use of Twitter, LinkedIn, Facebook, blogs, wikis, and other interactive ways of connecting with customers. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • How to prepare a successful product presentation
  • Identify the process for building self-esteem for success in sales
  • Identify the concepts of a marketing approach
  • Recognize and analyze the effects of sales promotion

PRINCIPLES OF OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

RBM 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5773 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 4

Learn essential skills for operating an effective business. Topics include employee productivity, project management, human resources and job design, forecasting, statistical process control, and supply chain management. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understanding financial, social, and environmental performance
  • Demonstrate an understanding of vision
  • Making choices that leads to high performance
  • Demonstrate motivational concepts
  • Identify the process for short-term scheduling

FUNDAMENTALS OF SUPERVISION

RBM 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5783 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Emphasis on the human factor in business, the job of the supervisor, human relations, the art of leadership, converting policy into action, job analysis and performance, how and when to discipline, and effective supervising techniques for a diverse workplace. Also offered online. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the role of ethics in supervision
  • Explain the supervisor’s role in management and delegation
  • Understanding of the hiring and firing process
  • Understanding corporate culture and the responsibilities of the supervisor
  • Identify corporate responsibility pertaining to ethics

MARKETING - PRESENTATION & SURVEY SKILLS

RBM 142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5793 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 3

Methods and techniques of marketing research and the principles on which they are based. Includes the elements of the research process, evaluation and effective presentation of findings. Also offered online. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understanding of the term marketing and its many forms
  • Define and apply knowledge of the following key marketing concepts:
  • target marketing
  • branding
  • buying behavior in consumer and business markets
  • pricing
  • Understanding how marketing decisions are influenced by:
  • various forces in business
  • trends that affect current and future marketing practices
  • Apply retail management concepts and practices to real world situations

PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING

RBM 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Provides an introduction to retail management operations and merchandising. Covers retail target markets, trading-area analysis and site selection, retail organization, buying, handling financial management of merchandise, development of retail image, customer service, and control of retail operations. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the types of retail operations
  • Describe the buying behavior of the consumer
  • Explain the elements of retail location management
  • List the components for information systems
  • Describe the process for measuring the distribution of goods and services

BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY

RBM 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57B3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 3

Gain hands-on experience with the fundamentals of Office, like entering data, formatting, copying and pasting, basic formula construction, auto summing and more. It not only teaches you the basics of Microsoft Office but the thinking and mechanics of how to apply it to your everyday retail problems. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understand the skills for entering data on Microsoft Office worksheets
  • Use the Microsoft Office program menu system and toolbars
  • Understand the skills for using Microsoft Office worksheet functions
  • Identify the applications using worksheet cells and ranges

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

RBM 158

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57C3 0/35 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 6

Identify the role of human resource management, including its scope and responsibilities. Students will examine the principles and methods used in the recruitment, selection, placement, and training of employees. Major laws, trends, and issues related to human resource administration will be discussed. Also offered online. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior
  • Understand successful employment behavior
  • Apply transferable skills in the workplace
  • Develop an understanding of human relations attitudes

E-COMMERCE PRINCIPLES & APPLICATIONS

RBM 159

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5763 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 4

This introduction to the world of electronic commerce provides the tools necessary to understand and capitalize on the explosion of Internet-based business in today’s economy. Study the technologies used to create new opportunities for business-to-business and business-to-customer services. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Learn real-world examples of successful and unsuccessful electronic commerce
  • Comprehend insight into the real-life struggles, accomplishments, of e-commerce
  • Hands-on experience applying text concepts to actual situations faced by real companies
  • Demonstrate understanding of successful E-Commerce practices

SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING

RBM 163

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57H3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 4

Social Media Marketing will give you a practical approach to developing successful social media marketing plans. A proven eight-step social media planning model provides students with a cumulative learning experience, showing them how to construct social media strategies that achieve desired marketing goals. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • The student learns how to listen to the social web to identify marketing opportunities and potential target audiences
  • How to set marketing goals and strategies
  • Selecting the optimal social media tools
  • Implementation tactics to execute, monitor, and tune social media marketing campaigns for success

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

RBM 165

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57J3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Introduces students to key financial management topics that give insight into the issues and challenges facing financial managers every day. Examines the latest financial developments, including a discussion on IPOs as a broad topic, and the sale of stock. This course delivers the solid understanding of financial management a business student needs for future success.

Course Outcomes

  • Apply basic math skills to calculate interest, payroll, rate of change, discounts, markup and pricing
  • Identify the interrelationships among standard financial reports
  • Interpret and analyze financial information to make business decisions
  • Determine how internal controls affect profitability for ethical decision making
  • Prepare operational budgets
  • Produce projected pro-forma financial statements and forecasts

INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ETIQUETTE

RBM 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57F3 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

A professional class designed to give an understanding of business etiquette. Put your best professional foot forward with Introduction to Business Etiquette. This course covers all the important issues and concepts without confusing the student with excess material. This class covers basic digital etiquette and provides information on how to create and maintain business relationships. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate basic communication etiquette
  • Understand Digital etiquette
  • Identify steps in creating a successful meeting
  • Understanding of cross-cultural etiquette

FOOD & BEVERAGE COST CONTROL

REST 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3263 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 9 a.m. MTW Jolly, W. Bldg. 31

Credits: 4

Outlines the fundamentals of food costing in relation to menu writing. Students will be responsible for pricing out each item on the menu as well as preparing yield tests and standardizing recipes. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $94.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate understanding of measurements, including metric measures
  • Demonstrate proficiency in converting units of measure between volume and weight
  • Demonstrate proficiency in determining yield of product
  • Accurately determine food cost per menu item
  • Design and engineer a functional menu for different restaurant concepts
  • Analyze and implement kitchen control procedures

KITCHEN AND DINING MANAGEMENT

REST 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3273 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 9 a.m. 1:45 p.m. WThF Jolly, W. Bldg. 31

Credits: 3

Learn how to communicate with, lead and manage different types of people. This entails how to hire and fire, inventory control, writing job descriptions and creating performance reviews for both front and back of the house. Instructor permission required. Prerequisite: REST 112 Additional Fee: $89.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand and model merchandising menu items to guests
  • Produce a workable inventory system and demonstrate ability to maintain accuracy
  • Write a schedule for kitchen staff according to budget and forecasting
  • Produce an opening and closing checklist for each station front and back of the house
  • Understand the concept of food cost control through portion management
  • Understand the importance of accurate timings
  • Plan and execute a pre shift meeting
  • Proper cash handling in food service environment
  • Produce workable ordering guides and pars for all food and beverage items
  • Thorough understanding of how to deal with guest complaints
  • Describe ways to manage guests with special needs
  • Demonstrate the ability to plan, develop and execute different menus

MARKETING/PUBLIC RELATIONS

REST 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3283 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 1:45 p.m. MT Jolly, W. Bldg. 31

Credits: 3

Learn how to create a marketing concept for your restaurant. Learn to define your target market and understand the importance of effective marketing in the industry. We will also look at current market trends, consumer behavior, market segmentation, and positioning of your business in the market to get the desired results. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $89.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Analyze and compare the local market. Determine customer base
  • Design and develop different menu concepts
  • Produce different promotional tools directed at specific demographics
  • Understand the concept of menu design and marketing
  • Evaluate and compare similar businesses and establish pricing based on the market

RESTAURANT DINING

REST 112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
32B3 0/20 Jan. 7, 2015 9 a.m. 1:45 p.m. WThF Jolly, W. Bldg. 31

Credits: 7

Familiarizes the student with all aspects of running a casual-style dining room that is open to the public. Included are opening/closing procedures, table setup, customer service techniques, leadership, sanitation and safety procedures. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $108.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand and model merchandising menu items to guests
  • Plan and execute a pre shift meeting
  • Proper cash handling in food service environment
  • Understand and execute opening and closing procedures for all workgroups in dining room
  • Have a thorough knowledge of dining room sanitation and safety
  • Describe ways to manage guests with special needs
  • Thorough understanding of how to deal with guest complaints
  • Produce position plans for all work groups in dining room
  • Produce and implement appraisal system for all work groups in dining room

CATERING PRODUCTION

REST 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3293 0/20 Jan. 8, 2015 9 a.m. 1:45 p.m. ThF Jolly, W. Bldg. 31

Credits: 3

Emphasis will focus on buffet preparation and presentation. Students will receive hands-on experience creating and executing catering requisitions. Students will explore designing menus for various events, functions and price limits. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $89.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand on- and off-premises catering
  • Understand catering sanitation
  • Create ideas for special events
  • Design a catering menu to market
  • Convert recipes for parties of various sizes
  • Design a contract for catering
  • Design table layouts for functions
  • Produce equipment and food order guides for various functions

OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

REST 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
32A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 9 a.m. 1:45 p.m. MT Jolly, W. Bldg. 31

Credits: 4

Explore all aspects of running a successful operation in the hospitality industry. Students will learn how to create a positive work environment, team building, and leadership skills. Students will also learn how to recruit new team members, hiring procedures, how to organize and implement systems and controls, as well as how to handle issues that arise on a daily basis. Students will also explore how to use Excel programs and the benefits of using Excel for restaurants. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Explain the role of accurate budgets and prepare one
  • Identify budgetary problems, determine likely causes and prepare a plan for correcting them
  • Understand the importance of sanitation in the foodservice industry
  • Understand the importance of safety in a restaurant environment
  • Understand the basics of OSHA laws
  • Demonstrate the ability to develop different menu types
  • Identify and resolve food cost problems
  • Demonstrate effective organization of the work force to accomplish the tasks at hand
  • Mitigate circumstances that could otherwise lead to worker dissatisfaction
  • Describe methods involved in team building and conflict resolution

BUSINESS PLAN DEVELOPMENT

REST 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
32C3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Jolly, W. Bldg. 31

Credits: 4

Develop a restaurant concept from start to finish, including a hands-on look at how to develop a business plan to present to possible investors. Students will practice decision-making and problem-solving skills through creating and planning their own concept. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $94.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate understanding of writing a business plan
  • Demonstrate proficiency in conducting market research
  • Demonstrate proficiency in written communication
  • Obtain general knowledge of what goes in a business plan
  • Design a restaurant concept and create basic business plan around the concept
  • Create a job portfolio (cover letter, resume and references)

INTRODUCTION TO SUSTAINABILITY

SBS 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22D3 0/20 Jan. 15, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

A survey of economic, environmental, and human health principles behind the different approaches to sustainability in the workforce.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will describe the economic conditions of sustainability with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will demonstrate healthy living conditions in a sustainable community with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will identify environmentally sustainable practices with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will use sustainable practices with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will document sustainable practices with a minimum of 70% accuracy

GREEN BUILDING DESIGN

SBS 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22F3 0/20 Jan. 15, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 100

Credits: 4

Overview of sustainable green building models, with a focus on energy, indoor health, natural resources, and other environmental impact.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will describe green building practices with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will identify indoor health issues with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will document environmental impacts with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will define renewable energies with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will facilitate resource conservation with a minimum of 70% accuracy

SUSTAINABLE MATERIALS IN CONSTRUCTION

SBS 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22G3 0/20 Jan. 15, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 100

Credits: 4

Introduction to the construction materials used in sustainable building design and their impact on a structure’s initial and long-term costs, as well as considerations for the local environment and economy.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will describe sustainable building materials with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will specify sustainable building materials with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will determine costs of sustainable building materials with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will use sustainable building materials with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will document the use of sustainable building materials with a minimum of 70% accuracy

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY

SOC& 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0562 0/30 Jan. 6, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Arranged Loveless-Morris, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 203
0561 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Rose-Pennisi, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
0560 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Staff Online
0559 0/30 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Rose-Pennisi, T. Online

Credits: 5

Focuses on understanding and applying the sociological perspective, which stresses the importance of the impact of social forces external to the individual in shaping people’s lives and experiences. Topics studied will include socialization, social interaction, culture, groups, social structure, deviance, social inequality, social class, race, gender, institutions (political, economic, educational, and family), collective behavior and social change. Students will be asked to learn the basic concepts, theories, and perspectives of sociology; to see how these operate in terms of social processes, structures, and events; and to apply this knowledge to better understand the social world. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 094. Additional Fee: $25.00. Sections 0562 and 0561 are hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Utilize technology to research sociology subject matter
  • Identify and apply sociological perspectives of covered topics
  • Accurately describe the origins of sociology, key figures and key concepts

PATIENT CARE THEORY II

SURG 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4003 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Armstrong, R. Online

Credits: 5

Develops the student’s understanding of the surgical patient, the needs of special patient populations, and basic biomedical science. Students will complete their HIPAA and AIDS/HIV training. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 126, 127, 141, 151. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Assess the patient’s response to illness and hospitalization
  • Demonstrate awareness that all surgical patients have the right to the highest standards and practices in asepsis. Surgical skin preparation, Discuss counting for robotic cases, Medication for the patient, Specimen handling, Abdominal incisions and placements
  • Distinguish and asses the physical, spiritual, and biopsychological needs of the patient. Discuss basic physical and biological needs, compare and contrast various spiritual and cultural needs, develop appropriate behavior in response to needs by the patient, the potential anxiety and fears and special needs of the patient. Maslow’s hierarchy of needs; physical and physiological, social, spiritual, cultural needs. Discuss the special population; pediatric, geriatric, bariatric, immunocompromised, diabetic, and pregnant, physically & Mentally challenged disabilities and post-traumatic stress syndrome, isolation, trauma, language barrier, substance abuse patients
  • Distinguish and asses cultural and religious influences on the surgical patient
  • Discuss deaths and dying in the operating room, beliefs and classifications regarding death and dying
  • Coping strategies and mechanisms, quality of life vs. quantity of life. Trace the steps that are implemented in the when a patient death occurs in the operating room. Perception of death and dying, religious beliefs, cultural, ethnicity beliefs. Categories of cause of death; accidental, terminal , prolonged, sudden Definition of death; cardiac , higher brain , whole brain Responses of loss/ grief; denial , anger, bargaining depression , acceptance Quality of life vs. quantity of life; palliative, therapeutic, procedures, life-support system, life sustaining therapy , euthanasia , right to die. Advance directive; living will, durable power of attorney don’t not resuscitate ( DNR) ; medical , surgical ; Death of patient in the operating room, notifications perioperative, family and significant other, Chaplin, preparation of the body for family, forensic issues, coroner, postmortem care, state/ federal/ hospital policy documentation. Coping strategies; empathy, grieving process, sharing feeling, fears, team effort, group support, Chaplin, Organ and tissue recovery and transplantation; establishing death, consent of donation, recovery team, types of recovery; with and without life support, transplantation
  • Evaluate the role of the surgical technologist for the surgical care of each special population
  • Discuss the procedures related to death and dying as related to the OR

OPERATING ROOM THEORY I

SURG 136

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4013 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 10:30 a.m. WThF Clark, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 113

Credits: 8

Introduces the student to the OR environment, aseptic principles and practices, scrubbing, gowning, gloving, preparation of the sterile field, abdominal incisions, ob-gyn, general, ophthalmic, and genitourinary surgeries. Prerequisites: Successful completion of MAT 108, ENGL& 101, BIOL& 175 (BIOL 118 will be accepted through 2015), CAH 102, 103, 105, and SOC& 101. Additional Fee: $63.00. Hybrid.

INTRODUCTION TO SURGERY

SURG 137

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4023 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Clark, K. Online

Credits: 5

Orients the student to the field of surgical technology, including history, working conditions, personal characteristics, professionalism, health care facilities, standards of conduct, the physical environment, and safety standards. Prerequisites: Successful completion of MAT 108, ENGL& 101, BIOL& 175 (BIOL 118 will be accepted through 2015), CAH 102, 103, 105, and SOC& 101. Additional Fee: $48.75

INTRODUCTION TO ASEPSIS AND INSTRUMENTATION

SURG 138

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4033 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Clark, K. Online

Credits: 5

Orients the student to the principles of asepsis and sterile technique, surgical case management, instrumentation, supplies, wound healing related to sutures, needles, and stapling devices. Prerequisites: Successful completion of MAT 108, ENGL& 101, BIOL& 175 (BIOL 118 will be accepted through 2015), CAH 102, 103, 105, and SOC& 101. Additional Fee: $25.00

SURGICAL LAB I

SURG 146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4043 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 1:30 p.m. TWThF Clark, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

Introduces students to the OR environment, aseptic principles and practices, scrubbing, gowning, gloving, preparation of the sterile field, abdominal incisions, ob-gyn, general, ophthalmic, and genitourinary surgeries. Prerequisites: Successful completion of MAT 108, ENGL& 101, BIOL 118, CAH 102, 103, 104, and SOC& 101. Additional Fee: $48.75. Web enhanced.

OPERATING ROOM THEORY III

SURG 206

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4053 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 11 a.m. 1:30 p.m. WThF Armstrong, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 113

Credits: 8

Classroom and lab presentations of surgical procedures, including cardiothoracic, peripheral vascular, neurosurgical procedures, and surgical anatomy. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 126, 127, 141, 151. Additional Fee: $63.00. Hybrid.

MICROBIOLOGY

SURG 207

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4063 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Armstrong, R. Online

Credits: 5

Students will discuss the historical background of microbiology and be able to identify basic equipment used to identify microorganisms. We will go into many aspects of microbiology, including the description of structure and characteristics of different microorganisms, conditions that affect the life and the death of microorganisms, the relationships between humans and pathogenic and nonpathogenic bacteria, and factors that enable pathogens to invade a host and cause a disease. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 126, 127, 141, 151. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

SURGICAL LAB III

SURG 211

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4073 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 10:30 a.m. TWThF Armstrong, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

Lab presentations and practice of surgical procedures to include cardiothoracic, peripheral vascular, laparoscopic, emergent, and neurosurgical procedures. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 126, 127, 141,151. Additional Fee: $290.00. Web enhanced.

CLINICAL APPLICATIONS III

SURG 225

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4083 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged MTWTh Armstrong, R. Arranged

Credits: 5

See Clinical Applications. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 215, 220, 235. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

CLINICAL APPLICATIONS IV

SURG 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4093 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Armstrong, R. Arranged

Credits: 5

See Clinical Applications. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 215, 220, 225, 235. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

SEMINAR II

SURG 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
40A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 10:30 a.m. F Armstrong, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 113

Credits: 3

Classroom presentations of employability skills, preoperative routines, and transportation. Classroom preparation for the NBSTSA Certification Exam. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 215, 220, 235. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

WELDING THEORY I

WLD 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9803 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 8 a.m. Daily Brown, P. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 5

Introduces the tools and equipment used in welding. Includes safety considerations, electrical principles, weld quality, and technical orientation for select welding and cutting processes. Co-requisites: WLD 110 and WLD 112. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify hazards associated with welding/metal working and develop strategies for injury prevention
  • Perform basic trade calculations, including arithmetic with conventional and decimal fractions
  • Use measuring instruments to establish lengths and angles
  • Explain basic electrical principles as they apply to welding and cutting
  • Describe the characteristics and operation of oxyacetylene welding and cutting, plasma arc cutting, carbon arc gouging and shielded metal arc welding
  • Explain the proper use of tools and equipment used to support welding and fabrication
  • Identify weld flaws and provide solutions for prevention
  • Identify employment opportunities related to welding

THERMAL CUTTING AND GOUGING

WLD 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9813 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Brown, P. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 3

Develops the knowledge and skills for manual and machine-guided oxyfuel cutting, manual plasma arc cutting, and carbon arc gouging. Co-requisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and apply the most suitable cutting or gouging process with respect to job requirements
  • Prepare and adjust plasma arc, carbon arc and oxyfuel cutting equipment
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use manually controlled and machine guided oxyfuel cutting equipment to produce cuts in carbon steel sheet, plate, and pipe
  • Use carbon arc cutting equipment to gouge for weld preparation and weld removal
  • Use plasma arc cutting equipment to produce cuts in carbon steel, aluminum and stainless steel sheets and plates
  • Troubleshoot cut discontinuities and take corrective action

OXYACETYLENE WELDING AND BRAZING

WLD 112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9823 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Brown, P. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 4

Develops the knowledge and skill for welding, brazing, and braze welding various joint designs using oxyacetylene equipment. Co-requisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use the oxyacetylene welding process to make groove and fillet welds on carbon steel in the flat, horizontal and vertical positions
  • Use oxyacetylene equipment to braze and braze weld carbon steel and cast iron
  • Troubleshoot weld and braze discontinuities and take corrective action

SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING I

WLD 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98J3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 6 p.m. 9:30 p.m. TWTh Brown, P. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403
9833 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Brown, P. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Introduces the shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) process with emphasis on skill development using deep penetrating electrodes in the flat and horizontal positions. Prerequisite: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use the SMAW process with deep penetrating electrodes to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in the flat and horizontal positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING II

WLD 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9843 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Brown, P. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Builds further skill with SMAW deep penetrating electrodes by welding various joints in the vertical and overhead positions. Prerequisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use the SMAW process with deep penetrating electrodes to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in the vertical and overhead positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING III

WLD 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9853 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Brown, P. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops understanding of the applications and techniques for using low hydrogen SMAW electrodes in the flat and horizontal positions. Prerequisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use SMAW low hydrogen electrodes to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in the flat and horizontal positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING IV

WLD 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9873 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Brown, P. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops further skill with SMAW low hydrogen electrodes by welding various joint designs in the vertical and overhead positions. Prerequisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use SMAW low hydrogen electrodes to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in the vertical and overhead positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

WELDING THEORY II

WLD 142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98K3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 6 p.m. 9:30 p.m. TWTh Brown, P. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403
9863 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 8 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Brown, P. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 5

Explores methods of weld inspection and testing, and continues the technical orientation to select welding processes. Prerequisite: WLD105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the applications and limitations for nondestructive examination methods
  • Explain the methods and procedures for the destructive examination of welds
  • Explain the applications of gas metal arc welding and describe the equipment, consumables and techniques for the process
  • Explain the applications for gas and self shielded flux cored arc welding and describe the equipment, consumables and techniques for the process
  • Explain the applications for gas tungsten arc welding and describe the equipment, consumables and techniques for the process

GAS METAL ARC WELDING

WLD 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9883 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Brown, P. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops the ability to use the gas metal arc welding process to join carbon steels and aluminum with various joint designs in all positions. Prerequisite: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in WLD 142. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use GMAW equipment to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels and aluminum in all positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

METALLURGY

WLD 156

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9893 0/20 Jan. 9, 2015 9:15 a.m. 11:15 a.m. F Brown, P. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 2

Examines metal identification and classification, mechanical properties, crystalline structures, heat treatments, and metallurgical effects of welding. Prerequisite: WLD 142. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the methods used to classify steels
  • Compare common mechanical properties, explain methods for measurement, and describe their relationships with each other
  • Describe methods for producing steel and cast iron
  • Explain the effects of temperature and chemistry on the crystalline structure of steel
  • Describe heat treatment processes and explain their effects on material properties
  • Apply metallurgy knowledge to solve practical welding problems

FLUX CORED ARC WELDING I

WLD 168

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98A3 0/20 Jan. 5, 2015 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Brown, P. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403